1. law, govt and politics
2. government
3. state and local government

Table of Contents
I)
Mission Statement
II)
Code of Ethics
III)
Constitution
IV)
By-Laws
V)
Operating Procedures
Article 1:
DEFINITIONS
Article 2:
MEMBERSHIP
Section 1:
Definition
Section 2:
Conditions of Membership
Section 3:
Rights and Responsibilities of Members
Section 4:
Application For Membership
Section 5:
Termination of Membership/Withdrawal from a sport
Section 6:
Reinstatement
Article 3:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 9:
MEETINGS
Types of Meetings and Notice
Procedure at Board Meetings
Voting Powers and Procedures
Representation at Meetings
Repository of Minutes
Hosting Guidelines for Meetings
Election Schedule of Positions
Amendments to the Operating Procedures
Coaches Meetings
Article 4:
GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE BOARD
Section 1:
The Board
Section 2:
The Executive
Section 3:
Election of the Executive
Section 4:
Removal of Executive
Section 5:
Duties of the Executive
Section 6:
Duties of Officers
Section 7:
Committees
Section 8:
Volunteer Work
Section 9:
FOIPOP
Section 10:
Use of the BCCAA Name/Endorsement or Logo
Section 11:
Remuneration
Section 12:
Association Properties
Article 5:
SPORT CONVENORS
Section 1:
Terms of Reference
Section 2:
Sport Specific Rules
Section 3:
National Rankings
Article 6:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
FINANCES
General
Reserve Fund
Performance Bonds
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 9:
Section 10:
Article 7:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 9:
Section 10:
Section 11:
Section 12:
Section 13:
Section 14:
Section 15:
Section 16:
Section 17:
Section 18:
Section 19:
Article 8:
Fees: General
Schedule of Fees
Fines: General
Schedule of Fines
CCAA Representative Travel Expense Claims
Operating Account
Electronic Payment to CCAA
AWARDS
General
Aggregate and Bonus/Playoff Points System
Founder’s Cup
Coaching of the Year Award
BCCAA Provincial All-Star Selections
BCCAA Player(s) of the Year
BCCAA Athlete of the Week
BCCAA Athlete of the Year
BCCAA Rookie of the Year
BCCAA Academic Excellence Award
BCCAA Fair Play Award
CCAA Athlete of the Month
CCAA All-Canadian Selections & CCAA Player of the Year
CCAA Academic All-Canadian Award
CCAA Scholar Athlete Awards
Administrative Recognition Awards
Retirement Recognition Awards
BCCAA Provincial Championship Medals and Banners
Exchange Gifts For CCAA National Championships
INSTITUTIONAL REPRESENTATIVE TEAM INFORMATION
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
General
BCCAA Media Guide Institutional Information
Host Hotels
Services, Amenities & Game-Day Protocol
Gymnasium Game-Day Services
Article 9:
CANADIAN COLLEGES ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION
Section 1:
General
Section 2:
BCCAA Representative to the CCAA
Section 3:
Compliance
Section 4:
BCCAA Policy for Doping Control
Section 5:
CCAA Awards - See Article 7
Section 6:
CCAA Bids
Section 7:
Wildcard Bids
Section 8:
Inter-Conference Tournaments
Section 9:
Elected Positions
Article 10:
OBSERVANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF CONSTITUTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Section 1:
General
Section 2:
Interpretation of Constitution and Operating Procedures
Section 3:
Violations and Penalties
Section 4:
Adjudication Procedures for Violations and Eligibility Concerns
Section 5:
Protests
Section 6:
Special Dispensation
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 9:
Appeals
Codes of Ethics
Discipline Committee
Article 11:
ASSOCIATION SPORTS
Section 1:
Major and Minor Sports
Article 12:
ELIGIBILITY REGULATIONS
Section 1:
General
Section 2:
Criteria
Section 3:
Participation
Section 4:
Years of Eligibility
Section 5:
Documentation of Eligibility
Section 6:
Transfer and Change of Institution
Section 7:
Eligibility Committee
Section 8:
Integrated Participation
Section 9:
CCAA Compliance
Article 13:
SCHEDULING
Section 1:
Objective
Section 2:
Principles
Section 3:
Policies
Section 4:
League Weekend Grid
Section 5:
Sport Specific Policies
Section 6:
Changes To Schedule
Section 7:
Scheduling Timetable
Section 8:
Provincial Championship Host Bid Process
Section 9:
Rescheduling
Section 10:
Game Times
Section 11:
General
Section 12:
Travel Partner Schedule
Article 14:
COMMON SPORT RULES
Section 1:
Conduct
Section 2:
Tie Breaking Rule
Section 3:
Provincial Championship Major Officials Costs
Section 4:
Scrimmages
Section 5:
Exhibition Games/Events
Section 6:
External Suspension Review
Section 7:
Amateur Status
Section 8:
Hosting CCAA National Championships
Section 9:
Game Sheets/Start Lists
Section 10:
Rosters and Schedules
Section 11:
Video Taping
Section 12:
Event Coordinators
Section 13:
Team Composition/Canadian-Student Athletes
Section 14:
Schedule Changes and Rescheduling
Section 15:
Participation Rule
Section 16:
Game Statistics Report
Section 17:
Roster Format
Section 18:
Provincial Championship Evaluation
Section 19:
Playoff Eligibility
Section 20:
Provincial Championship Grievance/Protest Committee
Section 21:
Provincial Championships
Section 22:
Blood Handling Rule
Section 23:
BCCAA Harassment and Discrimination Policy
Section 24:
Protests
Section 25:
Section 26:
Section 27:
Section 28:
Facilities
Rulings
Provincial Rankings
Student-Athlete Financial Awards (SAFA)
Article 15:
CHAMPIONSHIP HOSTING GUIDELINES
Section 1:
Pre-Tournament
Section 2:
Tournament Duration
Section 3:
Post-Tournament
Section 4:
Hosting Guidelines for Indoor BCCAA Championships / Checklist
Article 16:
ATHLETES’ ASSISTANCE PROGRAM (AAP)
Article 17:
FORMS (See Forms Folder for all BCCAA Forms)
Article 18:
SPORT SPECIFIC RULES
Section 1:
Badminton
Section 2:
Basketball
Section 3:
Golf
Section 4:
Soccer
Section 5:
Volleyball
Article 19:
ARCHIVES
Only available with the Operations Manual Committee
Article 20:
MINOR OFFICIALS HANDBOOK
Basketball Handbook
Reporting Handbook
Soccer Handbook
Volleyball Handbook
Article 21:
PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP “Dummy” PROGRAMS
Section 1:
Badminton Program Sample
Section 2:
Basketball Program Sample
Section 3:
Soccer Program Sample
Section 4:
Volleyball Program Sample
NOTE
Blue Text – 2009 AGM Changes
Orange Text – 2009 WBM Changes
Purple Text – 2010 AGM Changes
Green Text – 2010 WBM Changes
Red Text – 2011 AGM Changes
Introduction
College Athletics is an integral part of a balanced, holistic educational program of any institution. Athletics provide
laboratory courses on physical, mental and social development, teaching lifelong values of teamwork, discipline,
commitment, perseverance, fairness, and respect. Statistics show that student athletes are consistently strong
academically, develop positive lifestyles traits, and contribute to community spirit and growth. Therefore, athletics
should not be viewed as a fringe benefit to strong academic programs, but as a core component of learning, growth
and development.
How Important is Sport? (some stats) Girls who are active in sports are 92% less likely to use drugs, and 80% less
likely to have an unwanted pregnancy (Institute for Athletics and Education, 1993). In Northern Manitoba, there was
a 17.3% crime reduction in communities with a sports program and, on average, a 10.6% increase in crime in
communities without the program (Synthesis of the Research on the Benefits of Recreation, University of Manitoba,
1989). A study of physical education in Regina, Scarborough and Victoria discovered that children involved in
physical activity were academically superior to those who were not (Canadian Medical Association Journal, 1992).
A six-year study in Quebec showed that children who participated in 5 hours of sport per week had significantly
higher marks than children who did not participate (Canadian Medical Association Journal, 1992). Sport B.C. (Feb.
2, 1996) summarized an Angus Reid survey of British Columbians on the affects of sport in the community:
-87% believe that sports give today's youth positive leisure activities
-75% believe that sports are a good way to bring communities together
-62% believe that their is a positive correlation between activity in sport and higher education levels.
BCCAA Mission Statement
“The British Columbia Colleges’ Athletics Association empowers member institutions in their quest to provide
quality athletic opportunities to enhance the overall educational experience of their students.”
BCCAA Values
As “values” pertain to “ One’s principles, priorities, or standards” (Oxford Dictionary, 1993) the following values
are the operational values of the organization to implement the mission statement. Values are also seen as the
“substance of culture” (Schein, 1985) that exists within an organization.
The goals, rewards, policies and procedures of an organization should not contradict the values that are set out, but
rather allow the values to manifest within the organization. These values must be lived out by the board members of
the BCCAA, in conducting meetings, in establishing policies, and in carrying on the affairs of the Association in
order to become instilled in the hearts and minds of the athletes, coaches, officials and spectators involved within the
BCCAA.
Therefore, the following are presented as the foundational values of the BCCAA:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
To provide opportunities for athlete development and athletic excellence in a safe and positive environment
To develop and encourage the academic success of student athletes
To foster a holistic approach in the development of the student athletes
To encourage excellence in leadership modeling and development through athletics
To assist in the development of coaches and officials within the province
To develop and empower geographically and competitively diverse college/institute athletic programs within
B.C.
7. To respect people and creative ideas as crucial resources
8. To cultivate respect for officials, opponents, and spectators through the promotion of Fair Play principles
To foster and promote an environment that values cultural diversity and gender equity among its student-athletes
and staff in all sports
CODE OF ETHICS
Added Dec/87
Intercollegiate athletics must be infused with values that are basic to a sound educational experience. The intellectual
challenge and practical educational orientation provided by all B.C. Colleges should be supplemented by a variety of
other opportunities to allow for the full development of the student-athletes' potential. Student athletes require
responsible professional leadership from coaches, directors of athletics and college administrators. A Code of Ethics to
influence the action and conduct of those who provide leadership in the sphere of athletics is presented below as a
guideline.
PART 1- General Guidelines
Directors of Athletics and coaches are expected to share with Event Coordinators and game/event officials the
orderly conduct of any athletic event:
7.1.1
By acknowledging the authority of officials in a contest and by relating to them in a positive and
respectful manner.
7.1.2
By exercising control over student-athletes in their charge and serving as a stabilizing agent during
contentious moments of any game/event.
7.1.3
By exercising control of their own conduct as to avoid inciting student-athletes, officials and
spectators.
7.1.4
By conducting themselves at all times in a manner which is appropriate to the responsibilities of their
respective positions.
PART 2 - Eligibility Rules And Playing Regulations
2.1
Directors of Athletics and coaches should engender respect for the local, provincial and national
rules and policies under which intercollegiate athletics is conducted.
2.2
It is the moral and ethical responsibility of all Directors of Athletics to inform a member institution,
the Sport Convenor and VP Technical if there is any question concerning the use of an ineligible
player/runner or the violation of the regulations as soon as he is aware of one.
2.3
It is the moral and ethical responsibility of the Directors of Athletics and coaches to be completely
cognizant of the spirit and intent of all Operating Procedures, in particular, all eligibility rules
governing BCCAA intercollegiate athletics and it is their professional responsibility to convey to all
student athletes the rationale of any rule in question.
PART 3 - Recruiting
3.1
It is considered unethical for a Director of Athletics or a coach to speak disparagingly of another
person or institution in order to persuade an athlete to attend his/her institution.
3.2
Prior to approaching a high school athlete, it is recommended that coaches contact the high school or
a representative of the school about their interest in a prospective athlete.
3.3
Coaches, administrators or other affiliated persons are not to recruit student-athletes currently
attending other member institutions. In the event that a student-athlete of a member institution makes
an inquiry to another member institution, the athletic director must notify the other member
institution's athletic director immediately.
PART 4 - Public Image Of Intercollegiate Athletes
It is understood that all decisions arrived at through the democratic process will not be completely satisfactory
or be completely acceptable to all Directors of Athletics or to all coaches. Regardless of any personal feelings
or beliefs one may harbour pertaining to a particular matter, it is expected that the individual concerned will
follow due process to achieve any desired change. It is important for the continual development and
credibility of intercollegiate athletics that all differences are settled via the procedures provided herein and that
a united and supportive position is projected at all times to the general public and news media.
PART 5 - A Code Of Ethics For Athletes
I believe that the true essence of sport is to strive for personal achievement and excellence through full and
honest effort.
I am committed to participating in sport with integrity, and to striving to win only by legitimate means.
I pledge to learn, understand and adhere to both the written rules of my sport and the spirit and intent of
fairplay.
I believe that violence and physical intimidation are harmful in sport, and I refuse to use such tactics in an
attempt to gain unfair advantage.
I understand that officials, teammates and opponents are all integral to sport and are worthy of my respect.
It is my responsibility to maintain self-control. I will accept official's decisions without argument, play
aggressively but without hostility, and behave graciously in triumph or defeat.
- Fairplay Handbook
PART 6 - Violations And Penalties
Note: Refer to Article 10, Section 3 for discipline procedures.
PART 7 - Values
As “values” pertain to “ One’s principles, priorities, or standards” (Oxford Dictionary, 1993) the following
values are the operational values of the organization to implement the mission statement. Values are also
seen as the “substance of culture” (Schein, 1985) that exists within an organization.
The goals, rewards, policies and procedures of an organization should not contradict the values that are set
out, but rather allow the values to manifest within the organization. These values must be lived out by the
board members of the BCCAA, in conducting meetings, in establishing policies, and in carrying on the
affairs of the Association in order to become instilled in the hearts and minds of the athletes, coaches,
officials and spectators involved within the BCCAA.
Therefore, the following are presented as the foundational values of the BCCAA:
1. To provide opportunities for athlete development and athletic excellence in a safe and positive
environment
2. To develop and encourage the academic success of student athletes
3. To foster a holistic approach in the development of the student athletes
4. To encourage excellence in leadership modeling and development through athletics
5. To assist in the development of coaches and officials within the province
6. To develop and empower geographical and competitively diverse College athletic programs within B.C.
7. To respect people and creative ideas as crucial resources
8. To cultivate respect for officials, opponents, and spectators through the promotion of Fair Play
principles
9. To promote gender equity in all sports
CONSTITUTION
PART 1 - Name
The name of the organization shall be the "British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association" hereafter referred to as
the Association.
PART 2 - Purpose
The main objectives of the Association are:
A.
To govern, promote and develop intercollegiate athletic competition between Institutional Representative
Teams for the benefit of those students registered at Member Institutions in the Province of B.C.
B.
To encourage excellence in performance, sportsmanship, scholarship, and friendship among students,
faculty and staff of member institutions.
C.
To provide the framework for the development of physical fitness, skill development and the promotion of
emotional maturity, sociability, desirable moral qualities, mutual trust, and friendly intercollegiate
competition.
D.
To seek full and effective representation on committees, boards, study groups, and other like bodies, which
may make decisions concerning the development of athletics within the Province of British Columbia.
E.
To provide the channels through which inter-provincial, national and international collegiate athletic
competition can be conducted.
F.
To provide education and sport opportunities for students through post-secondary athletics, multi-sport
camps and community outreach programs.
PART 3 - Location
The Association's office will be located at the President's Office location, or wherever may be mutually agreed upon
by the Board.
PART 4 - Jurisdiction
Operations of the Association are to be carried on primarily in the Province of British Columbia, however, Member
Institution's representative teams competing outside the province or with non-member institutions or groups are
subject to governance by Association Law.
PART 5 - Association Law
The Association shall be governed by this Constitution, Bylaws and Operating Procedures. To the extent that the
Operating Procedures conflict with the Bylaws, the Bylaws shall prevail.
PART 6 - Charitable Organization
The Association shall be carried on without profit or gain for its members, and any profits or other accretions to the
society shall be used in promoting its purposes.
PART 7 - Winding Up
In the event of winding up or dissolution of the Association, any funds and assets of the Association remaining after
the satisfaction of its debts and liabilities, shall be given or transferred to such organization or organizations
promoting the same objects as this Association, as may be determined by the membership at the time of winding up
or dissolution, but in the event that the foregoing provisions cannot be effected, then such fund shall be given or
transferred to some other organizations; provided that such organizations referred to in this paragraph shall be a
charitable trust recognized by the Department of National Revenue, Taxation, of Canada as being qualified as such
under the provisions of the Income Tax Act of Canada from time to time in effect.
PART 8 - Unalterable Clauses
Articles 5, 6, and 7 of this Constitution are UNALTERABLE in accordance with Section 22 of the Societies Act.
PART 9 - Adoption And Amendment
A.
This constitution shall become effective upon the unanimous adoption and signing of the respective current
member institutions.
B.
This Constitution may be amended as follows:
1.
A proposed amendment must be submitted in writing to the Vice-President Administration at least
twenty working days prior to any scheduled Association Board Meeting.
2.
At the next meeting of the Association, following said proposal, the Board shall adopt, amend or
reject the proposed amendment.
3.
If adopted, either as proposed or amended by an affirmative three-quarters (3/4) majority vote or
more of the Board, the amendment shall become effective immediately.
PART 10 - Association Seal
The seal of the Association is the one which appears on the originals of these Operating Procedures and is located in
the Head Office of the Association.
BY-LAWS
(Gender Neutral Language)
The BCCAA shall indemnify every Director, Officer, Manager or servant of the Association and his or her heirs and
legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including (without limiting the generality of the
foregoing), any reasonable legal fees and any amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably
incurred by him or her in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he or she is
made a party by reason of being or having been a Director, Officer, Manager or servant of the Association, if:
(a) He or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Association; and
(b) In the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by monetary penalty, he or she
had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.
No Director or other Officer of the Association shall be liable for acts, receipts, neglect or defaults of any other
Director or Officer, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss or expense happening to
the Association upon which any of the moneys of the Association shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising
from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous act of any person with whom any money, securities or effects shall be
deposited, or for any loss occasioned by error of judgment or oversight on his or her part, or for any other loss,
damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his or her office or in relation
thereto unless the same happen through his or her own dishonesty.”
Part 1 - Interpretation
1.
(1) In these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires,
(a)
"directors" means directors of the society for the time being;
(b)
"Society Act" means the Society Act of the Province of British Columbia from time to
time in force and all amendments to it;
(c)
"registered address" of a member means his/her address as recorded in the register of
members.
(2)
The definitions in the Society Act on the date these bylaws become effective apply to these bylaws.
2.
Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa.
Part 2 - Membership
3.
The members of the society are the applicants for incorporation of the society, and those persons who
subsequently have become members, in accordance with these bylaws and, in either case, have not ceased
to be members.
4.
A person may apply to the directors for membership in the society and on acceptance by the directors be a
member.
5.
Every member shall uphold the constitution and comply with these bylaws.
6.
The amount of the first annual membership dues shall be determined by the directors and after that the
annual membership dues shall be determined at the annual general meeting of the society.
7.
A person shall cease to be a member of the society
(a)
by delivering his/her resignation in writing to the VP Administrationof the society or by mailing
or delivering it to the address of the society;
(b)
on his/her death or in the case of a corporation on dissolution;
(c)
on being expelled;
(d)
on having been a member not in good standing for 12 consecutive months.
8.
(1)
A member may be expelled by a special resolution of the members passed at a general meeting.
(2)
(3)
9.
The notice of special resolution for expulsion shall be accompanied by a brief statement of the
reason or reasons for the proposed expulsion.
The person who is the subject of the proposed resolution for expulsion shall be given an
opportunity to be heard at the general meeting before the special resolution is put to a vote.
All members are in good standing except a member who has failed to pay his/her current annual
membership fee or any other subscription or debt owing by him/her to the society and she/he is not in good
standing as long as the debt remains unpaid.
Part 3 - Meetings of Members
10.
General meetings of the society shall be held at the time and place, in accordance with the Society Act, that
the directors decide.
11.
Every general meeting other than an annual general meeting and the winter board meeting, is an
extraordinary general meeting.
12.
The directors may, when they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting.
13.
(1)
(2)
14.
Notice of a general meeting shall specify the place, day and hour of meeting, and, in case of
special business, the general nature of that business.
The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice by, any of the
members entitled to receive notice does not invalidate proceedings at that meeting.
The first annual general meeting of the society shall be held not more than 15 months after the date of
incorporation and after that an annual general meeting shall be held at least once every calendar year and
not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting.
Part 4 - Proceedings at General Meetings
15.
Special business is
(a)
all business at an extraordinary general meeting except the adoption of rules of order; and
(b)
all business transacted at an annual general meeting except,
(i)
the adoption of rules of order;
(ii)
the consideration of financial statements;
(iii)
the report of directors;
(iv)
the report of the auditor, if any;
(v)
the election of directors;
(vi)
the appointment of the auditor, if required; and
(vii)
the other business that, under these bylaws, ought to be transacted at an annual
general meeting, or business which is brought under consideration by the report
of the directors issued with the notice convening the meeting.
16.
(1)
(2)
(3)
17.
No business, other than the election of a chairperson and the adjournment or termination of the
meeting, shall be conducted at a general meeting at a time when a quorum is not present.
If at any time during a general meeting there ceases to be a quorum present, business then in
progress shall be suspended until there is a quorum present or until the meeting is adjourned or
terminated.
A quorum is 3 members present or a greater number that the members may determine at a general
meeting.
If within 30 minutes from the time appointed for a general meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if
convened on the requisition of members, shall be terminated; but in any other case, it shall stand adjourned
to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if, at the adjourned meeting, a quorum is
not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting, the members present constitute a
quorum.
18.
Subject to bylaw 19, the president of the society, the vice president or in the absence of both, one of the
other directors present, shall preside as chairperson of a general meeting.
19.
If at a general meeting
(a)
there is no president, vice president or other director present within 15 minutes after the time
appointed for holding the meeting; or
(b)
the president and all other directors present are unwilling to act as chairperson, the members shall
choose one of their number to be chairperson.
20.
(1)
(2)
(3)
21.
(1)
A general meeting may be adjourned from time to time and from place to place to place, but no
business shall be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the
meeting from which the adjournment took place.
When a meeting is adjourned for 10 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given
as in the case of the original meeting.
Except as provided in this bylaw, it is not necessary to give notice of an adjournment or of the
business to be transacted at an adjourned general meeting.
(2)
All resolutions proposed at a meeting need to be seconded and the chairperson of a meeting may
move or second a resolution.
In case of an equality of votes the chairperson shall not have a casting or second vote in addition
to the vote to which she/he may be entitled as a member and the proposed resolution shall not
pass.
22.
(1)
(2)
(3)
A member in good standing present at a meeting of members is entitled to one vote.
Voting is by a show of hands.
Voting by proxy is not permitted.
23.
A corporate member may vote by its authorized representative, who is entitled to speak and vote, and in all
respects exercise the rights of a member, and that representative shall be reckoned as a member for all
purposes with respect to a meeting of the society.
Part 5 - Directors and Officers
24.
(1)
(2)
25
(1)
(2)
26.
(1)
The directors may exercise all the powers and do all the acts and things that the society may
exercise and do, and which are not by these bylaws or by statue or otherwise lawfully directed or
required to be exercised or done by the society in general meeting, but subject, nevertheless, to
(a)
all laws affecting the society;
(b)
these bylaws; and
(c)
rules, not being inconsistent with these bylaws, which are made from time to time by the
society in general meeting.
No rule, made by the society in general meeting, invalidates a prior act of the directors that would
have been valid if that rule had not been made.
The President, Vice President Finance, Vice President Administration, VP Technical and one or
more other persons shall be the directors of the society.
The number of directors shall be 5 or a greater number determined from time to time at a general
meeting.
The term of all elected positions shall be two (2) years. Elections shall be held at annual general
meetings according to the following election schedule:
EVEN YEARS
President
Vice-President Administration
Volleyball Convenor(s)
Basketball Convenor(s)
Sport BC Liason
CCAA Rep(s)
Eligibility Committee (three reps – 1 member and 2 alternates)
Discipline Committee (three reps – 1 member and 2 alternates)
ODD YEARS
Vice-President Finance
Vice-President Technical
Vice-President Marketing
Golf Convenor
Soccer Convenor(s)
Badminton Convenor
Eligibility Committee (three reps – 2 members (including Chair) and 1 alternate)
Discipline Committee (three reps – 2 members (including Chair) and 1 alternate)
27.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Separate elections shall be held for each office to be filled.
An election may be by acclamation, otherwise it shall be filled by ballot.
If no successor is elected the person previously elected or appointed continues to hold office.
(1)
The directors may at any time and from time to time appoint a member as a director to fill a
vacancy in the directors.
A director so appointed holds office until the conclusion of the next following annual general
meeting of the society, but is eligible for re-election at the meeting.
(2)
28.
(1)
(2)
If a director resigns his/her office or otherwise ceases to hold office, the remaining directors shall
appoint a member to take the place of the former director.
No act or proceeding of the directors is invalid only by reason of there being less than the
prescribed number of directors in office.
29.
The members may by special resolution remove a director before the expiration of his/her term of office,
and may elect a successor to complete the term of office.
30.
No director shall be remunerated for being or acting as a director.
31.
The BCCAA shall indemnify every Director, Officer, Manager or servant of the Association and his or her
heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including (without limiting the
generality of the foregoing), any reasonable legal fees and any amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a
judgment, reasonably incurred by him or her in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or
proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of being or having been a Director, Officer,
Manager or servant of the Association, if:
(a) He or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Association; and
(b) In the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by monetary penalty, he
or she had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.
No Director or other Officer of the Association shall be liable for acts, receipts, neglect or defaults of any
other Director or Officer, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss or expense
happening to the Association upon which any of the moneys of the Association shall be invested or for any
loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous act of any person with whom any
money, securities or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by error of judgment or oversight
on his or her part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution
of the duties of his or her office or in relation thereto unless the same happen through his or her own
dishonesty.”
Part 6 - Proceedings of Directors
31.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
32.
(1)
(2)
The directors may meet together at the places they think fit to dispatch business, adjourn and
otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings, as they see fit.
The directors may from time to time fix the quorum necessary to transact business, unless so fixed
the quorum shall be a majority of the directors then in office.
The president shall be chairperson of all meetings of all directors, but if at a meeting the president
is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the vice
president shall act as chairperson; but if neither is present the directors present may choose one of
their number to be chairperson at that meeting.
A director may at any time, and the VP Administration, on the request of a director, shall, convene
a meeting of the directors.
The directors may delegate any, but not all, of their powers to committees consisting of the
director or directors as they think fit.
A committee so formed in the exercise of the powers so delegated shall conform to any rules
imposed on it by the directors, and shall report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers
to the earliest meeting of the directors to be held next after it has been done.
33.
A committee shall elect a chairperson of its meetings; but if no chairperson is elected, or if at a meeting the
chairperson is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the directors
present who are members of the committee shall choose one of their number to be chairperson of the
meeting.
34.
The members of a committee may meet and adjourn as they think proper.
35.
For a first meeting of directors held immediately following the appointment or election of a director or
directors at a an annual or other general meeting of members, or for a meeting of the directors at which a
director is appointed to fill a vacancy in the directors, it is not necessary to give notice of the meeting to the
newly elected or appointed director or directors for the meeting to be constituted, if a quorum of the
directors is present.
36.
A director who may be absent temporarily from British Columbia may send or deliver to the address of the
society a waiver of notice, which may be by letter, telegram, telex or cable, of any meeting of the directors
and may at any time withdraw the waiver, and until the waiver is withdrawn,
(a)
no notice of meeting of directors shall be sent to that director; and
(b)
any and all meetings of the directors of the society, notice of which has not been given to
that director shall, if a quorum of directors is present, be valid and effective.
37.
(1)
(2)
Questions arising at a meeting of the directors and committee of directors shall be decided by a
majority of votes.
In case of an equality of votes the chairperson does not have a second or casting vote.
38.
All resolutions proposed at a meeting of directors or committee of directors need be seconded and the
chairperson of a meeting may move or second a resolution.
39.
A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors and placed with the minutes of the directors is as valid
and effective as if regularly passed at a meeting of directors.
Part 7 - Duties of Officers
40.
(1)
(2)
The president shall preside at all meetings of the society and of the directors
The president is the chief executive officer of the society and shall supervise the other officers in
the execution of their duties.
41.
The Vice President Finance shall carry out the duties of the president in his/her absence.
42.
The VP Administration shall
(a)
conduct the correspondence of the society;
(b)
issue notices of meetings of the society and directors;
(c)
keep minutes of all meetings of the society and directors;
(d)
have custody of all records and documents of the society except those required to be kept by the
VP Finance;
(e)
have custody of the common seal of the society; and
(f)
maintain the register of members.
43.
The VP Finance shall
(a)
keep the financial records, including books of account, necessary to comply with the Society Act;
and
(b)
render financial statements to the directors, members and others when required,
44.
(1)
(2)
45.
The offices of VP Administration and VP Finance may be held by one person who shall be known
as the VP AdministrationVP Finance.
When a VP AdministrationVP Finance holds office the total number of directors shall not be less
than 5 or the greater number that may have been determined pursuant to bylaw 25 (2).
In the absence of the VP Administration from a meeting, the directors shall appoint another person to act as
VP Administration at the meeting.
Part 8 - Seal
46.
47.
The directors may provide a common seal for the society and may destroy a seal and substitute a new seal
in its place.
The common seal shall be affixed only when authorized by a resolution of the directors and then only in the
presence of the persons prescribed in the resolution, or if no persons are prescribed, in the presence of the
president and VP Administration or president and VP AdministrationVP Finance.
Part 9 - Borrowing
48.
The Association and its offices shall not borrow funds and may only raise funds for the purpose of the
Association as herein provided.
Part 10 - Auditor
49.
The society has resolved not to have an auditor; the financial affairs of the society shall be verified annually
by an independent third party.
Part 11 - Notices to Members
50.
A notice may be given to a member, either personally or by mail to him/her at his/her registered address or
by fax or electronic mail at his/her registered fax or electronic mail address.
51.
A notice sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given on the second day following that on which it is
posted, and in proving that notice it is sufficient to prove the notice was properly addressed and put in a
Canadian post office receptacle.
52.
(1)
(2)
Notice of a general meeting shall be given to every member on the register of members on the day
it is given; (including the Commissioner(s) and SESOC Liaison)
No other person is entitled to receive a notice of general meeting.
Part 12 - Bylaws
53.
On being admitted to membership, each member is entitled to and the society shall give him/her, without
charge, a copy of the constitution and bylaws of the society.
54.
These bylaws shall not be altered or added to except by Special Resolution.
Article 1 - Page 1
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
In these operation procedures, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.1
ACADEMIC YEAR: 365 consecutive days from and inclusive of the first day listed by that institution's
calendar for fall classes and continuing to the last day of the summer semester examination period (e.g.
September 5, 2005 to September 4, 2006).
1.2
AGENDA ITEM(S) - are submitted to the Vice-President of Administration for inclusion in the proposed
agenda for any one or more Association meetings.
1.3
ALTERNATE DELIVERY COURSES – are defined as classes that the student-athlete is able to complete
away from the institution at which they are registered e.g. distance education or online courses. The
student-athlete may or may not be required to attend classes at the institution. The course must be
recognized and offered by the institution the student-athlete is competing at and have been deemed worth
credit (or equivalent) by the Institution’s Registrar.
1.4
ASSOCIATION or THE ASSOCIATION - means the B.C. Colleges’ Athletic Association.
1.5
BCCAA OFFICIAL GAME SHEET: the original copy for a sport, signed by officials that lists the names
of all players and numbers and is used to track all BCCAA competition or BCCAA exhibition games that a
member institution participates in.
1.6
BCCAA INSTITUTIONAL TEAM REPRESENTATIVE UNIFORMS: The official game uniforms
(jersey and shorts) which are used to represent the Department of Athletics of a BCCAA Institution.
1.7
BOARD or BOARD OF DIRECTORS - refers to the group of appointed representatives of member
institutions.
1.8
BOARD MEMBER - the duly appointed representative from a member institution of the Association.
1.9
CALENDAR YEAR - a period of 12 consecutive months extending from Jan 1 – Dec. 31.
1.10
CANADIAN-STUDENT ATHLETE RULE - The CCAA has a rule which specifies the minimum number
of "Canadian-Student Athletes" which must be included on National Championship rosters. As the
BCCAA has agreed to abide by CCAA rules (BCCAA Article 9), this rule effectively specifies the number
of "Canadian-Student Athletes" which must compete in the BCCAA
CCAA Operations Manual – Article 5, Section 12
See also Article 14, Section 13.1
1.11
CARRIED - when the Board approves a motion by either a simple or a three-quarter ( ¾ ) majority, as
required, of the members in attendance.
1.12
COLLABORATIVE PROGRAMS involving two institutions - occurs when two institutions offer a course
or program through the sharing of resources by way of a partnership recognized by the official partnership
recognized by the Ministry of Advanced Education
1.13
CONFLICT OF INTEREST - a member Director of Athletics shall be considered to be in a position of
conflict of interest only when s/he is ruling on a Sport Specific, Discipline Committee or Eligibility
Committee matter directly involving a coach or student-athlete from her/his own institution.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2010
Article 1 - Page 2
1.14
DNP – designation used on Basketball/Volleyball sport specific score sheets to indicate a student-athlete is
able to compete, dressed in uniform, present at the game and listed on the score sheet, but does not get into
the game (i.e. does not play). DNP designation is included towards the 60% calculation, and must be
included on the individual summary sheet.
1.15
DUE PROCESS: all members of the Association are required to follow the proper operating procedures as
set down by the Association to ensure any protest, appeal and/or litigation is handled effectively.
1.16
EXECUTIVE or MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE - the President, Vice-President Finance, VicePresident Administration, Vice-President Technical and the Past President.
1.17
EXHIBITION MATCH/GAME/EVENT –Any institutional representative team playing an Association
sport and using any or all of the following:
- official game sheets
- institutional representative uniforms
- shall be considered to be participating in an exhibition match/game/event and therefore is subject to
Association Law. See Articles 4 and 5 of the Constitution. See also sport specific rules Article 18.
1.18
EXPULSION: Individuals, teams and/or member institutions which have been expelled from the
Association are prohibited from having any contact with any Association activity.
See Article 10, Section 3.
1.19
EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION - means a resolution to delete or amend the Constitution or to place a
member institution on probation, suspend or expel a member institution, or to remove a member of the
Executive. (see Article 3 Section 2.5)
1.20
FALL SEMESTER- September to December semester.
1.21
FIRST OFFICIAL DAY of TRYOUTS:
Badminton – First Tuesday after Labour Day
Basketball – First Tuesday after Labour Day
Soccer – Second Monday of August
Volleyball – First Tuesday after Labour Day
1.22
GRIEVOUS MISCONDUCT – Behaviour or conduct which is considered unacceptable to the Board; it
may include but is not limited to foul and/or abusive language, threatening behaviour (verbal or physical),
throwing objects, assaulting or attempting to assault another individual, gestures, spitting etc.
1.23
INJ – designation used on any sport specific score sheet to indicate a student-athlete is not able to compete
for medical reasons (injury, illness, etc.). Student-athletes listed on a score sheet with INJ designation will
have the game counted towards their 60% rule calculation and do not have to be present at the game.
1.24
IN-SEASON COMPETITION – is defined as the period of time between the day of the first Association
league competition (sport specific) until the day after the CCAA National Championships (sport specific),
or until the day after the Association Championship for non-CCAA sports.
1.25
INTER-SEMESTER: extends from the day after the last day of the Fall Semester exam period to the last
day of late registration for the Winter Semester.
1.26
MEMBER or MEMBER INSTITUTION - refers to a post-secondary educational institution who is an
Association member in good standing.
1.27
MOTION - An item presented by a member for discussion in the form of a motion, normally the item
should have been presented to a meeting through the means of an agenda item.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2010
Article 1 - Page 3
1.28
NATURAL JUSTICE - requires the procedure to be fair, taking into account the nature of the Association,
the issue in question and the seriousness of the consequences. The following are requirements for
procedural fairness:
a) accessible hearing
b) adequate notice of hearing
c) adequate notice of alleged offense
d) adequate time to prepare
e) unbiased decision makers
f) opportunity to rebut allegations
g) decision based on evidence that was heard
Procedural fairness may demand different things in different contexts.
1.29
PARTICIPATION IN ASSOCIATION SPORTS: any athlete wearing an institutional game uniform, who
represents an institution that participates in any exhibition or BCCAA league or playoff competition.
1.30
POST-SECONDARY INSTITUTIONS: all BCCAA member institutions as well as other institutions
outside of the BCCAA (e.g. CIS, NCAA, NWAACC, etc.).
1.31
PROBATION: Individuals, teams and/or member institutions which have been placed on probation by the
Association must complete all scheduled commitments without the benefit of accumulating points toward
the Association Championships nor shall they represent the Association in regional or national
championships. See Article 10, Section 3.
1.32
PROBATIONARY PERIOD: A two-year period for membership applicants see Article 2, S4)
1.33
PROFESSIONAL – See CCAA Operations Manual, Article 5, Section 11
1.34
QUORUM OF THE BOARD - established when three-quarters (3/4) or more of the voting Board members
are present at a Board meeting.
1.35
QUORUM OF THE EXECUTIVE - three (3) or more voting Executive members.
1.36
SCHEDULED GAME – with respect to suspensions, a “scheduled game/match” is defined as any
exhibition/league/playoff game/match that is on the most recent copy of a team’s schedule that has been
received by the SID (as per A14, S10) prior to the infraction which led to the suspension.
1.37
SCRIMMAGE - sport specific definitions of scrimmage can be found in each Sport Manual.
1.38
SID – Sports Information Director
1.39
SPECIAL DISPENSATION – may be granted in cases where an Association member or prospective
member requests to be exempt from a particular Association policy, procedure or rule. See Article 10
Section 6.
1.40
STATUTE of LIMITATIONS – Suspensions issued after the last competition of the season will be carried
forward to league games of the suspended individual’s next BCCAA season. That is, student-athletes or
coaches who are suspended after the last game of the season must serve that suspension regardless of
whether they play in the year immediately following their suspension or choose not.
1.41
STUDENT ATHLETE IN GOOD STANDING – a student athlete who currently meets the academic
criteria for participation as described in A12
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2010
Article 1 - Page 4
1.42
STUDENT-ATHLETE PARTICIPATION:
NOTE: The definitions listed below (1.42.1 and 1.42.2) will change effective September 1, 2010 as per direction
given to the membership at the WBM 2009 (Item 27.4 Workbook Motion #9)
1.42.1
ONE-SEMESTER STUDENT-ATHLETES – defined as:
A student-athlete who participates in one semester only as a full-time student, and does not attend
in the second semester as a full-time student.
1.42.2
TWO-SEMESTER STUDENT-ATHLETES – defined as:
A student-athlete who participates in the September – December and the January – April, and/or
participates in a September – December sport and continues to attend full-time in the January –
April semester.
1.43
SUMMER BREAK: extends from the day after the last day of the Winter Semester exam period to the first
day of Fall Semester instruction.
1.44
SUMMER SEMESTER: May 1st to August 31st annually.
1.45
SUSPENSION:
Coach - The suspended coach is not allowed to have any contact with the team or be in the
building or at the field, from 60 minutes prior to the start of the game until the conclusion
of the game.
Student-athlete - If the suspended student-athlete is present during competitions, s/he must sit on
the team bench, not in uniform and not listed on the scoresheet. The game does not count
toward the suspended student-athlete’s participation rule. In such a situation, it is the
Coach’s responsibility to ensure that the suspended student-athlete(s) meets the highest
behavioral expectations. In cases where the behaviour of a suspended student-athlete is
inappropriate, further discipline action against the student-athlete and/or the coach will
result.
Member Institution – Suspended member institutions are temporarily excluded from all
Association competition.
NOTE: A suspended student-athlete is considered to be ineligible for the duration of their
suspension. The Eligibility Committee will rule on any suspended student-athlete who
competes in a game/match as per Article 12 Section 7.4.4
1.46
WINTER SEMESTER: January to April
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2010
Article 2 - Page 1
ARTICLE 2 - MEMBERSHIP
SECTION 1 - DEFINITION
Full membership in the Association shall be limited to post-secondary educational institutions who have not
previously been members in the CIS, NAIA or NCAA. The current members of the Association are:
Camosun College (CAM)
Capilano University (CAP)
College of the Rockies (COTR)
Columbia Bible College (CBC)
Douglas College (DC)
Kwantlen Polytechnic University (KWAN)
Langara College (LC)
Quest University Canada (QUC)
Selkirk College (SELK)
Thompson Rivers University (TRU)
University of British Columbia Okanagan (UBCO)
University of the Fraser Valley (UFV)
University of Northern British Columbia (UNBC)
Vancouver Island University (VIU)
SECTION 2 - CONDITIONS OF MEMBERSHIP
2.1
Provide one duly appointed representative to attend all Board meetings and actively participate in the
organization, administration and co-ordination of the Association.
2.2
Comply with, uphold and operate under the spirit and intent of the Constitution, By-Laws and Operating
Procedures of the Association.
2.3
Provide payment, when required, of the annual BCCAA and CCAA membership fees.
2.3.1
Upon acceptance as a member, a performance bond of $500 is required, payable to the BCCAA.
2.4
Obtain and maintain CCAA membership as a general member and in ALL CCAA sports in which they
participate. N.B. This item can only be changed by Extra-ordinary Resolution.
2.5
Participate by engaging student-athletes in sanctioned activities of the Association.
2.6
Each member institution must provide an official declaration for participation in each sport at the AGM
annually. This declaration must be made for three years from the date of the AGM. E.g. At the 2011 AGM
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 2
members must commit to participation in 11/12, 12/13 and 13/14.
2.6.1
Should members who have made a multi-year commitment find that their circumstances have
changed or members find that they are unable to make a multi-year commitment because of
uncertainty in their situation , application for Special Dispensation from this rule can be sought.
2.7
Each member institution should attempt to operate with gender equity.
2.8
In all sports which employ a Home and Away format schedule, each member institution must participate
annually in a minimum of one (1) male and one (1) female Association league sport (this must be the same
sport e.g., Volleyball). Due to scheduling concerns, member institutions must add the same sport for both
men and women in a given year. Should an institution be unable to meet the conditions as stated they can
seek special dispensation from the Board. In a Tournament format schedule, every attempt must be made
to add male and female teams in the same sport at the same time.
2.9
Any proposed changes (e.g., the addition of a participating member; change in schedule format, etc.) in a
specific sport(s) which will result in altered competitive schedules and/or which will have the effect of
increasing the financial commitment for institutions participating in activities to be affected by these
changes, must be served as Notice of Motion one (1) year prior to the next AGM. Such Notice of Motion,
if approved unanimously by the board, may become effective immediately. Motions not receiving
unanimous support but having majority support shall not become effective until the motion has been
reviewed at the next AGM and again receives majority support.
Example of unanimous support:
AGM 1998 - Notice of Motion
AGM 1999 - Vote receives unanimous support
September 1999 - Motion in effect
Example of motions not receiving unanimous support:
AGM 1998 - Notice of Motion
AGM 1999 - Vote does NOT receive unanimous support, but receives majority support
AGM 2000 - Motion reviewed and receives majority support
September 2000 - Motion in effect
Institutions initially opposed to any such motions, and which would have financial difficulties participating
in the activity as altered, shall indicate the possibility of discontinuing involvement in the activity
immediately following the first vote at the AGM. At the following AGM review of the Motion, any
institution which initially indicated potential difficulties with the Motion may withdraw from the activity in
question at that time without penalty, providing the institution withdrawing still meets minimum
conference commitments, and providing the institution has a letter from its BCCAA representative
indicating that the inability to participate is due to financial constraints.
2.10
A member institution cannot have teams in the same sport competing in two separate intercollegiate
leagues where eligibility is used, (e.g. Women’s Basketball in CIS and CCAA).
2.11
A member institution must receive informed consent from their student-athletes that would enable the
sharing of information with other BCCAA and CCAA institutions pertaining to academics (e.g. grades,
standing), code of conduct (e.g. violations, suspensions), and sports information and media (e.g. statistics,
photos, film). This informed consent must be received in adherence with the Freedom of Information and
Protection of Privacy Act.
2.12
A member institution must have Comprehensive General Liability and Non-Owned Automobile coverage’s
as provided under the University, Colleges and Institute Protection Program or equivalent program.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 3
2.13
A member institution is permitted to hold membership in more than one post secondary sport association or
governing body.
SECTION 3 - RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MEMBERS
The rights listed herein are extended only to those members of the Association who are in good standing.
3.1
RIGHTS
Members of the Association shall be accorded the following rights:
3.1.1
Voting Rights
3.1.1.1 They shall be allocated voting privileges of one vote per member institution and be
represented by a duly appointed delegate at all Association Board Meetings.
3.1.1.2 They shall be allowed to vote on all matters pertaining to the operation of the Association
including sport specific matters with the exception of matters pertaining to a sport in
which they have not paid their Participation Fee for the current year.
3.1.1.3 All full members can vote on all new member applications whether or not the current
member competes in the sport(s) the applying school has indicated they will initially be
competing.
3.1.1.4 Voting privileges for Association and sport specific issues cease at the start of the WBM
or AGM preceding the September when teams will not be participating in a specific
sport(s), or at anytime that voting takes place for the year in which the team will not be
participating.
3.1.2
Rights to Participate and Appeal
3.1.2.1 They shall be eligible to participate in all Association sanctioned activities, and represent
the Association at other related events.
3.1.2.2 They shall have the right to appeal, as outlined in Article 10.
3.2
RESPONSIBILITIES
In order to remain a member in good standing of the Association it is the responsibility of members to:
3.2.1
Actively uphold the philosophies and ethics (see Article 10) of the Association.
3.2.2
Comply with and uphold and operate under the spirit and intent of the Constitution, By-Laws and
Operating Procedures by encouraging fair play and conducting activities in a co-operative,
professional and responsible manner.
3.2.3
Formulate and recommend for action by the Executive, any matters pertaining to general
legislation, policies, functions, activities, objectives or the welfare of the Association.
3.2.4
Adopt, at the Annual General Meeting, annual budget requirements for the next fiscal year.
3.2.5
Provide a duly appointed representative for the entire duration of all Association Board Meetings
and participate in the business of the Association. Failure to comply may result in a $500. fine.
(See A3, S4.1)
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 4
3.2.6
Provide payment, when required of the Annual Membership Fees.
3.2.7
Seek interpretations of Association Law and CCAA Law, from the appropriate Executive, in cases
in which they are in doubt about the applicable operating procedure(s).
3.2.8
Provide clean and functional competitive facilities as described in Article 14.
3.2.9
See also section 2 above.
SECTION 4 - APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Definitions of Membership Application
A. New Institution - A post-secondary educational institution that wishes to become a member of the Association
and is not currently a member in another post-secondary competitive athletics association (e.g. CIS, NAIA or
NCAA. (See Section 4.1))
B. Existing Member - An existing member institution who wishes to participate in a major sport that they were not
involved in the previous year (see Section 4.2)
4.1
Application Process - New Institution
NOTE: Student-athletes participating for an “applying institution” do NOT use any eligibility, however they must
meet all BCCAA eligibility criteria.
4.1.1
An applying institution may be admitted upon completion of the following procedures:
a)
Completion of New Application Form (Form 17), together with a non refundable fee of $2,500
shall be forwarded to the President no less than 60 days prior to an Annual General Meeting.
b)
The Application shall contain the following:
1.
Letter of support from the Chief Executive Officer of the institution.
2.
Letter of support from the Director of Athletics. If the institution’s BCCAA
representative will not be the Director of Athletics, a letter is required from this
representative as well.
3.
Documentation to support applying institution’s ability to meet the following criteria as
stated in Section 4.1(f). Any other evidence to support consideration of the institution as
a member of the Association.
4.
Declaration of the sports in which the applicant will commit to participate in its inaugural
season.
c)
A copy of the complete application package shall be circulated by the applicant to all member
institutions no less than 60 days prior to the Annual General Meeting.
d)
A duly appointed representative from the applying institution must attend the Annual General
Meeting (May) to support the application.
e)
A duly appointed representative from the applying institution must attend the Winter Board
Meeting and submit a written progress report to be received by all members 2 weeks prior to the
WBM.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 5
f)
Between May and March 1 of the upcoming year the applying institution/team must demonstrate
its ability to participate in the Association in a professional and well organized manner and
comply with the spirit and intent of the Association Constitution, By-Laws and Operating
Procedures. The following criteria will be used to evaluate institution/teams prior to entry into the
Association. The evaluation will be undertaken by the Review Committee consisting of the VP
Technical, Convenor(s) of the sport(s) being applied for, or designate with expertise in the
specific sport being applied for, and, if necessary to create an uneven number on the Committee, a
second member of the Executive, or designate. Once their review is completed, the Committee
will submit its recommendation(s), no later than April 15, to the Board for a vote at the AGM.
The evaluation will include but is not limited to a review of the following items.
1.
Review of Mission Statements of Institution and Athletic Department
2.
Review the exhibition schedule. The criteria to be established at the time of application
by the review committee. (e.g. including BCCAA members, number of games against
CCAA members, back-to-back games on weekends, other post-secondary institutions,
etc.)
3.
Review student-athlete interest. The criteria to be established at the time of application
by the review committee (e.g. number of players trying out and on team, # of years
participating in club/other league, etc.)
4.
Review coaching qualifications
5.
Review the budget allocations (including personnel, operations, capital, etc.)
6.
Review technical/logistical situation e.g., field contracts, gym allocations, availability of
qualified officials, impact on scheduling, length of facilities contracts, etc.
7.
Review of program advertising and recruitment
8.
Review of administrative commitment to athletics (e.g. workload, set-up, resources, etc.)
g)
A representative from the applying institution will attend the next AGM where the institution's
application and the Review Committee’s recommendation(s) will be reviewed and voted upon.
Separate votes will be taken for each sport applied for. Should only one gender team of the same
sport receive approval, and the failing team not be granted an additional exhibition year (e.g. the
application for that team is terminated), then the approval for both gender teams would be revoked
and both teams would be excluded from the scheduling process. If one team gains approval and
the other is given an additional year of exhibition play, both would be included on the schedule.
The approved team eligible to compete in Provincial and National Championships while the
exhibition team would play the regular schedule but be excluded from all post-season play.
h)
Approval of each application requires a three-quarters ( ¾ ) majority vote. Failure to obtain ¾
majority vote could result in two courses of action:
1.
2.
Remain a pending application - exhibition play for one year
The membership application is terminated.
i)
Upon acceptance in the BCCAA, approved new member teams become eligible for participation
commencing September of the following year. (See example (m) below)
j)
Should the current Association competitive schedules and programs for the sports being applied
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 6
for, not be adversely affected, as determined by the Review Committee, by the immediate addition
of a new participant then the new member MAY be granted special dispensation and allowed to
participate in the upcoming season (e.g. September to March). Such special dispensation requires
the unanimous support of the Board. (See example (m) below)
k)
Voting rights (see A2, S3)
l)
Probationary Period
This membership would be granted on a probationary basis for a period of two (2) calendar years.
During this probationary period, the new member will be monitored by the Executive to ensure
that all criteria and conditions of membership have been followed. During the probationary
period, the new member can have its membership revoked by a ¾ majority of the Board at the
AGM. Once the probationary period has been completed, a ¾ majority of the Board will change
the status to permanent membership. Failure to obtain ¾ majority could result in two courses of
action.
1.
2.
m)
Probation for another 2 years.
The membership is terminated.
Example of a two year implementation process
- 1998 AGM - Membership Application received at least 60 days prior to the 1998 AGM
- 1998 AGM - Representatives must attend and support application at AGM
- 1998 WBM - Progress report from applying member and Review Committee
- April 15, 1999 - Submission of Review Committee Recommendations
- AGM 1999 - Vote on Membership Application
- September 2000 - League Participation Commences (if approved by ¾ majority). If denied, see 4.1(h)
- WBM 2000 - Voting commences
4.2
Application Process - Existing Member/New Sport Application
NOTE: Student-athletes participating for an "applying institution" do NOT use any eligibility, however they must
meet all BCCAA eligibility criteria.
An existing member institution who wishes to participate in a major sport that they were not involved in
the previous year, must file an application as outlined below.
a)
Completion of New Membership Application Form (Form 17) must be circulated by the applicant to all
members of the Association no less than 60 days prior to an Annual General Meeting.
b)
The Application shall contain the following:
(c)
1.
Letter of support from the Director of Student Services (or equivalent senior administrator who is
responsible for Athletics) and Director of Athletics, or institution’s BCCAA representative.
2.
Documentation to support applying institution’s ability to meet the following criteria as stated
in Section 4.2(c). Any other evidence to support consideration of the institution as a member of
the Association.
Between May and March 1 (for fall/winter sports e.g., basketball / volleyball, etc.) or between May and
November 30 (for fall sports (e.g., soccer, golf), etc.) of the upcoming year the applying institution/team
must demonstrate its ability to participate in the Association in a professional and well organized manner
and comply with the spirit and intent of the Association Constitution, By-Laws and Operating Procedures.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 7
The following criteria will be used to evaluate institution/teams prior to entry into the Association. The
evaluation will be undertaken by the review committee consisting of the VP Technical, Convenor(s) of the
sport(s) being applied for, or designate with expertise in specific sports being applied for, and, if necessary
to create an uneven number on the Committee, a second member of the Executive, or designate. Once
their review is completed, the Committee will submit its recommendation(s), no later than April 15 (for
fall/winter sports e.g., basketball / volleyball, etc.) or November 30 (for fall sports e.g., soccer, golf, etc.) to
the Board for a vote at the AGM. The evaluation will include but is not limited to a review of the
following items.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Review of Mission Statements of Institution and Athletic Department
Review the exhibition schedule. The criteria to be established at the time of application by the
Review Committee. (e.g. including BCCAA members, number of games against CCAA
members, back-to-back games on weekends, other post-secondary institutions, etc.)
Review student-athlete interest. The criteria to be established at the time of application by the
review committee (e.g. number of players trying out and on team, # of years participating in
club/other league, etc.)
Review coaching qualifications
Review the budget allocations (including personnel, operations, capital, etc.)
Review technical/logistical situation e.g., field contracts, gym allocations, availability of qualified
officials, impact on scheduling, length of facilities contracts, etc.
Review program advertising and recruitment
Review of administrative commitment to athletics (e.g. workload, set-up, resources, etc.)
d)
At the next WBM or AGM the New Program application and the Review Committee’s recommendation(s)
will be reviewed and voted upon.
e)
Approval of each application requires a three-quarters ( ¾ ) majority vote. Failure to obtain ¾ majority
vote could result in two courses of action:
1.
2.
Remain a pending application - exhibition play for one year
The new sport application is terminated.
f)
If approved, voting rights will commence as per Article 2, Section 3.
g)
Approved Existing Member/New Sport Applicant teams become eligible for participating commencing
September of the year following admission. (See example (i) below.)
h)
Should the current Association competitive schedules and programs for the sports being applied for, not be
adversely affected, as determined by the Review Committee, by the immediate addition of a new
participant then the new member MAY be granted special dispensation and allowed to participate in the
current academic year. Such special dispensation requires the unanimous support of the Board (See
example (i) below)
i)
Probationary Period
This new sport membership would be granted on a probationary basis for a period of two (2) years from
the date of acceptance. During this probationary period, the new team(s) will be monitored by the
Executive to ensure that all criteria and conditions of membership have been followed. During the
probationary period, the new team(s) can have its/their membership revoked by a ¾ majority of the Board
at the AGM. Once the probationary period has been completed, a ¾ majority of the Sport Specific
Members will change the status to permanent membership. Failure to obtain ¾ majority could result in two
courses of action.
1.
Probation for another 2 years
2.
The new sport membership is terminated
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 8
j)
Example of a one-year implementation process
Example #2 - (1 year implementation process)
- 1998 AGM - New Sport Application received at least 60 days prior to the 1998 AGM
- 1998 AGM - Representatives must attend and support applications at AGM
- 1998 WBM - Progress report from applying member and Review Committee
- April 15, 1999 - Submission of Review Committee Recommendations
- AGM 1999 - Vote on New Sport Application
- September 1999 - League Participation Commences (if approved by ¾ majority). If denied, see 4.2 (e)
- WBM 1999 - Voting commences
SECTION 5 - TERMINATION OF MEMBERSHIP/WITHDRAWAL FROM A SPORT
5.1
TEAM
5.1.1
Any member institution may withdraw from a sport by submitting a letter of withdrawal to the
President. The letter of withdrawal must include the reasons for the withdrawal (e.g. budget
shortfall, changes in departmental priorities, insufficient student-athlete interest, etc.). Based upon
the date of receipt of notification and supporting rationale, the Review Committee; consisting of
the VP Technical, Convenor(s) of the affected, sport, or designate with expertise in the specific
sport, and, if necessary to create an uneven number on the committee, a second member of the
Executive, or designate, will recommend to the Board appropriate action. These
recommendations will be based on a review of a variety of items including but not limited to the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.1.2
5.2
The impact on existing members should the institution have one team, men’s or women’s
participating in the sport.
Our BCCAA “values”.
How many times this team has withdrawn in the past.
The ability to maintain a balanced schedule.
If an institution drops both their men’s and women’s teams from a given sport in the same year,
they must apply for re-instatement with both teams.
INSTITUTION
Membership in the Association ceases under the following conditions:
5.2.1
Any member institution may resign membership in the Association by submitting in writing a
letter of resignation to the President. Such termination of membership will become effective
immediately following the next Board meeting of the Association. The resignation must be cosigned by the institution’s senior administrator and athletic association board representative. Such
resignation will not relieve the resigned member from its liabilities and obligations to the
Association prior to the next regular Board meeting and any indebtedness to the Association by
the resigning member must be paid in full. Such resignations shall result in the forfeiture by such
members of all Association rights and all dues that have been paid up to that date.
5.2.2
Any member institution who resigns membership in the Association is entitled to a refund of the
principal amount paid to the Performance Bond Fund assuming all its debts and liability has been
paid.
5.2.3
Any member institution who fails to pay the annual membership fee when due shall cease to be a
member in good standing and thereby forfeit all rights and privileges of membership.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 9
5.2.4
5.3
Voting privileges (See Article 2, Section 3)
EXPULSION, SUSPENSION, PROBATION
5.3.1
5.3.2
Any full member institution may be expelled, suspended, placed on probation for violations of the
provisions of the Association Constitution and Operating Procedures if any Extraordinary
Resolution for that purpose is presented and approved by a three-quarter (¾) majority vote of the
Board. Full member institutions with permanent membership status placed on probation, shall
complete all scheduled commitments without the benefit of accumulating points toward
Association Championships nor shall they represent the Association in Provincial or National
Championships. The terms suspension and expulsion are defined in Article 1 of this manual.
See Article 10 Section 3
SECTION 6 - REINSTATEMENT
6.1
TEAM
6.1.1
Institutional representative teams who have been placed on probation or suspended may upon
written application to the Board received prior to the Annual General Meeting be reinstated by a
three quarters (¾) majority vote of the Board. Reinstatement will take effect immediately. If the
motion to reinstate fails, the team will remain on probation or suspension.
6.1.2
Institutional representative teams who have resigned, must successfully complete the application
procedure for new programs (Article 2 Section 4.2).
6.1.3
In the event that only one gender of a Institution’s teams in a sport has withdrawn, that institution
will have until the end of the next season to ensure that the withdrawn gender is restored to
competitive status. Failure to do so will result in the expulsion of the other gender.
a)
Following the withdrawal of a team, a representative from the withdrawn Institution shall
formally indicate the intentions of the Institution one (1) month prior to the AGM. They
shall declare whether they plan to reinstate the withdrawn gender (Form 17) or withdraw
both genders.
b)
When reinstatement is sought by the withdrawn team, the Institution’s representative
shall present to the Board two (2) weeks prior to the AGM, a detailed plan to revive the
program and build its stability. This shall include, but not limited to:
1. Coaching Qualifications
2. Student-Athlete interest
3. Program advertising and recruitment
4. Technical/logistical situation e.g. Proposed practice and competitive
schedule.
Approval by three-quarter (¾) majority vote will reinstate the withdrawn team on an exhibition
level. The team will be added to the schedule on an exhibition basis.
c)
Between May and March of the upcoming year the team will play an exhibition year,
following which the Membership Review Committee will submit its recommendation(s)
to the Board, no later than one (1) month prior to the AGM. Approval of the team’s
application requires a three-quarter (¾) majority vote. Reinstatement will take effect
immediately. Failure to obtain ¾ majority vote could result in two courses of action:
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 2 - Page 10
1.
2.
d)
Should the withdrawn team be able to compete in the season immediately following their
withdrawal AND the current Association’s competitive schedules and programs for the
sport being applied for are not adversely affected by the immediate addition of the
applying team, then the member MAY be granted special dispensation and allowed to
participate in the current academic year. Such dispensation requires the unanimous
support of the Board.
e)
Example of a one year implementation process
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6.2
Remain as a pending application-exhibition play for another year
The application is terminated - means other gender’s membership is also
terminated.
September 2001 College XYZ withdraws from men’s soccer
April 2002 College XYZ applies for reinstatement of men’s soccer
2002 AGM progress report and plan from applying member
2002 AGM Board votes to accept member as exhibition status
September 2002 College XYZ men’s soccer plays exhibition season
April 2003 Submission of Membership Review Committee recommendations
2003 AGM Vote on application
September 2003 Full League Participation commences (if approved by ¾ majority)
INSTITUTION
6.2.1
A full member institution that has been placed on probation or suspended, who subsequently
fulfills the requirements of the probation or suspension, may, upon application to the Board, be
restored to full membership status by a three-quarter (¾) majority vote of the Board.
6.2.2
Any previous member institution who has resigned membership or been expelled may reapply to
the Association and follow the application procedure for new members (Article 2 - Section 3.1).
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 25, 2010
Article 3 - Page 1
ARTICLE 3 - MEETINGS
SECTION 1 - TYPES OF MEETINGS AND NOTICE
1.1
The Association will conduct regular general meetings in May (AGM) and December (WBM) of each
calendar year. The dates and locations of subsequent WBM and/or AGM will be set at current WBM
and/or AGM.
1.2
The May meeting of the Board shall be considered the Association's Annual General Meeting (AGM).
1.3
The December meeting of the Board shall be considered the Association's Winter Board Meeting (WBM).
1.4
Extraordinary Meetings of either the Board or the Executive shall be held at the call of the President upon
written request to the President by a simple majority of member institutions.
1.5
Written notice of Association meetings shall be forwarded to each Board member by either the President,
or the Vice President Administration at the direction of the President. This notice shall include a statement
of the agenda and/or purpose of the meeting.
1.6
The agenda for an Extraordinary Meeting of the Board shall be forwarded to each Board member by the
President or by the Vice President Administration at the direction of the President, as far in advance as may
be reasonable under the circumstances.
1.7
All motions (with supporting rationale attached – See FORM 18) and agenda items must be submitted to
the VP Admin. by email to be received not less that one month prior to any regular Board Meeting. The VP
Admin. will then circulate a “Motion Workbook” and “Response Sheet” to be received by all members not
less than three (3) weeks prior to every regular Board Meeting. Board members must submit their votes
(For, Against, or Abstain) on each and all motions in the Workbook to be received by the VP Admin. not
less than two (2) weeks prior to the respective meeting. The Proposed Agenda, workbook responses and
Result Form Grid will be circulated by the VP Administration to be received by all members and the SID
not less than one (1) week prior to the meeting. Items added to the agenda after the submission date risk
being deferred to the next meeting. Additions to the agenda shall be allowed by consent of a simple
majority vote.
1.7.1
Only Athletic Directors, Convenors, Committee Chairs or SID may submit motions for discussion
at general meetings of the Association. Coaches or others may submit motions through Sport
Convenors or Athletic Directors.
1.8
An example of the format for all submitted motions is shown on Form 18. The VP Administration will
ensure that all submitted motions have been duly Moved and Seconded and will indicate the Mover and
Seconder beside each motion in the workbook. Only those who could Move and Second a motion at a
regular board meeting (e.g., AD, Convenor, Committee Chair, SID) can Move or Second a motion in the
workbook. Further, the VP Admin. will ensure that all motions in the Workbook are numbered
sequentially.
1.9
The Board may allow guests at all meetings. The Executive must give prior approval to any guest’s request
to make a presentation at any Board Meeting.
SECTION 2 - PROCEDURE AT BOARD MEETINGS
2.1
The Rules of procedure of any Annual General, Winter or Extraordinary Board meeting, shall be
determined by the Executive, or if any member objects, then Call to Order, 2nd Edition, shall apply.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 3 - Page 2
2.2
A quorum for the transaction of all Association business at any Annual General or Winter Board meeting
shall require that three-quarters (¾) of the Board members be in attendance.
2.2.1
2.3
A quorum for the transaction of all Association business at any Executive meeting shall require
that three (3) of the Executive members be in attendance.
The order of business at Association Board meetings shall be as follows:
(a)
Call to order
(b)
Identification of Voting Delegates
(c)
Adoption of the Agenda
(d)
Disposition of the Minutes of the previous Board Meeting
(e)
Reports
(f)
Unfinished Business
(g)
New Business
(h)
Adjournment
2.4
The order of business may be altered by a simple majority vote.
2.5
The following matters shall be decided by Extraordinary Resolution:
(a)
Amendment of the Constitution of the Association.
NOTE: An extraordinary resolution to accomplish 2.5(a) must be preceded by twenty working
days (See Article 9 of the Constitution) written notice to the membership of such a resolution, and
all must be decided by a three-quarter (¾) majority vote of the Board.
(b)
Probation, suspension, expulsion of a member institution or team.
(c)
Removal of a member of the Executive.
(d)
The requirement of members to obtain and maintain CCAA membership as a general member and
in ALL CCAA sports in which they participate (See A2, S2.4).
2.6
Resolutions (regular and extraordinary) which have been duly adopted shall take effect immediately at the
end of the current meeting unless the resolution states a specific date/time.
2.7
Corporate Guest Policy
2.7.1
Representatives of companies who wish to meet with/solicit the membership, must submit to the
President a written request to attend the Winter Board Meeting. This must occur no less than five
(5) weeks prior to the meeting.
NOTE: Normally, requests to attend the AGM will be refused due to lack of time.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 3 - Page 3
2.7.2
The Executive will determine the appropriateness of the request and in writing will schedule or
deny the request. Companies who simply wish to market their product or services to the
membership as opposed to proposing partnership or sponsorship, will be denied.
SECTION 3 - VOTING POWERS AND PROCEDURES
3.1
Each member institution shall be allocated one vote on all matters pertaining to the operation of the
Association, and on sport specific issues as paid and shall be represented by a duly appointed athletics
delegate.
3.2
The vote of Executive members may be cast through an intermediary, the Voting Delegate, who shall be an
appointee of the same member institution.
3.3
A quorum being present and unless otherwise specified in the Constitution, By-Laws or Operating
Procedures of the Association, action shall be taken by a simple majority vote.
3.4
Voting shall normally be by show of hand or roll call vote.
3.5
Ballot votes shall be used:
3.5.1
For election of members of the Executive.
3.5.2
On Extraordinary Resolutions.
3.5.3
On any ordinary resolution when three (3) delegates request a ballot vote prior to voting.
3.6
Voting in absentia shall be allowed in cases of emergency as determined by the Executive
and must be confirmed by the member institution to the Executive prior to the meeting.
3.7
Votes and abstentions shall be recorded in the minutes upon request.
SECTION 4 - REPRESENTATION AT MEETINGS
4.1
Each member institution must be represented at, and for the entire duration of all Board meetings by the
duly appointed athletic representative (or a designate) of that member institution (See Article 2). Failure to
comply may lead to a $500 fine.
SECTION 5 - REPOSITORY OF MINUTES
5.1
The minutes of all Association meetings shall be deposited with the Vice President Administration who
shall ensure that the minutes of each meeting are distributed to the Membership.
SECTION 6 - HOSTING GUIDELINES FOR MEETINGS
6.1
The host for any Association Annual General or Winter Board Meeting shall ensure that arrangements for
the meeting be approved by the Executive as well in advance of the meeting as possible.
6.1.1
The host will provide at no charge to the delegates the following services:
a)
internet access – either wired or wireless
b)
a meeting room
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 3 - Page 4
c)
d)
e)
6.2
of
parking
twice daily refreshments
host one lunch for all the delegates
A hosting grant will be available for each WBM and AGM up to a maximum of $150 per member. It is
recommended that the host secure a meeting room in the host hotel or within reasonable walking distance
arranged accommodations.
SECTION 7 - ELECTION SCHEDULE OF POSITIONS
Normally, all elections are held at the AGM.
7.1
EVEN YEARS
President
Vice-President Administration
Volleyball Convenor(s)
Basketball Convenor(s)
Sport BC Liason
CCAA Rep(s)
Eligibility Committee (three reps – 1 member and 2 alternates)
Discipline Committee (three reps – 1 member and 2 alternates)
7.2
ODD YEARS
Vice-President Finance
Vice-President Technical
Vice-President Marketing
Golf Convenor
Soccer Convenor(s)
Badminton Convenor
Eligibility Committee (three reps – 2 members (including Chair) and 1 alternate)
Discipline Committee (three reps – 2 members (including Chair) and 1 alternate)
SECTION 8 - AMENDMENTS TO THE OPERATING PROCEDURES
8.1
Amendments adopted by the Board will become effective immediately at the end of the current meeting, or
on the date provided for in the amendment.
SECTION 9 – COACHES’ MEETINGS
9.1
The purpose of these coach’s meetings is to review the playing regulations of the respective sports and
other issues and to bring forth recommendations in the form of motions to the Board. These motions will
be brought forward through the sport convenors for consideration at the Board’s Annual General Meeting
and/or Winter Meeting.
9.2
Dates and locations of sport specific coaches’ meetings will be set annually by the convenors. It is
recommended that 2 meetings be held a year – one before the start of the season and the other within 2
weeks after the CCAA National Championships or after the Provincial Championships if there is no
National Championships.
9.3
Normally, meetings will be held in a central location that requires the fewest members to travel.
Technological meeting options (e.g., video conferencing, conference calls, etc.) are to be implemented
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 3 - Page 5
whenever possible. Costs of these options will be shared equally by all sport members. A fine of $100.00
will be assessed for non-representation.
9.4
Each member institution will be allowed 1 vote per gender in each sport. The only people allowed to vote
will be the head coaches of the Men’s and Women’s teams and/or their proxy vote if one head coach is not
able to attend.
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.4.3
9.4.4
9.5
A quorum shall be three quarters of the member institutions participating in good standing in that
respective sport.
Action shall be taken by a simple majority vote.
Voting shall be by a roll call vote or show of hands.
Motions shall be forwarded to the Board within the specific timelines of the Association and in
the form outlined in Form 18.
Minutes from the coaches meeting shall be deposited with the Vice President Administration within 5
working days of the meeting. Upon receiving the minutes, the VP Admin shall ensure that the minutes of
each meeting are distributed to the membership within the next 5 working days.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 4 - Page 1
ARTICLE 4 - GOVERNANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE ASSOCIATION
SECTION 1 - THE BOARD
1.1
Member institutions shall be represented at all Board Meetings by a duly appointed athletic representative (Board
member) from their institution, unless otherwise arranged prior to any meeting.
1.2
Each member institution will have only one vote regardless of the number of delegates attending a meeting from a
given institution.
1.3
The powers, authorities and responsibilities of the Board shall follow the purposes and intent of the Constitution,
By-Laws and Operating Procedures. Specifically these shall include:
1.3.1
To formulate and recommend for the action of the Executive, any matters pertaining to general
legislation, policies, functions, activities, objectives or the welfare of the Association.
1.3.2
To adopt, at the Annual General Meeting, the annual budget requirements for the ensuing fiscal year and
the levying of assessments upon members, or the making of such other appropriation or provision
deemed necessary for meeting the financial requirements of the Association.
1.3.3
To ensure that the purpose and goals of the Association are upheld in all aspects of the operation of the
Association.
NOTE: Failure to complete the tasks outlined within this manual within the stated time frame(s) may
lead to an applicable fine for the offending Board member (acting in any capacity e.g., officer, committee
chair/member, AD, etc).
SECTION 2 - THE EXECUTIVE
2.1
The Executive of the Association shall be composed of the following officers. They are presented in rank order:
(a)
President
(b)
Vice-President Finance
(c)
Past President (one year term)
(d)
Vice President Administration
(e)
Vice-President Technical
(f)
Vice-President Marketing
2.2
The Executive shall meet as often as the duties of the Association require.
2.3
The Executive shall have the power to make decisions and take action in all matters of an urgent nature which
would ordinarily be handled by the Board or Sport Convenor. Decisions and actions taken by Executive shall be
reported to the Board, as soon as possible, or at its next ensuing meeting, whichever is appropriate.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 2
SECTION 3 - ELECTION OF EXECUTIVE
3.1
Election of the Executive shall take place as the last order of business at the Annual General Meeting.
3.1.1
Nominations for all positions will take place as an order of business at the Winter Board Meeting
Annually.
3.2
The term of office for Executive members shall normally be for two (2) years but the Executive will remain in
office until the newly elected members can take office.
3.3
In the event of a resignation or vacancy of any Executive position, replacements shall be made through
appointment by the Executive and the replacement shall remain in office until a successor is elected at the next
Board Meeting.
3.4
Officers will be elected by a simple majority vote of the Board. If none of the candidates receive a majority vote
on the first ballot, a second ballot between candidates receiving the two highest number of votes shall be held.
SECTION 4 - REMOVAL OF EXECUTIVE
4.1
The Board may remove any Executive member by Extraordinary Resolution. (see Article 3 Section 2.5)
SECTION 5 - DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE
5.1
It shall be the duty of the Executive to:
5.1.1
Implement the decisions made at Board meetings.
5.1.2
Initiate Association policies.
5.1.3
Carry on business on behalf of the Association between Board meetings.
5.1.4
Investigate and report on matters of interest to the Association.
5.1.5
Appoint committees from among interested persons from the member institutions to study important
matters and prepare reports for the Association to consider.
5.1.6
Call in external professional advisors on occasion to study matters of concern to the Association when so
empowered by the Association.
5.1.7
Resolve administrative questions relative to the immediate administration and operation of the
Association's activities and interpretation of policy and operating procedures.
5.1.8
Act as the standing Appeals Committee to adjudicate and rule on appeals made by member institutions of
decisions rendered at the Sport Convenor or Committee level. (See Article 10)
5.1.9
Call at least two Board meetings each year, one during the month of May (Annual General Meeting) and
one during the month of December (Winter Board Meeting).
5.1.10
Supervise and direct or delegate to a Board Member or Committee, the activities of any Association
employee or contracted service.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 3
5.1.11
Each Executive Office shall submit and circulate or cause to be submitted, a detailed written report to all
members to be received at least two (2) weeks prior to each Winter Board and Annual General Meeting.
Acknowledgement of review of the relevant sections (including forms) of both the BCCAA and CCAA
manuals including, if necessary, recommendations for change, in the form of editorial revisions and/or
motions, must be included as a component of the Officer’s report to every Board meeting.
NOTE: (VP Finance, see the submission deadline exception listed in item 6.2.5 below). Failure to do so
may result in the office being subject to an applicable fine. (Article 6, Section 7)
SECTION 6 - DUTIES OF OFFICERS
6.1
President
6.1.1
Preside at all meetings of the Board and of the Executive.
6.1.2
Be responsible, with the other Executive, for the general management of the affairs of the Association.
6.1.3
Circulate a written report (to be received by all members no less than two weeks prior to all regular
Board Meetings) that summarizes the affairs of the Association. Failure to do so may result in the
President being subject to an applicable fine. (See Article 6, Section 7).
6.1.4
Appoint such committees as may be considered necessary for the proper functioning of the Association.
6.1.5
Acts as the official spokesperson of the Association.
6.1.6
Exercise such powers and perform such functions as may be especially delegated to him/her by the
Executive or as elsewhere provided in the Constitution and Operating Procedures of the Association.
6.1.7
Designate another member of the Executive to act for him/her as necessary.
6.1.8
Chair, when applicable, in the Appeals procedure as outlined in Article 10.
6.1.9
Perform other such duties as designated by the Executive or Board.
6.1.10
Write letters of support for membership within the CCAA on behalf of new BCCAA members. See
CCAA Operating Code for specifics.
6.1.11
Write a short note of welcome and congratulations to each newly elected officer and/or committee
member referring them to the appropriate section(s) of the Operating Manual with which they need to
familiarize themselves.
6.1.12
Ensure that the Chair of the Discipline Committee annually creates, submits to the SID for insertion in
the manual (A4, S7.4.4) and circulates to the membership, the weekly Discipline Committee schedules
and procedures including the conference call phone numbers. The Discipline Committee Chair must
complete these tasks at least one week prior to the start of the soccer league play in the fall semester.
Changes to the procedure must be immediately circulated to all of the above parties.
6.1.13
Ensures contracts for outside services (i.e. SID, Webmaster, Media Guide) are prepared as required prior
to August 1st annually.
6.1.14
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 4
6.2
6.3
Vice-President Finance
6.2.1
Assist the President in all matters pertaining to the business of the Association.
6.2.2
During the absence of the President assume all duties of the President, except where specifically or
legally prohibited.
6.2.3
Be responsible for the security of Association funds and properties and for the disbursement of such
funds.
6.2.4
Maintain an accurate and current record of Association funds and properties and report to Executive all
matters regarding the financial status of the Association.
6.2.5
Submit or cause to be submitted, written financial statements of the Association's fiscal and property
affairs at regular Board Meetings. For Annual General Meeting these statements must be verified by an
independent third party.
6.2.6
Pay all bills authorized by the Executive or the Board and issue receipts for all funds received.
6.2.7
Prepare for approval, at the Annual General Meeting, a projected budget for ensuing fiscal year.
6.2.8
Perform other duties and functions as may be delegated to her/him by the President or the Executive or as
specified elsewhere in the Constitution or Operating Procedures.
6.2.9
Prepare a written report annually for the Board on the Performance Bond Trust Fund and special reserve
fund(s) (if applicable).
6.2.10
Be involved in the Appeals procedure as outlined in Article 10.
6.2.11
Perform other such duties as designated by the Executive or Board.
6.2.12
Forward the National Championship Hosting fee to the institution(s) hosting the National Championships
no less than one month prior to the start of the National Championship(s).
6.2.13
Annually purchase $2m - $5m director and officer liability, with 3rd party liability, coverage for the
BCCAA.
6.2.14
Include on BCCAA credit card invoices to member institutions a reminder that they must pay within 25
days or be fined $ 1000.
6.2.15
In conjunction with the Soccer, Basketball and Volleyball Convenor(s), annually check with the BCSA,
BCBOA and the BCVA regarding the cost of officials (including travel) for the Provincial
Championships and present this information to the Board during the Budget presentation.
6.2.16
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
Vice-President Administration
6.3.1
Keep accurate minutes of the proceedings of Board Meetings. Keep, or arrange to have kept, all other
historical records including eligibility sheets, game sheets/start lists, correspondence, information on
disputes/violations grievances and information produced by the Association statistician.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 5
6.3.2
On direction from the President, give written notices of all Board Meetings to all Board members.
6.3.3
Distribute copies of the official and complete minutes of Board Meetings to all Board Members and the
SID. Minutes must be received within thirty (30) days of the completion of the meeting. Attached to
these minutes the VP Admin will circulate copies of all carry-forward suspensions (BCCAA and/or
CCAA) see A1, S1.39 Statute of Limitations.
6.3.4
Order and arrange for the distribution of championship medals, banners, BCCAA exchange gifts to
Association Champions and Wild Card teams attending the CCAA National Championships and All-Star
T-shirts and other awards for Association events. (See Article 7 Section 19 & 20 for quantities). Be
responsible for bringing to the Board recommendations regarding the purchase, solicitation,
standardization, maintenance and all other matters relating to trophies, prizes, lapel pins and awards
provided by the Association. T-shirts for awards should be done by September 30th each year.
6.3.5
Perform other such duties as stated in these Operating Procedures (see Article 10) or as designated by the
Executive or Board.
6.3.6
Circulate a written report (to be received by all members no less than two weeks prior to all regular
Board Meetings) listing Association business including appeals and applicable fines. Failure to do so may
result in the VP Administration being subject to an applicable fine. (See Article 6).
6.3.7
Shall prepare for regular Board meetings as per A3, S1.7. Failure to do so may result in the VP
Administration being subject to an applicable fine. (See Article 6).
6.3.8
See Article 7 Section 18
6.3.9
An Annual Report (form 11) must be filed within 30 days after the AGM to:
Corporate and Personal Property
Registries
940 Blanchard Street
Victoria, BC
V8W 3E6
6.3.10
Formally file the following changes with the Ministry of Finance and Corporate Relations at the above
address:
(form 5) - change in address of society immediately;
(form 7) - change in directors other than at an AGM;
(form 10) - change in constitution/by-laws.
Certificate of Incorporation (Number S-31394) on file with the VP Administration.
6.3.11
Annually include on the WBM Agenda, the Media Guide Contractor and Webmaster selection.
6.3.12
Administer the Administrative Recognition Awards (See A7, S16).
6.3.13
Ensure an adequate supply of all award certificates are available or have been ordered by May 31st
annually.
6.3.14
Ensure an adequate supply of Association letterhead is available and has been ordered by May 31st
annually. Circulate to members, as requested, updated letterhead by August 15th annually.
6.3.15
Circulate completed eligibility forms to SID.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 6
6.3.16
6.4
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
Vice President Technical
6.4.1
Chair the Technical Standing Committee which is composed of Sport Convenors and the VP Technical.
6.4.2
Monitor all matters relating to the technical sport programs of the Association.
6.4.3
Interpret technical regulations of the Association for Sport Convenors and members.
6.4.4
Liaise with Sport Convenors on sport specific matters relating to the Provincial and National
Championships.
6.4.4.1 In consultation with the Convenors and the SID, the VP Tech will determine if the Convenor’s
team has qualified for provincials. If so, the VP Tech will assign the acting Convenor duties to a
non-participating person who has the expertise to perform the Convenor duties at the
Championships
6.4.5
Consult with host committees on technical matters at Provincial Championships.
6.4.6
Liaise with officials' associations regarding participation of officials in all Association play.
6.4.7
In conjunction with Sport Convenors, evaluate technical aspects of Provincial Championships.
6.4.8
Circulate a written report (to be received by all members no less than two weeks prior to all regular
Board Meetings) summarizing liaison with sport governing bodies and any other technical information of
interest to the Association. In the AGM report, include the “League Weekend Grid” for the next
applicable year (see A13, S4). Failure to do so may result in the VP Technical being subject to an
applicable fine. (See Article 6, Section 7).
6.4.9
Perform other such duties as designated by the Executive or Board.
6.4.10
Arrange “small sport” conference calls or committee meetings as required prior to WBM & AGM
annually. This to be completed no less than six weeks prior to each meeting in order to meet agenda
item/motion submission deadlines.
6.4.11
Confirm all final sport schedules contain all the required information as listed in A13, S10 & S11. In the
case where they do not, contact convenor and request corrected version be circulated to all members
within 5 working days.
6.4.12
Following CCAA AGM, consult with CCAA Representative to confirm all scheduled (i.e. subsequent
years’) league and Provincial Championship dates (in sports which lead to National Championships)
meet CCAA guidelines, specifically with respect to the number of days between Provincial and National
Championships. In cases of conflict, immediately notify the convenor, all participating members and the
Executive.
6.4.13
Develop and distribute BCCAA Soccer, Basketball and Volleyball schedule drafts as per Article 13.
6.4.14
Annually correspond (letter/email) with each Convenor prior to the start of the season, welcoming them
to the BCCAA (if new), reminding them of their responsibilities to familiarize themselves with the
BCCAA Operations Manual, in particular Articles 5, 13, 14 and 18.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 7
6.4.15
6.5
6.6
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
Vice-President Marketing
6.5.1
In conjunction with the President, act as the lead hand for all matters relating to publicity, marketing and
sports information for the Association.
6.5.2
In conjunction with the Sports Information Director, act as the Association’s liaison with province wide
news media.
6.5.3
Liaise with provincial hosts and sport convenors in efforts to gain increased publicity and exposure for
BCCAA sanctioned events, as well ensure championships are hosted in a manner that is consistent with
the desired public image of the association.
6.5.4
Ensure that championship hosts have all the required awards, trophies and banners.
6.5.5
Act as the members’ liaison with the BCCAA web contractor and ensure that content is current and
consistent with the desired public image of the Association.
6.5.6
Review the policies and procedures in the operations manual relating to the marketing and
communications and recommend changes when deemed necessary.
6.5.7
Attend to all matters of the Association relating to the procurement of sponsorships in support of
BCCAA programs.
6.5.8
Liaise with the contractor (or delegate) in the production of a BCCAA media guide.
6.5.9
Represent the Association on the CCAA Marketing Committee.
6.5.10
Provide assistance, as required, to the VP Administration in the preparation of Board meetings.
6.5.11
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
Past President
6.6.1
Assist the President in all matters pertaining to the business of the Association.
6.6.2
Perform other such duties as designated by the Executive or Board.
6.6.3
Circulate a written report (to be received by all members no less than two weeks prior to all regular
Board Meetings) summarizing their activities on behalf of the Association during the past year. Failure to
do so may result in the Past President being subject to an applicable fine. (See Article 6, Section 7).
6.6.4
Confirm submitted schedules meet all requirements of A13, S10 & S11
6.6.5
Normally, the Past President performs the duties of one of the BC representatives to the CCAA AGM.
Should the Past President decline this responsibility, the Board will elect another member.
6.6.6
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 8
6.7
Sports Information Director (currently part-time)
Under the direction of the SID Guidance Committee, the SID will perform the following duties:
6.7.1
Collect and collate results (league standings, game/match results, selected individual statistics) of all
Association League and Playoff competition for both major and minor sports.
*
league standing updates to be available by members via email by Saturday noon following
Friday games and for BCCAA fall semester soccer only, Sunday noon following Saturday
soccer games.
See 6.7.2 below for media release requirements
*
sport specific year end reports circulated within one month of completion of the Provincial
Playoffs.
*
Aggregate point information to be circulated within one week of completion of the final
Provincial Championship.
6.7.2
Circulate all results and standings to the membership, the CCAA and identified media outlets on a
weekly basis. Note: Whenever a Protest or Appeal has the potential to alter these results / standings, the
SID will include the following disclaimer: “Scores and results may be altered pending appeal/protest.”
Circulate team standings and game scores by noon the first working day following each weekend of play;
individual statistics by noon the third working day following each weekend of play.
6.7.3
Submit or cause to submit a written report summarizing Association statistics and all business related to
the SID’s position including proposed fines to be received by all members at least two (2) weeks prior to
each Winter Board and Annual General Meeting. At the AGM, SID will report the tabulated votes for all
BCCAA awards. Please note that all motions must be submitted to the VP Administration at least one
month prior to the meeting. See BCCAA Operations Manual Article 3, Section 1.7.
6.7.4
Update the BCCAA manuals (operations, minor officials) and related documents by February 15th and
July 1st annually.
6.7.4.1 All changes to the BCCAA Operating Manual are highlighted, and the most current date in the
section, referenced in brackets.
6.7.5
Update the Statistical History File with all scores and results for the competitive year within one month
of completion of the final Provincial Championship. Members to submit request and a blank CD at least
two weeks prior to the AGM annually. Requested CDs circulated at the AGM.
6.7.6
Receive from members, as per Operations Manual, collate and keep current, all roster information and
circulate via email, (or hard copy if requested by any member), to all members and the Website
contractor.
6.7.7
Remind members that selections for All-Star, Player of the Month, All-Canadian, and Coaching
Excellence Awards and Player of the Year Nominees are made and forwarded to the appropriate bodies
by the specified deadlines. See Article 7, Sections 2 - 8, and 12 and Article 18 as well as CCAA Sport
Manuals. Organize, distribute, compile and circulate results of Provincial All-Star and Provincial
Coaching Excellence balloting to the membership, the CCAA and identified media outlets as per
established timelines.
6.7.8
Track participation of all members’ players for all sports, calculate eligibility for participation in
Provincial Championships as per the Participation Rule criteria as outlined in A12 and email names of
any ineligible players to the player’s institution, sport specific convenor, championship host and
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 9
Eligibility Committee Chair as soon as possible following the end of the regular season. Circulate
tabulated All-star and Rookie votes to all Athletic Directors as part of the SID’s Report.
6.8
6.7.9
Work closely with the BCCAA website contractor and BCCAA media guide developer to ensure
adequate flow of information between the two positions.
6.7.10
The SID will put in whatever time is necessary to complete the above tasks. Attendance at Board or
Committee meetings and/or provincial/national championships is encouraged but not required. It is the
meeting host institution’s responsibility to ensure the appropriate information reaches the SID in a timely
manner. See Article 14.
6.7.11
Gather, format and publish a complete *History of the BCCAA.
* recognizing that some information is irretrievably lost
CCAA Representative
6.8.1
Receive from National Office all information pertaining to the CCAA and its members and circulate
copies to all BCCAA members within two working days of receipt.
6.8.2
Represent the BCCAA at the CCAA AGM and on CCAA WBM Conference call.
6.8.2.1 Chair portion of BCCAA AGM relating to CCAA workbook/business and record results
6.8.2.2 Present BCCAA position on all CCAA WBM & AGM workbook motions
6.8.2.3 Record outcome of all CCAA AGM & WBM Workbook motions and other motions of interest
and circulate results to the BCCAA members not more than ten working days following the
adjournment of the CCAA WBM & AGM.
6.8.2.4 Prepare and submit a written report to the CCAA prior to CCAA meetings as per their
procedures and timeline.
6.9
6.8.3
Circulate a written report to the BCCAA members (to be received not less than two weeks prior to any
Board meeting) summarizing liaison with the CCAA and any other national information of interest to the
Association.
6.8.4
Fulfill all CCAA expectations as described in the CCAA Operating Code.
6.8.5
Other CCAA related duties as assigned by the Executive.
6.8.6
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
Sport BC Liaison
6.9.1
Represent the BCCAA at regular Sport BC member meetings.
6.9.1.1 Prepare and present relevant Sport BC information at BCCAA meetings and record results for
circulation back to Sport BC
6.9.1.2 Present BCCAA position at Sport BC meetings
6.9.1.3 Record outcome of Sport BC motions of interest and circulate results to the BCCAA members
not more than ten working days following the adjournment of the Sport BC meeting.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 10
6.9.1.4 If requested, prepare and submit a written report to Sport BC prior to their meetings as per their
procedures and timeline.
6.9.2
Circulate a written report to the BCCAA members (to be received not less than two weeks prior to any
BCCAA Board meeting) summarizing liaison with Sport BC and any other relevant information of
interest to the Association.
6.9.3
Other Sport BC related duties as assigned by the Executive.
6.9.4
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
SECTION 7 - COMMITTEES
NOTE: It is the responsibility of all committee Chairs to ensure a review of the relevant sections (including forms) of both
the BCCAA and CCAA manuals. Acknowledgement of such review including if necessary, recommendations for change,
in the form of editorial revisions and/or motions, must be included as a component of the Chair’s report to every Board
meeting.
7.1
The Board or President may appoint such committees as it deems necessary to conduct its business.
7.2
Each Committee's Terms of Reference, authority and responsibilities must be approved or amended by a simple
majority vote of the Board.
7.3
All Committees shall be required to provide written reports at least twice a year (to be received by all members
and the SID no less than two (2) weeks prior to all regular Board Meetings) and at such other times as requested
the Board, or as stated in the terms of reference. Writing and circulation of reports is the responsibility of the
Committee chair or delegate.
7.4
The following committees are currently in place:
7.4.1
Appeals Committee – Executive see A10, S7
7.4.2
Eligibility Committee
Terms of Reference
Membership
The standing committee will consist of three (3) representatives. Three (3) alternates will be
appointed in the event that one or more of the committee is in conflict (as defined – See Article
1). The Eligibility Committee Chair will appoint an alternate from the alternate list to replace the
committee member in conflict. The appointments of members will be ratified for a two-year
term at the AGM.
Meetings
The chairperson will co-ordinate committee meetings as necessary and submit a report two (2)
weeks prior to Board meetings.
Authority
The committee is directed by the Board to adjudicate any and all eligibility matters, e.g.
applications for reinstatement, use of ineligible players, etc. The committee will only process
matters that are sent to the committee in written form. Committee members also have the
authority to seek and/or request information which has not been submitted, but may have
relevance to a case. See also Article 10 Section 4 for Adjudication Procedure for Violations and
Eligibility Concerns.
See Directory for Current Members
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 11
7.4.3
Discipline Committee
Terms of Reference
Membership
The standing committee will consist of three (3) representatives. Three (3) alternates will also be
appointed. In the event that one or more of the committee is in conflict, an alternate will be
chosen. The Discipline Committee will appoint an alternate from the alternate list to replace the
committee member in conflict (as defined – See Article 1)
Meetings
See Article 10 Section 9.6
Authority
The Committee is directed by the Board to determine consequences for all violations (with the
exception of matters pertaining to eligibility). Committee members also have the authority to
seek and/or request information which has not been submitted, but may have relevance to a case.
See also Article 10 Section 4 for Adjudication Procedure for Violations and Eligibility
Concerns.
7.4.4
Athlete of the Week Committee
Terms of Reference
Membership
The standing committee will consist of three (3) representatives.
Meetings
None
Authority
The Committee is directed by the board to select Athlete of Week recipient for their respective
sport.
7.4.5
Operations Manual Committee
Terms of Reference
Membership
The standing committee will consist of the SID and a maximum of two Board Members.
Meetings
The chairperson will co-ordinate committee meetings and submit a report as necessary two
weeks prior to Board meetings.
Authority
The Committee is responsible for updating the Constitution, Bylaws and Operation Procedures
with all changes following each WBM and AGM and make available to the Webmaster for
posting by August 15th annually.
EDITORIAL CHANGES
Editorial changes (those which do not affect policy, but which are necessary to keep all articles current,
e.g., spelling errors, cross-referencing, form numbering, altered CCAA items, items effected by policy
change to other articles, etc.) to the Operations Manual, will be made from time to time, normally at
Board meetings, by members of the Operations Manual Committee and members of the Executive
Committee and any other member of the Board who wishes to join the session.
7.4.5.1 All changes to the BCCAA Operating Manual are highlighted, and the most current date in the
section, referenced in brackets.
7.4.6
Student Athlete Financial award (SAFA) Committee
Terms of Reference
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 12
Membership
The standing committee will consist of three (3) representatives. Three (3) alternates will be
appointed in the event that one or more of the committee is in conflict (as defined – See Article
1). The SAFA Committee Chair will appoint an alternate from the alternate list to replace the
committee member in conflict. The appointments of members will be ratified for a two-year
term at the AGM.
Meetings
The chairperson will co-ordinate committee meetings as necessary and submit a report,
summarizing all requests for interpretations and other matters relating to SAFA, two (2) weeks
prior to Board meetings.
Authority
The committee is directed by the Board to adjudicate any and all SAFA matters, e.g. requests for
interpretation, reviewing and verifying compliance reports, investigating alleged violations etc.
The committee will only process matters that are sent to the committee in written form.
7.5
Committee Chair or delegate will arrange committee conference calls or committee meetings as required prior to
WBM & AGM annually. This is to be completed no less than six weeks prior to each meeting in order to meet
agenda item/motion submission deadlines.
SECTION 8 - VOLUNTEER WORK
Volunteer work done on behalf of the Association belongs to the Association. Any expenses and/or buybacks of
materials produced that have not been pre-approved, will be at the discretion of the Board.
SECTION 9 - FOIPOP
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy
NOTE: In compliance with the Freedom of Information Act, it is necessary for the Association to have a policy re: the
length of retention of student records. For our purposes, these records would include, eligibility, game sheets,
appeals/protest forms and supporting documentation, any form of student/athlete “registration” separate from our
institutional records.
9.1
The British Columbia College’s Athletic Association retains records related to student athlete participation, e.g.,
Eligibility, game sheets, appeals/protests forms and supporting documentation, and registration.
9.2
A member institution must receive informed consent from their student-athletes that would enable the sharing of
information with other BCCAA and CCAA institutions pertaining to academics (e.g. grades, standing), code of
conduct (e.g. violations, suspensions), and sports information and media (e.g. statistics, photos, film). This
informed consent must be received in adherence with the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act.
SECTION 10 - USE OF THE BCCAA NAME/ENDORSEMENT OR LOGO
10.1
BCCAA members wishing to use the BCCAA name/endorsement or logo for purposes other than athletic events
must obtain permission from the Executive no less than 90 days prior to the event.
The BCCAA logo may be used without alteration in conjunction with any/all BCCAA sanctioned events. For
non-sanctioned events, that is, events not covered under the BCCAA Operations Manual but which are conducted
by member institutions, the logo may be used to advertise that the institution hosting the event is a member of the
BCCAA.
e.g. Any Institution - a proud member of the BCCAA (logo) and hosts of . . . . . . . .
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 4 - Page 13
SECTION 11 - REMUNERATION
11.1
With the exception of the CCAA Rep(s) that travel to the CCAA Meetings, the BCCAA does NOT reimburse
member’s travel. CCAA rep related travel is a budgeted item and will be reviewed each budget year depending on
the CCAA WBM & AGM location. See Form #10.
11.2
With the exception of CCAA representative travel, all expenses incurred by a member institution as a result of its
representative’s performance of the duties associated with an elected or volunteer BCCAA position are borne by
the member’s institution.
SECTION 12 - ASSOCIATION PROPERTIES
12.1
Media Guide
12.1.1
The Association will distribute a media guide by September 1st annually. The Board will determine at the
WBM an individual, group or company to complete the coming year’s media guide, and negotiate a price
for completion.
12.1.2
Product information
a) Institutions are allowed a maximum of one ad for a two page section and two advertisements for a
three page section.
12.2
Provincial Championships
Provincial Championships in all Association sports are owned by the Association. Each year the Association will
grant an institution(s) the right to host each of its championships. All schools bidding to host will include a
budget in their bid package. Should expenses exceed revenues at the event, the host agrees to bear these expenses.
Should revenues exceed expenses, the host receives all revenues, with the exception of any "Provincial Sponsor"
revenues, should the Association secure any. For example: The CCAA National Sponsors are Air Canada,
Spalding, Athletic Knit, etc. - any revenue from these sponsors are the property of the CCAA, not the CCAA
National Championship host, but the host must provide advertising for the national sponsors in the program and
on site.
12.3
Website
The Board will determine at the WBM an individual, group or company to develop/maintain the coming year’s
website, and negotiate a price for same. The contractor may be directed to solicit advertisements, links etc. The
Executive must approve all proposed links and advertisements. Revenue from advertisements may be shared with
the contractor. A detailed agreement, negotiated by the contractor and the Board is required.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: January 2, 2010
Article 5 - Page 1
ARTICLE 5 - SPORT CONVENORS
SECTION 1 - TERMS OF REFERENCE
1.1
Shall be elected by the Board for two-year terms at the Annual General Meeting (see Article 3, Section 7).
In the event of a resignation or an unexpected vacancy of a Convenor position, a replacement shall be
made through the appointment by the Executive. The replacement shall remain in place until a successor is
elected at the next Board Meeting.
1.2
Shall exercise general supervision over the affairs of that specific sport including game/match protests.
1.3
Shall be affiliated with a member institution that is in good standing with the Association.
1.4
Shall preside at all committee meetings concerning that specific sport and be familiar with and comply with
all sport specific BCCAA and CCAA rules and timeline submission requirements..
1.5
Shall submit and circulate or cause to be submitted, a detailed written report to all members and the SID to
be received at least two weeks prior to each Winter Board and Annual General Meeting.
1.5.1
This report is to include:
• all sport specific information concerning adjudicated disputes/violations,
• proposed fines and related concerns,
• liaison with sport governing bodies,
• hosting information and evaluations,
• Acknowledgement of a review of sport specific section of Article 18 and the sport specific
“minor officials handbook” and/or “off-court officials handbook” including, if necessary,
recommendations in the form of editorial revision and/or motions for any needed changes.
• Acknowledgement of a review of sport specific sections of the CCAA Operating Code
including, if necessary, recommendations for change, in the form of editorial revisions and/or
motions.
• If directed by the VP Tech, a final copy of the previously circulated schedule for ratification.
See Article 13 for details.
1.5.2
All motions and agenda items, including sport convenor’s proposed revisions to their sport’s
section of the sport Specific rules article are due in motion form to the VP Admin. by email 1
month prior to any board meeting.
1.5.3
Failure to do so may result in the Convenor’s institution being subject to an applicable fine (see
Article 6, Section 7).
1.6
It is the Convenor’s responsibility to act, as requested, as a consultant to the VP Technical as s/he prepares
the annual schedule. See Article 13 for detailed procedures.
1.7
It is the Convenor’s responsibility to obtain and annually distribute by August 15th an adequate number of
official score sheets to participating institutions. In addition, the Convenor will circulate at that time an
example of a perfectly completed score sheet that members can use as a training tool for their staff. Note: If
the score sheet hasn’t changed from the previous year, a copy of the previous year’s perfect example can
be forwarded).
Ordering Volleyball Scoresheets
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 5 - Page 2
Supplier
Volleyball Canada
5510 Chemin Canotek Road Suite 202
Gloucester, Ontario
K1J 9J5
Telephone
(613) 748 – 5681
Fax
(613) 748 – 5727
Email
[email protected]
Website
www.volleyball.ca
Order
12 pads (25 sheets/pad) of regular score sheets (4 page carbon)
Timeline
Order
Distribute
June 15 or earlier
Sept. 1 or earlier
The creation of basketball and soccer score sheets are the responsibility of the respective convenor.
1.8
Conduct an evaluation of all Association Championships in that sport. See Form 7
1.9
Shall perform such duties concerning that sport as may be delegated by the President, Executive or Board.
1.10
Shall submit to the SID, a file containing game sheets for all league and provincial championship
games/events. This file is to be included in the year-end report to be submitted at the AGM annually.
Soccer at the WBM.
1.11
1.10.1
The Convenor is responsible for assessing fines for any errors and/or omissions that are found on
the score sheets. See Article 18 for sport specific information regarding applicable score sheet
fines. (See Article 6)
1.10.2
The Convenors are responsible for checking the score-sheets after the first week of competition
and then every two weeks thereafter and notifying members of any reoccurring errors on the score
sheets.
With respect to the Provincial Championships, the Sport Convenors shall perform the following duties:
NOTE: Any Convenor who is also a coach in the Association and whose team has qualified for the
Provincial Championships shall ask the Executive via the VP Technical to assign an acting convenor for
the duration of the championships.
1.11.1
The Convenor shall personally or through a designate attend the Championship and, in
cooperation with the host Athletic Director, arrange and attend the presentation of awards, and
provincial all-star team announcements.
1.11.2
The Convenor (or designate) will attend the pre-tournament coaches' meeting (if applicable).
1.11.3
The Convenor (or designate) will sit on the Grievance/Protest Committee and, if asked by the
host, sit on the All-Star Selection Committee.
1.11.4
The Convenor shall collect Championship Evaluation Forms within ten (10) days of conclusion of
the event and use this information to supplement other feedback (either personal experience or
through discussions with the designate) and produce a written evaluation of the event. This
evaluation is to be included in their next meeting report (see Item 1.5 & 1.8 above).
1.11.5
Costs associated with Convenors attending BCCAA/CCAA meetings and/or other related
BCCAA Convenor business will be borne by the convenor's institution.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 5 - Page 3
1.12
The Convenor will be familiar with and as necessary act on the scheduling/rescheduling procedures as
outlined in Article 13.
1.13
Failing to comply with these Terms of Reference may result in the Convenor’s institution being subject to
an applicable fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
1.14
It is the convenor’s responsibility to confirm any athletes that have not met the Participation Rule as
indicated to him/her by SID. Athletic Directors of said student athletes will be contacted by the convenor
within 2 working days of receiving information from SID.
1.15
Each year Sport Convenors send a letter to the official’s organization for their respective sport, identifying
the administrative responsibilities of game officials as outlined in the CCAA Operating Code. Letters to be
sent out within one (1) week of receipt of notification of CCAA.
1.16
Annually arrange and Chair sport-specific coaches’ meetings (See A3, Sec. 9).
1.16.1
At annual Coaches’ Meeting, the Convenor will inform the coaches of their responsibilities to be
knowledgeable of BCCAA expectations and direct them to the current Operations Manual in
general and to Articles 10, 12, 14, and 18 in particular. Convenors will direct coaches to contact
their respective AD and check the BCCAA website for copies of this information.
1.17
Circulate to the officials allocator(s), no less than one month prior to the start of league play annually, a
document describing current BCCAA playing regulations and disciplinary process and explaining the
BCCAA’s expectations of game officials at all BCCAA competitions. Examples of such documents are
found in the sport specific sections of Article 18.
1.18
At the completion of their BCCAA term, the outgoing officer will transfer all computer and paper files
specific to the position to the newly elected officer within two weeks of the WBM or AGM.
NOTE: See A14, S26 for approved "written ruling" format.
SECTION 2 - SPORT SPECIFIC RULES
2.1
Sport Convenor shall review the appropriateness of the sport specific rules during the competitive year and
bring forward motions electronically (see Article 5 Section 1.5) for any changes to the Operating
Procedures, concerning that sport, to the VP Admin. for ratification at the Annual General Meeting.
2.2
Recommended changes that are approved by the Board will be included and/or editorially amended by the
Operations Manual Committee in the appropriate sections of the manual.
SECTION 3 – NATIONAL RANKINGS
3.1
It is the Convenor’s responsibility to submit a weekly BCCAA Top 5 to the National Convenor according
to CCAA timelines.
The Convenor shall compile the BCCAA Top 5 based on the voting of coaches.
3.2
The convenor is strongly recommended to submit their National Top 15 choices to the National convenor
by Tuesday 1:00 pm EST. See Article 14 Section 27.1
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 6 - Page 1
ARTICLE 6 - FINANCES
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
The Fiscal year of the Association shall be the period commencing April 1st and ending the following
March 31st.
1.2
All funds received or belonging to the Association shall be deposited by the Vice-President Finance in a
chartered bank or banks authorized to accept money on deposit, as decided by the VP Finance.
1.3
All disbursements and withdrawals from deposits shall be by cheques issued and signed by the President
and Vice-President Finance.
1.4
The financial affairs of the Association shall be verified annually by an independent third party.
1.5
Board Members may inspect the financial records of the Association at any time mutually agreeable to the
member and Vice-President Finance.
1.6
At the Annual General Meeting, the Board shall review and adopt an annual budget for the ensuing fiscal
year.
1.7
Members shall pay Annual Fees by August 31st to maintain their good standing in the Association. These
fees may change and shall be determined by the Board at the Annual General Meeting (See Article 6,
Section 4).
1.8
The Vice-President Finance shall seek authority from the Executive to make an expenditure arising from an
emergency or unexpected contingency.
1.9
In the event of a requirement or requirements for which insufficient funds exist, provisions for the payment
thereof, or the raising of the required amount either by a special levy upon the Members, payable
immediately, or by the use of resources available in the Reserve Fund (below authorized) may be made by
the Board at an Extraordinary Meeting or by Special Resolution. If a member institution fails to provide
the duly requested payment within sixty working days, they lose their good standing, will be subject to the
penalties associated therein and are subject to an applicable fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
1.10
Travel expenses of all delegates to all regular Board Meetings of the Association are the responsibility of
their respective institution.
1.11
The VP Finance may invest a portion (the amount(s) to be determined by the VP Finance) of the
Performance Bond Fund money and the Endowment Fund money in long term growth vehicles.
SECTION 2 - RESERVE FUND
2.1
The Association may create, and make periodic provisions for an Association Reserve Fund for
contingency use. Any surplus of Association Funds existing at the end of a fiscal year may be placed in
the Reserve Fund, at the discretion of the Board. The investments in, and expenditure from, the Reserve
Fund shall be made in the name of the Association, by the Vice-President Finance, after consultation with
and simple majority approval of, the Board.
2.2
Starting with the 1996/97 year, the "Endowment Fees" will be placed in a special Reserve Fund.
SECTION 3 - PERFORMANCE BONDS
3.1
All institutions shall be required to post a refundable $500.00 performance bond with the Association upon
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 6 - Page 2
becoming members.
3.2
The performance bonds will be held in a separate Performance Bond Trust Account and/or accounted for
separately and placed in one Reserve Fund.
3.3
At the direction of the Board funds in the Bond account may be invested.
SECTION 4 - FEES: GENERAL
4.1
The Association shall be financed on fees assessed to each member institution for the privilege of being a
member. These fees shall be levied annually on the basis determined by the Board at the Annual General
Meeting and are payable to the Association.
4.2
Invoices for Annual Fees will be distributed by the VP Finance to each member institution by June 30th.
4.3
The Vice-President Finance must be in receipt of all Annual Fees no later than (post-marked) August 31st
of the current year.
4.4
Any member institution who fails to pay the Annual Fees by August 31st or, later than sixty (60) working
days after invoice date, whichever is later, shall cease to be a member in good standing and thereby forfeit
all rights and privileges or membership. Further, the member institution may be subject to an applicable
fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
4.5
Members will have 25 days, upon receipt of invoice from VP Finance, to pay any and all charges incurred
to the BCCAA credit card on their behalf. Failure to do so will result in a $ 1000.00 fine.
SECTION 5 - SCHEDULE OF FEES
5.1
Performance Bonds – See Section 3.1 above
5.2
Each member shall also be required to pay Annual Fees as follows:
5.2.1
Membership Fees
• BCCAA Membership Fees
(Annual Operating Costs which are detailed prior to the AGM, including but not limited
to accounting fees, liability insurance, meeting expenses, executive/delegate travel, Sport
BC membership, recognition awards, national championship hosting fees, NACDA
Membership, web contract, Minister of Finance, etc)
• Endowment Fund Fee
$3 per student-athlete per sport (based on the number of athletes each team is allowed to
dress) - Badminton 8; Basketball 12; Golf 5; Soccer 18; Volleyball 12
• Executive Office Levy - $50/institution
• CCAA Membership Fees - $630/institution for 2007-08 and 2008-09 years
• CCAA Sport Fees as follows:
Badminton - $170
Men’s Basketball - $150
Women’s Basketball - $110
Men’s Soccer - $105
Women’s Soccer - $95
Men’s Volleyball - $100
Women’s Volleyball - $85
Golf - $80
5.2.2
Sport Specific Fees
• SID Contract & Expenses
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 6 - Page 3
•
•
•
•
•
Seeding Calls (Basketball/Volleyball)
Medals/Pins/Banners
Scoresheets
BC Championships - Official Costs
CCAA AGM - National Convenor Travel
Other Sport Specific Fees as deemed appropriate by Board
5.3
All participating member institutions shall pay an annual hosting fee of $200.00 and all non-participating
member institutions shall pay an annual hosting fee of $100 per National Championship hosted (per sport
e.g. MBB is one sport, WBB is a 2nd sport) by the Association in that year to help off-set cost for hosting
national championships. This fee is to be forwarded by the VP Finance to the National Championship host
institution no less than one month prior to the start of the National Championships. Should the host
institution’s final event budget show a positive balance of $2,000 or more than the amount of the BCCAA
grant, this fee will be rebated by the host to the BCCAA.
When a BCCAA member institution is hosting an open national championship, all participating member
institutions will pay an annual hosting fee of $100 and all non-participating member institutions will pay an
annual hosting fee of $50 to offset hosting expenses.
SECTION 6 - FINES: GENERAL
6.1
Fines are recommended by the Convenors, SID, Committees, and Executive.
6.2
Fines are due and payable within sixty days of date of invoice as sent by VP Finance twice yearly.
6.3
Failure to pay a fine within this time frame will result in the member forfeiting an equivalent part of their
posted Performance Bond.
6.4
Failure to pay a fine may result in the loss of good standing for a member institution.
6.5
Fines are appealable to the Executive - See Article 10, Section 7.
6.6
All recommended fines from Sport Convenors, SID, Committees and the Executive must be included in
Meeting Reports circulated 2 weeks prior to meetings. Members wishing to appeal a recommended fine(s)
should refer to A10 Sec. 7. All fines levied must be c.c.'d to VP Finance for invoicing twice yearly.
SECTION 7 - SCHEDULE OF FINES
7.1
Reporting Results
A twenty five dollar ($25.00) fine per game/match shall be levied against a member institution that reports
an inaccurate score/result or fails to report a game or event score/result to the SID or fails to update the
BCCAA and CCAA websites immediately following (within 4 hours) the game/event or tournament.
7.1.1
Game Statistics - A $25 fine per game/match shall be levied against a member institution that
sends an inaccurate individual statistics summary sheet or fails to fax the summary sheet to the
SID within 2 working days following the game/event or tournament. Badminton summary sheets
must be faxed on the Sunday immediately after the tournament.
7.1.2
Exhibition Game Changes – A $25 fine shall be levied against a member institution that fails to
report to the SID a change in the status of an exhibition game (to scrimmage or vice versa) a
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 6 - Page 4
minimum of 72 hours prior to the start of the game.
7.2
Payment of Fees
A fifty dollar ($50.00) fine shall be levied against a member institution that fails to pay Association Annual
Fees on or before the applicable deadlines.
7.3
Eligibility Forms Double check
A one hundred dollar ($100.00) fine shall be levied against a member institution that fails to submit
completed eligibility forms as described in Article 12, Section 5.
7.3.1
A fifty ($50.00) dollar fine shall be levied against any member institution that fails to re-submit
corrected eligibility forms within three (3) weeks of notification of error as described in Article
12, Section 3.
7.3.2
A $25 fine shall be levied against a member institution that fails to submit changes in writing to
the Eligibility Chair at or before the subsequent AGM.
7.4
League Commitments
A fine up to a maximum of TWO THOUSAND dollars ($2000.00) shall be levied against a member
institution for failing to fulfill league commitments. e.g., missing a game/event by default or withdrawing
from a major sport schedule after a commitment to participate as been made to the Board at the AGM the
year prior to participation. The Sport Convenor will levy fines, which are appealable.
7.5
Game Sheets
A twenty-five dollar ($25.00) fine shall be levied against a member institution for failing to forward to the
Sport Convenor an original and complete Association league contest game sheet. See Article 17 for
“perfect” examples of a complete game sheet for all our sports. Original game sheets must be mailed to the
Sport Convenor no later than two (2) working days after the competition. Note: Men’s and Women’s
Soccer score sheets must be faxed to the Sport Convenor and Sports Information Director to be received no
later than 4:30 pm on the first Tuesday following competition.
7.5.1
7.6
Championship Evaluation Forms
A fifty-dollar ($50.00) fine shall be levied against a member institution for failing to send to the Sport
Convenor a completed Association Championship Evaluation Form (see Article 17) which must reach the
Sport Convenor no later than ten working days following the conclusion of the particular championships.
7.6.1
7.7
A $ 100.00 fine shall be levied against any institution who fails to fax their ejection form and
discipline cases prior to the Monday deadline.
Championship Website – A $200 fine shall be levied against the Championship host in the event
that the Championship website is not live a minimum of 6 weeks prior to the event.
A fifty-dollar ($50.00) fine shall be levied against the offending member for each of the following
violations:
7.7.1
Officers Reports: Any officer (Executive or Sport Convenor) who fails to submit their written
report as described in Articles 4 and 5 respectively, by the appropriate deadlines.
7.7.2
Convenor Tasks: Any Sport Convenor who fails to complete their task as per these procedures
and timelines
7.7.3
Institutional Information: Any A.D. who fails to submit team photo, team information, or
coaching profile as described in Article 14, Section 21, by the appropriate deadlines. For all
sports, team information to the provincial championship host is due 3 weeks prior to the
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 6 - Page 5
Championships.
7.7.4
Minuted Obligations: Any member who fails to fulfill commitments made at Winter or Annual
General Meetings by the agreed to dates as indicated in the Minutes without first contacting any
member of the Executive explaining the reason for the delay and indicating a new date by which
the task will be completed.
7.8
All League Plaques, Awards and Trophies: A one hundred ($100.00) fine shall be levied against any
member institution who fails to provide the appropriate Trophy and its carrying case (box) in good repair
to the host prior to the start of the Provincial Championships.
7.9
Appeals & Grievances: A fee of one hundred ($100.00) dollars may be levied against any institution who
initiates an appeal process, if applicable. See Article 10
7.10
CCAA Fees: A fine of $1000.00 will be levied by the CCAA against a member institution for late payment
of National Championship Fees (see A6, 10.1).
7.11
See also Article 6 Section 4.5
SECTION 8 - CCAA REPRESENTATIVE TRAVEL EXPENSE CLAIMS
8.1
8.2
Terms and Conditions:
8.1.1
A separate claim is to be submitted for each trip or project. See Article 17 - Form 10
8.1.2
The claim must be fully completed and submitted to the VP Finance for payment. Original
receipts must be included for all expenses other than per diem meal costs.
Rates:
Transportation - airfare equivalent or mileage at $.50/km
Accommodation - government or best rate; $35 for relatives/friends
Meals - breakfast - $10; lunch - $15; supper - $25. Total of $50/day.
SECTION 9 - OPERATING ACCOUNT
9.1
The VP Finance will ensure that a minimum of $1000 is available at all times in an operating account. The
remainder of BCCAA dollars may be placed in rotating short term investments.
SECTION 10 - ELECTRONIC PAYMENT TO CCAA
10.1
Payment for National Championship Travel can be wired directly to the CCAA's account by your
institution's Finance Dept. This will save time and eliminate the need for rushing a cheque through the
system once Provincial representative teams have been determined. The fine for late payment is $1,000.
The information your Finance Dept will need is available from the BCCAA VP Finance or the CCAA
National Office.
There may be a fee for this transaction (approximately $30.).
If you plan to use this form of payment you MUST contact the National Office prior to initiating payment.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 1
ARTICLE 7 - AWARDS
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
Provincial Championship Tournament awards are presented as indicated in the specific sports section of
this manual.
1.2
The Association Aggregate Trophy shall be awarded to the member institution which has accumulated the
most points during the competitive year (September to March).
1.3
Championship trophies will be provided for all Association Championships.
1.4
Championship winners will be awarded an Association Banner.
1.5
The member institution that wins the Association Aggregate Trophy will be awarded an Association
Banner at no cost.
1.6
Founders’ Cup - See Section 3
1.7
It is the responsibility of the AD of members who’s student-athletes, teams or institutions receive BCCAA
awards to ensure that the perpetual award (trophy; plaque; etc.) is forwarded to the subsequent Provincial
Championship Host at least two days prior to the Championship Awards ceremony. The list of awards in
this category includes: Provincial Championship Trophy, sport specific Rookie of the Year, Mike Bartram
Fairplay Award.
1.8
For the following awards that result in the issuance of a certificate (All-Star, Academic Excellence, Rookie
of the Year, All-Rookie Team) the VP Administration will at the Winter Board Meeting, annually provide
a supply of blank certificates to all members. The members will be responsible for printing and issuing
these certificates at their institution in accordance with Association policy.
SECTION 2 - AGGREGATE AND BONUS/PLAYOFF POINTS SYSTEM
2.1
AGGREGATE POINTS
For all major sports the number of points awarded is based on the number of teams competing in the
league. The top number of points is awarded to the 1st place finisher in league play. Each subsequent team
placing in league play earns one point less than the higher finishing team.
Sample
Badminton
Basketball
Golf
Soccer
Volleyball
if 5 teams
if 10 teams
if 4 teams
if 7 teams
if 9 teams
1st place = 5 pts, 2nd place = 4 pts, 3rd place = 3 pts, etc.
1st place = 10 pts, 2nd place = 9 pts, 3rd place = 8 pts, etc.
1st place = 4 pts, 2nd place = 3 pts, 3rd place = 2 pts, etc.
1st place = 7 pts, 2nd place = 6 pts, 3rd place = 5 pts, etc.
1st place = 9 pts, 2nd place = 8 pts, 3rd place = 7 pts, etc.
Note 1 for Badminton – only full teams (M & W) will be awarded aggregate playoff points
Note 2 for Golf – since golf is separated by gender for team events, aggregate points will be awarded for
each gender as we do for basketball, soccer and volleyball, only if there is a minimum of 4 fielded
teams for that gender.
Note 3 for Soccer (2009-10) – with the 2 pools and an uneven schedule, the league aggregate points for
soccer are as follows:
1st place = winner of head to head between 1st in Pool A vs 1st in Pool B
3rd place = winner of head to head between 2nd in Pool A vs 2nd in Pool B
5th place = winner of head to head between 3rd in Pool A vs 3rd in Pool B
7th place = winner of head to head between 4th in Pool A vs 4th in Pool B
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 2
9th place = the 5th place team in Pool A
2.2
BONUS / PLAYOFF POINTS
Starting in the 2008-09 season, the playoff or bonus points are as follows:
Badminton – There are no bonus / playoff points for badminton.
Golf – There are no bonus / playoff points for golf.
Basketball, Soccer, Volleyball – The Gold Medallist gets 6 playoff points, Silver Medallist gets 4 playoff
points and Bronze Medallist gets 2 playoff points.
SECTION 3 – FOUNDERS’ CUP
3.1
The Founders’ Cup will be awarded to the member institution with the greatest increase in aggregate points
from the previous year.
3.1.1
Once the aggregate points are determined for an individual member institution, the points are then
divided by the number of teams (male or female) that the member fields. For example, Malaspina
has 52 aggregate points divided by 8 fielded teams equals 6.50 Founders’ points (see Table 1
below)
3.1.2
Founders’ points from one athletic season to the next will be compared to determine the
improvement from year to year for that college.
Table 1
College
UCFV
COTR
Kwantlen
Camosun
CBC
UNBC
Langara
3.2
2000 - 2001
Aggregate
# of
Points
Teams
32
6
5
17
2
8
48
4
2
2
4
2
2
7
Founders
’
Points
College
8.00
3.00
2.50
4.25
1.00
4.00
6.86
UCFV
COTR
Kwantlen
Camosun
CBC
UNBC
Langara
2001 – 2002
Aggregate
# of
Points
Teams
45
11
10
25
5
9
50
4
2
2
4
2
2
7
Founders
’
Points
Improvement
11.25
5.50
5.00
6.25
2.50
4.50
7.14
3.25
2.50
2.50
2.00
1.50
0.50
0.29
The Founders’ Cup winner will be announced along with the Aggregate winner one week after completion
of the last provincial championship.
SECTION 4 – COACH of the YEAR AWARD
4.1.
Nomination Process
All coaches will be eligible for this award in their respective sport only if there is a minimum of 4 full
teams and a sanctioned BCCAA league. Nomination forms do not need to be submitted. If the CCAA has
a required CCAA Coach of the year and BC does not have a sanctioned league, see sport specific
requirements to determine which coach name will go forward as the BC Representative.
4.2
Criteria
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 3
The following criteria are to be used as a guide when selecting the Coaching Excellence Award:
4.2.1
•
•
•
•
4.2.2
•
•
•
•
4.3
Program Performance and Development (recommend any or all of the following)
improvement of the program from the last year and the previous years OR maintaining a level of
excellence already established
successful season; over .500 winning percentage, make playoffs
perceived over-achievement of team
individual player development or improvement during the season
Personal conduct
act with integrity and in a professional manner at all times (this includes informing the respective
institution if a player is interested in changing schools, not trying to convince athletes to switch
schools, informing their athletic director and sport convenor if any violations are noticed etc.)
have respect for players, opponent, fellow coaches, officials, spectators, the rules of the game, and
the spirit of the rules
contribution to the sport within the BCCAA, the community, the NCCP, etc. as identified in the
coaching profiles
evidence of acting in the best interest of the student athlete in terms of their development as a
student and as a whole person
Voting Procedures
4.3.1
Badminton, Basketball, Golf, Soccer and Volleyball
a)
b)
All coaches will be rank ordered their top three (3) coaches for each gender
If an institution has co-coaches, the institution MUST declare which coach will be their nominated
choice
The SID will send out the timelines for voting and when the votes are due.
d)
The completed ballot is returned to the SID by email or FAX within sport specific
timelines. Failure to rank the complete number of coaches or failing to submit the
completed ballot on time will result in a $100 fine and removal of offending institution’s
coach from the Coaching Ballot.
e)
The ballot should be completed and e-mailed or faxed to the SID by 4:00 pm on the
Monday after the completion of the provincial final.
f)
Coaches cannot vote for themselves
g)
If there are any ties after the votes are tabulated, normal tie-breaking procedures as
outlined in All-Star Voting will apply. See Article 7 Section 5.9.4
c)
4.3.2
Cross Country Running
NOTE: Currently, the BCCAA does not have a sanctioned cross country league. In order for the
BCCAA to award a conference coach of the year, there must be a minimum of 4 teams and a
sanctioned league . (See Section 4.1)
If there is a sanctioned league, the following procedures are to be followed:
a.
All coaches rank order their top three (3) coaches
b.
The BCCAA Coach of the Year winner will have his/her name submitted to the CCAA
If there is no sanctioned league, the following procedures will be followed to determine whose
name will be submitted on behalf of the BCCAA for the National award but please note that this
coach will not be the BCCAA Coach of the Year as there is no sanctioned league.
a.
All schools that have a full cross country team will have their coach’s name sent to the
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 4
SID for compilation
b.
SID will send out a list of all nominated coach’s to the cross country schools for voting
c.
If there is only one full team, then that team’s coach wins by acclimations
d.
If there are no full teams, the CCAA will be informed that BC does not have a
nomination
for the current athletic season.
SECTION 5 - BCCAA PROVINCIAL ALL-STAR SELECTIONS (Revised June/2000)
NOTE: Any student-athlete who is eligible for playoff competition is eligible for Provincial All-Star nomination.
This rule refers to meeting the Participation Rule requirement, not playing for a team that makes playoffs.
Therefore, student-athletes on teams who do not qualify for the playoffs but meet the Participation Rule
criteria are eligible for All-Star nomination/selection.
The selection process is as follows:
NOTE: In the case of a tie, the player with the most higher place votes wins. See also A7 Sec. 5.9.4
5.1
Each coach must provide a short biography (4 lines maximum) on the maximum number of studentathletes for which their team qualifies based on projected team placement (see 5.6 below and use Article
17, Form 4). This information MUST be submitted by email to be received by SID as per sport specific
timelines. Failure to nominate an institution’s student-athletes will result in a $100 fine.
5.2
As soon as final league standings can be determined the SID will circulate the appropriate list of names to
assist in the selection process. (Use Form 5)
5.2.1
At the end of league play, the number of all-star nominations shall be awarded before tie breaking
procedures are initiated. For example, if two teams tie for first place, with identical points, then
both will receive the number of all-star nominations allotted for a first-place team.
5.3
Athletic Directors are to have their coaches list in rank order the appropriate number of All-Star choices.
No student-athletes may be ranked from your own institution. The completed ballot is to be returned to the
SID by email or FAX within sport specific timelines - see Item 5.2 above. Failure to rank the complete
number of student-athletes or failure to submit the completed ballot on time will result in a $100 fine and
removal of offending Institution's student-athletes from the All-Star Ballot.
5.4
The SID will then tabulate the listings.
5.5
The announcement (i.e. media release) of BCCAA All-Stars shall be released from the SID to the media
ASAP and all member institutions on the Tuesday morning prior to the start of the BCCAA Championship
tournament for the sport. The announcement shall also be placed on the BCCAA website on the same day.
First and second All-Star teams will be chosen whenever there are at least 7 teams in a sport.
5.6
The member institution with the most All-Star award recipients will be listed first, with athlete names listed
in alphabetical order, and then the institution with the second most recipients will be listed alphabetically,
and so on.
5.7
The following is a list of sport specific guidelines:
5.7.1
Basketball
A pool of eligible players will be developed based on final season standings (see below). From
this pool, coaches will rank the top 10 players. The top 5 ranked players will constitute the first
All-Star team and the 6-10 ranked players will constitute the second team as follows:
League Finish
Nominations Allowed
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 5
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th and lower
5.7.2
Soccer
A pool of eligible players will be developed based on final season standings (see below). The top
11 ranked players will constitute the first All-Star team and 12-22 ranked players will constitute
the second team.
Nominations Allowed
League Finish
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th and lower
5.7.3
6
5
4
3
3
2
2
1
Volleyball
A pool of eligible players will be developed based on final season standings (see below). The top
6 ranked players will constitute the first All-Star team and 7-12 ranked players will constitute the
second team.
League Finish
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th & Lower
5.7.4
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
Nominations Allowed
4
3
3
2
2
2
1
Badminton
The Gold Medal recipient in each event (men's singles, women's singles, men's & women's
doubles, mixed doubles) will constitute the BCCAA All-Star team.
5.7.5
Golf
The top 3 golfers for each gender will comprise the BCCAA All-Star-Team.
5.8
Procedure for printing BCCAA provincial All-Star names on certificates and distribution to recipients
5.8.1
SID will forward the names of the BCCAA Provincial All-Stars to VP Admin within 48 hours of
the results being tabulated. (SID to ensure the spelling of the recipient’s names are correct).
5.8.2
If requested by the receiving institution, VP Admin will arrange to have the recipient’s name,
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 6
institution, and sport printed on the certificate.
5.9
5.8.3
VP Administration will forward award certificate templates to the recipient’s institution.
5.8.4
Athletic Directors are responsible for presenting the certificates to the recipient(s)
Criteria for Tabulating BCCAA All-star Nominations
5.9.1
Basketball - Each institution (coach) MUST rank order 10 players only from the selected pool of
players.
Soccer - Each institution (coach) MUST rank order 22 players only from the selected pool of
players (the top three teams in an 8 team league will only have 20 players to select from as they
can not select their own players)
Volleyball - Each institution (coach) MUST rank order 12 players only from the selected pool of
players.
5.9.2
Basketball -
The 1st place vote recipient receives 10 points,
The 2nd place vote recipient receives 9 points,
…. The 10th place vote recipient receives 1 point.
Soccer - The 1st place vote recipient receives 22 points,
The 2nd place vote recipient receives 21 points,
….The 22nd place vote recipient receives 1 point.
Volleyball -
The 1st place vote recipient receives 12 points,
The 2nd place vote recipient receives 11 points,
….The 12th place vote recipient receives 1 point.
5.9.3
The player with the most points is awarded 1st place, the second highest point recipient is awarded
2nd place, etc. However, when printing the BCCAA All-Star Press Release, players are to be listed
alphabetically for 1st and 2nd team all-stars. Players receiving enough points to be awarded the AllCanadian shall not be published but the player’s Athletic Director shall be notified so that the
proper CCAA forms can be prepared. Publication will be after the CCAA National banquet.
5.9.4
If there are any ties in points that will determine who is and is not an all-star, who is a 1st team or
2nd team all-star or who is an All-Canadian or not, the following tie-breakers will be used:
SAMPLE ‘A’ Tie:
Team
Player One
Player Two
A
6
7
B
6
7
C
8
5
D
9
4
E
3
8
F
5
4
G
4
6
Pts
41
41
5.9.4.1 Between players that are tied, the player who receives the greatest number of higher
placed votes will finish ahead of the other tied player. “Player One” received 3 higher
placed votes and “Player Two” received 4 higher placed votes, thus “Player Two”
finished ahead of “Player One”
SAMPLE ‘B’ Tie:
Team
A
B
C
D
E
F
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
G
H
Pts
Article 7 - Page 7
Player One
Player Two
6
7
6
7
8
5
8
5
3
8
5
4
4
7
7
6
47
47
5.9.4.2 If they are still tied (this will only occur if there is an odd number of teams in the league)
then the player with the greatest number of higher placed single votes wins. In the above
scenario, ‘Player One’ and ‘Player Two’ are tied in points (47), tied in the number of
higher placed votes (4 each), thus the next tie breaker is the greatest number of higher
placed votes. The highest place vote is 8 thus the player with the greatest number of 8’s
will finish 1st. ‘Player One’ has two higher placed votes and ‘Player Two’ has only one
higher placed vote thus ‘Player One’ finished ahead of ‘Player Two’.
5.9.5
Once the votes are in for that athlete, the top vote and bottom vote (0 points being the
bottom vote) shall be Removed from the tabulations.
SECTION 6 - BCCAA PLAYER(S) OF THE YEAR
6.1
BCCAA Player of the Year selection process - sport specific.
6.1.1
Badminton
a) Procedures if 4 teams or more
ƒ Each school is to submit 1 male and 1 female badminton player from their team to
the SID as per specific timelines (these timelines will coincide with CCAA timelines
determined annually)
ƒ SID will compile the list and send out to all schools for voting
b) Procedures if less than 4 teams
ƒ If there are less than 4 active teams competing, at the coach’s meeting at the last
tournament prior to the CCAA deadlines (confirmed and send by the SID), the
coaches will discuss and vote at that meeting for the Male and Female Player of the
Year for BC and those names will be submitted to the CCAA.
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
Basketball: Highest vote recipient in provincial all-star voting will be the winner. See Section 12
Soccer: Highest vote recipient in provincial all-star voting will be the winner. See Section 12
Golf:
a) Procedures if 4 teams or more
ƒ Each school is to submit the name of 1 golfer from their team to the SID as per SID
specific timelines (these timelines will coincide with CCAA timelines determined
annually)
ƒ SID will compile the list and send out to all schools for voting
b) Procedures if less than 4 teams
ƒ If there are less than 4 active team competing, then the golfer with the lowest score
prior to the CCAA deadlines will be the Golf Player of the Year for that gender
6.1.5
6.2
Volleyball: Highest vote recipient in provincial all-star voting will be the winner. See Section 12
VP Administration will forward award certificate templates to the recipient’s institution.
SECTION 7 - BCCAA ATHLETE OF THE WEEK
7.1
Preparing the Athlete of the Week Schedule for the upcoming season
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 8
7.1.1
7.2
By the end of August of each year, the SID will distribute with the SID Handbook Package
(Article 20), the available weeks for the Athlete of the Week award
Athlete of the Week selection process
7.2.1
The Athlete of the Week Program will be administered by the SID
7.2.2
There will be one female and one male athlete selected each week for 20 weeks that a sport is
played.
7.2.3
Prior to the start of the athletic season, the SID will secure 3 people for each sport and gender to
serve as the committee for determining the Athlete of the Week. The Convenors will be used for
the opposite gender and the SID can use and Athletic Director or former Convenor to fill in the
selection committee.
7.2.4
Nominations must be made by Athletic Directors submitting a completed Form 6 by email to the
SID. This info to include:
• Athlete being nominated
• Institution
• Sport
• Previous years they played (Athletic year and institution)
• Weekend of play for nomination
A) They must provide a short biography
B) Nomination rationale (please describe why your student-athlete deserves the nomination)
7.2.5
Nominations MUST be emailed to the SID by 4:30 pm Monday following the weekend’s events.
Any late submissions will not be accepted. You may FAX the form as a back-up.
7.2.6
Athletic Directors can nominate only ONE athlete per team each week (e.g. 1 male soccer player
and 1 female soccer player)
7.2.7
Recipients will be announced the Wednesday following the weekend’s events and the names of
the recipients will be included in the weekly individual results released weekly.
7.2.8
VP Administration will forward award certificate templates to the recipient’s institution.
SECTION 8 - BCCAA ATHLETE OF THE YEAR
8.1
8.2
The BCCAA Athlete of the Year Award will carry up to a maximum of $750 for the male and female
recipient.
8.1.1
This monetary award will be funded by the BCCAA endowment fund (actual amount of the award
is 50% of the available interest determined annually)
8.1.2
The monetary award will be deposited into the recipients student account at a BC Post-Secondary
Institution
8.1.3
In the event the recipient(s) are graduating from their program of study they will receive a cheque
from the BCCAA
To be considered for the BCCAA Athlete of the Year, if there is an All-Canadian award for that sport
(badminton, basketball, soccer and volleyball), the number of All-Canadians awarded to B.C. will have
their name submitted. If there is no All-Canadian award, then the highest ranked player for that sport
(golf) will have their name submitted.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 9
Sport
Badminton
Basketball
Golf
Soccer
Volleyball
Possible Nominations
1 male
1, 2 or 3 male
1 male
1, 2 or 3 male
1, 2 or 3 male
Possible Nominations
1 female
1, 2 or 3 female
1 female
1, 2 or 3 female
1, 2 or 3 female
8.2
The SID will produce a spreadsheet of all CCAA All-Canadians and all their other league awards to help
the members make an informed decision.
8.3
Each Athletic Director will rank order 3 male and 3 female athletes from the selection given.
8.4
In the event of a 2-way tie, if the tied athletes are from different sports, then both athletes will share the
award. If the athletes are from the same sport, then the same tie-breakers used for Provincial All-Stars will
be used.
8.5
A perpetual trophy will be awarded to the BCCAA Male Athlete of the Year and another perpetual trophy
will be awarded to the BCCAA Female Athlete of the Year.
8.6
Each year the Male/Female Athlete of the Year Award recipient’s school will update the engraving on the
perpetual trophy with the name and year of their recipient. That institution will keep the respective
perpetual trophy for one year. Once the next year's recipient is announced, the previous recipient's school
will, within 5 working days, forward the perpetual trophy to the next recipient's school, prepaid. Failure to
do so may lead to a $50.00 fine.
8.7
VP Administration will forward award certificate templates to the recipient’s institution.
SECTION 9 - BCCAA ROOKIE OF THE YEAR
9.1
Criteria
• Student-athlete competing at a BCCAA member institution
• Student-athletes must be competing in their first year of athletic eligibility
• For two semester sports, student-athletes must compete in both semesters and fulfill the participation
rule
• For one semester sports, student-athletes must fulfill the participation rule
• The student-athlete will be under the age of 21 as of September 1st in their first year of post-secondary
athletic competition.
9.2
Procedure
• In case of a tie in the voting, the same procedure for All-Star vote tie breaking will be used
• The Rookie of the Year criteria for soccer will be given to the player who meets the Rookie of the
Year criteria and finishes highest in the All-Star voting.
9.3
There will be six (6) perpetual plaques for each BCCAA Rookie of the Year.
9.4
Each year the recipient of the Rookie of the Year Awards school will update the engraving on the perpetual
trophy with the name and year of their recipient. That institution will keep the respective perpetual trophy
for one year. Last year’s recipients’ institution is responsible for getting the plaques to the Provincial
Championship Host prepaid. Failure to do so may lead to a $50.00 fine.
9.5
VP Administration will forward award certificate templates to the recipient’s institution.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 10
9.6
Sport Specific
9.6.1
Badminton Specific
There is currently no Badminton Rookie of the Year
9.6.2
Basketball Specific (Basketball has an All-Rookie Team)
9.6.2.1 Criteria
• Student-athlete competing at a BCCAA member institution
• Student-athletes must be competing in their first year of athletic eligibility
• Student-athletes must compete in both semesters and fulfill the participation rule
9.6.2.2 Procedure
• Each member institution is allowed to nominate two players per team from their own
institution based on the above criteria
• Rookie of the Year nominees shall be added to the BCCAA All-Star Nomination
Form and follow the same voting procedure
• The all rookie team would be comprised of the top 5 vote getters with the rookie of
the year being the top vote getter.
• In case of a tie in the voting, the same procedure for All-Star vote tie breaking will
be used
9.6.3
Golf Specific
There is currently no Golf Rookie of the Year.
9.6.4
Soccer Specific
There are no specific requirements for soccer at this time. See Section 9.2 for procedures.
9.6.5
Volleyball Specific (Volleyball has an All-Rookie Team)
9.6.5.1 Criteria
• Student-athlete competing at a BCCAA member institution
• Student-athletes must be competing in their first year of athletic eligibility
• Student-athletes must compete in both semesters and fulfill the participation rule
9.6.5.2 Procedure
• The all rookie team would be comprised of the top 6 vote getters with the rookie of
the year being the top vote getter.
• The top vote getter being the Rookie of the year.
• In case of a tie in the voting, the same procedure for All-Star vote tie breaking will
be used
SECTION 10 - BCCAA ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE AWARD
10.1
The BCCAA annually recognizes scholar-athletes based on the following criteria:
10.1.1
Student-Athletes must have achieved a cumulative GPA of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale or the equivalent of
Honors at their institution. Cumulative GPA will be based on the previous year’s courses along
with those completed in the September – December semester. For example, a student receiving the
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 11
award in March 2007, would base their cumulative GPA based on the courses they completed in
the 2005-06 season, as well as those courses from September to December of 2007. They would
not go back to their courses prior to 2005-06
10.2
10.1.2
Successful completion of a minimum of 27 credit hours.
10.1.3
Participation on a member's institute representative team in a BCCAA sanctioned sport for
minimum of one (1) academic year or program equivalent.
Process
10.2.1
Member ADs are responsible for submitting to the VP Admin. and SID a list of names of
recipients by March 15 annually.
10.2.2
Athletic Directors are responsible for presenting the certificates to the recipient(s)
SECTION 11 - BCCAA FAIR PLAY AWARD
Criteria for selection (adopted from the CCAA Operating Code)
The team receiving the award shall:
• Have respect for the rules and spirit of the rules of the sport in pursuit of excellence,
• Respect the officials and show acceptance of their decisions,
• Respect the opponent,
• Exhibit sportsmanlike behaviour,
• Maintain dignity under all circumstances.
NOTE: See also Article 15 Section 2.4
11.1
League Play
Basketball Teams - None currently awarded
Soccer Teams - (Mike Bartram Fair Play Award)
This is an annual men’s trophy and an annual women’s trophy (along with keeper trophies) that have been
purchased and donated by the Kamloops Okanagan Valley Soccer League Alumni. On the Monday
following the final league weekend, the BCCAA men’s coaches will select a men’s team and the BCCAA
women’s coaches will select a women’s team. These selections must be completed on the All-Star Ballot
and faxed or emailed to the SID by 4:30 pm that Monday.
The team receiving the award shall:
• Have respect for the rules and spirit of the rules of the sport in pursuit of excellence,
• Respect the officials and show acceptance of their decisions,
• Respect the opponent,
• Exhibit sportsmanlike behaviour on and off the field,
• Maintain dignity under all circumstances,
• Demonstrate a low number of cards throughout the season,
• The general attitude of the coaching staff and players towards one another and other teams should be
considered.
Volleyball Teams - None currently awarded.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 12
11.2
Provincial Championship Play
11.2.1
The Association annually presents a Fair Play Award to a team participating in the Provincial
Championships.
NOTE: For Soccer, this Fair Play Award is different than the Mike Bartram Fair Play award.
11.2.2
The recipient is selected by the Tournament All-Star Committee and presented during the Awards
Ceremony.
SECTION 12 - CCAA ATHLETE OF THE MONTH
12.1
CCAA Player of the Month selection process - sport specific
12.1.1
Soccer: Highest vote recipient in all provincial voting will be the winner
12.1.2
Basketball: Institution nominations received by the convenor will be sent to the PSO for winner
selection (see master timeline)
12.1.3
Volleyball: Institution nominations received by the convenor will be sent to the PSO for winner
selection (see master timeline)
12.1.4
Badminton: Selection made by ballots at the 2nd coaches meeting of the new year.
SECTION 13 - CCAA ALL-CANADIAN SELECTIONS AND CCAA PLAYER OF THE YEAR
(All-Canadian selections made only in sports that lead to CCAA National Championships)
13.1
The top 1, 2 or 3 BCCAA Provincial All-Star selections will be the All-Canadians. The name of the 1st
place vote recipient will be the BC nominee for CCAA Player of the Year and the BCCAA Player of the
Month for Soccer only. The SID is required to personally contact the A.D. of the member institution whose
player(s) has been selected to the All-Canadian team and inform the A.D. of the selection and remind A.D.
to send the appropriate information to the CCAA National Office by the appropriate CCAA deadline. See
CCAA Operations Manual.
13.2
SID is required to submit the names of the All-Canadian selection to the CCAA national office by the
appropriate CCAA deadlines. See CCAA Operations Manual.
13.3
A.D. of institution where All-Canadian selection is attending is required to submit background information
as required (See Art. 17, FORM 24) in CCAA Operations Manual to National Office by appropriate
CCAA deadline. See CCAA Operations Manual.
13.4
Failure to follow the above procedure and adhere to specified criteria may result in the offending A.D.
being subject to an applicable fine. See Article 6, Section 7.
SECTION 14 - CCAA ACADEMIC ALL-CANADIAN AWARD
14.1
To be eligible for this award, student-athletes must meet the following criteria:
•
be named as a BCCAA All-Star in a CCAA Sport;
•
achieve academic honours standing, as defined by their institution, during the last complete
academic semester/term at that institution.
14.2
Nomination: ADs must submit Academic All-Canadian student-athlete profiles for all qualifying athletes
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 13
with proof of academic honours to the CCAA National Office with copies to the Association’s CCAA
Representative, the SID and VP Administration no later than MARCH 15.
14.3
Distribution: The National Office will distribute awards by April 1 to the Provincial Rep. A letter of
congratulations will be sent to each student-athlete recipient from the CCAA President by April 15th.
SECTION 15 – CCAA SCHOLAR ATHLETE AWARDS
15.1
15.2
15.3
Nomination procedure
Athletic directors are to produce a list of qualifying student-athletes that meet the award criteria. Athletic
Director and Registrar must sign off of the form.
CCAA Student-Athlete forms must be typed. The National Office will provide electronic nomination forms
to the membership.
CCAA Student-Athlete forms must be sent to the Provincial Representative for verification and support.
Provincial Representative to forward CCAA Scholar-Athlete forms to the National office on or before June
15.
Selection is based on the following criteria:
Candidates must be listed on their institution’s CCAA Eligibility form for the current year Candidates must
have achieved a GPA standing of 3.5 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent in their current academic year.
Distribution
The CCAA National Office will produce a news release announcing the CCAA Scholar Athletes for that
year by September 15.
The CCAA National Office will produce scholar-athlete certificates, which will be signed by the CCAA
President.
The CCAA National Office will circulate the required number of certificates to each institution by
September 15.
Institutions will calligraphy name of recipients on each certificate (or put through computer printer).
SECTION 16 - ADMINISTRATIVE RECOGNITION AWARDS
16.1
Administrative Excellence Award
Presented to an Athletic Director who demonstrates outstanding contribution to the development of sport
within the BCCAA, his/her own institution or the community, e.g. Event hosting/management, program
innovations, professional development.
Process is the same as for Administrative Leadership.
16.2
Administrative Leadership Award
Awarded to the individual who has provided outstanding leadership, commitment to development of the
Association and has made a strong impact on the BCCAA
May be awarded to a member of the Executive, Committee Chair or Convenor
Must be nominated by 2 Board Members
Nominations to include:
Name and institution of nominee
Names of nominators
History of contribution to BCCAA
Other information that would be helpful for selection committee
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 14
Nominations submitted to SID by March 15th annually.
SID identify 3 members to form Selection committee to review nominations
Committee must unanimously agree upon awards selection
Nominators will be notified two weeks prior to AGM of decision of Selection Committee
Award will be presented at AGM
Award will consisted of plaque with BCCAA logo and appropriate message
Two awards/year may be presented.
SECTION 17 - RETIREMENT RECOGNITION AWARDS
Requests for retirement recognition awards must be made 4 weeks prior to the AGM or WBM. Requests are made
to the VP Admin, to include criteria outlined in Article 7 Section 15.1 (Athletic Coordinator) and Article 7 Section
15.2 (Coach).
17.1
The BCCAA will recognize retiring members for their service as follows:
a)
b)
c)
4-9 years plaque or framed certificate
10-20 years $100. personal gift & plaque or framed certificate
20 + years $150. personal gift & plaque or framed certificate
The retiree will receive a gift that reflects their particular interests. The Executive shall arrange for the
purchase and presentation of the above listed awards.
17.2
An institution member may apply for a plaque from the BCCAA for a head coach that is retiring from the
BCCAA. The coach must have been in the position of Head Coach in a major sport in the league for 10 or
more years.
SECTION 18 – BCCAA PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALS and BANNERS
Note: VP Admin responsibility:
1)
The medal ribbons will be stamped with the championship year on one side and the sport on the
other side.
2)
Request vendor to mail ribbons and banners directly to the BCCAA Championship host
institution.
3)
BCCAA Aggregate Banner(s) is to be mailed to the VP Admin for distribution to the Aggregate
winner at the end of the season.
18.1
BCCAA Championship Medals
Sport
Badminton
Basketball –Men
Basketball – Women
Golf
Soccer – Men
Soccer – Women
Volleyball – Men
Volleyball – Women
Totals
Gold
23
18
18
12
23
23
18
18
155
Silver
23
18
18
12
23
23
18
18
155
Medal Breakdown
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Bronze
23
18
18
12
23
23
18
18
155
Total
69
54
54
36
69
69
54
54
465
Article 7 - Page 15
Badminton
Team Event
10 student-athletes
2 coaches
TOTAL = 12 medals x 3 = 36
Individual Event
2 M/W Singles
4 M/W Doubles
2 Mixed Doubles
TOTAL = 8 medals x 3 = 24
Badminton Total = 20 medals x 3 = 60 Medals
Basketball / Volleyball
14 student-athletes
3 coaches
1 trainer/manager
Basketball/Volleyball Total = 18 medals x 3 = 54/gender/sport
Golf
Team Event
8 student-athletes
2 coaches
Individual Event
1 Male
1 Female
TOTAL = 10 medals x 3 = 30
TOTAL = 2 medals x 3 = 6
Golf Total = 12 medals x 3 = 36 medals
Soccer
20 student-athletes
2 coaches
1 trainer/manager
Soccer Total = 23 medals x 3 = 69/gender
18.2
BCCAA Championship Banners
Sports: Badminton
Men’s Basketball
Women’s Basketball
Men’s Soccer
Women’s Soccer
Men’s Volleyball
Women’s Volleyball
BCCAA Aggregate
Total Banners = 8
SECTION 19 – EXCHANGE GIFTS FOR CCAA NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 7 - Page 16
19.1
The following template to be used as a guideline for the ordering and distribution of exchange gifts for
BCCAA Championship and wild card teams traveling to CCAA National Championships.
Badminton
Men’s Singles
1 x 4 matches
=4
Men’s Doubles
2 x 4 matches
=8
Women’s Singles
1 x 4 matches
=4
Women’s Doubles
2 x 4 matches
=8
Mixed Doubles
2 x 4 matches
=8
Coaches
2 x 4 matches
=8
TOTAL = 40
Championship teams
Possibility of Wild Card
40
40
Basketball
Men & Women
14 student-athletes
2 coaches
2 trainer/manager
TOTAL = 18
Championship teams
Possibility of Wild Card
2 x 18 x 3 games = 108
2 x 18 x 3 games = 108
Soccer
Men & Women
18 student-athletes
2 coaches
1 trainer/manager
TOTAL = 21
Championship Teams
2 x 21 x 3 games = 126
Volleyball
Men & Women
14 student-athletes
2 coaches
2 trainer/manager
TOTAL = 18
Championship Teams
2 x 18 x 3 games = 108
Possibility of Wild Card 2 x 18 x 3 games = 108
TOTAL ORDER = 614 ~ 644
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 8 - Page 1
ARTICLE 8 - INSTITUTIONAL INFORMATION
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
Each member institution shall select team colours, logo and nicknames for their institutional representative
teams. These shall be distinct so as to clearly differentiate an institution's representative team in
Association sports from club, intramural, community or any other type of team the institution may choose
to sponsor. Representative teams' official logos must be kept on file with the Vice-President
Administration.
1.2
Member institutions have established their institutional representative team uniform colours and nickname
as follows:
Camosun College
CAM
Royal Blue/ White/ Silver
Chargers
Capilano University
CAP
Navy/ Sky Blue/ White
Blues
Columbia Bible College
CBC
Navy Blue/ Red/ White
Bearcats
College of the Rockies
COTR
Royal Blue/Black/White
Avalanche
Douglas College
DC
Forest/Black/White
Royals
Kwantlen Polytechnic University
KPU
Red/Black/White
Eagles
Langara College
LC
Forest Green/White
Falcons
Quest University Canada
QUC
Green / Black / Silver
Kermodes
Selkirk College
SELK
Maroon/Gold/Black/White
Saints
Thompson Rivers University
TRU
Burnt Orange/Black
Wolfpack
Univ. of British Columbia Okanagan
UBC O
Blue/Gold/Red
HEAT
University of Northern B.C.
UNBC
Green / Gold
Timberwolves
University of the Fraser Valley
UFV
Kelly Green/ White
Cascades
Vancouver Island University
VIU
Blue/Black
Mariners
SECTION 2 - BCCAA MEDIA GUIDE INSTITUTIONAL INFORMATION
2.1
A complete list of all head coaches’ names, telephone/fax numbers (work and residence) must be submitted
to the Media Guide Contractor by June 30th annually (See Article 17, Form 9). Further, updates of this
information after June 30th must be circulated by the updating member to all members, the Media Guide
Contractor, and SID. See also A4, S13.
NOTE: If material is not received by the June 30th deadline, the contractor will use the previous year’s
information. In the case of advertising information not being received, blank space would be substituted.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
Article 8 - Page 2
SECTION 3 – HOST HOTELS
BCCAA member institutions will stay at recognized host hotels as indicated in the AGM minutes annually,
provided the host hotel rates and services are competitive.
SECTION 4 – SERVICES, AMMENITIES & GAME DAY PROTOCOL
NOTE: Each member is required to have written game day protocol form, a copy of which is to be handed by the
Event Co-ordinator to the head coach of the visiting team upon arrival.
Sample Visiting Team Information Sheet
Here is some information your team might find useful:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We have a designated Event Coordinator at all home events; if you have any concerns or questions please direct
them to him/her and he/she will do their best to accommodate you and your team.
Visiting teams use the change rooms for dressing and team meetings; a chalkboard is available upon request.
We offer a towel service with ID and a deposit.
There is an admission cost for fans.
Practice balls will be made available to your team.
Water coolers are supplied; if it is low or you run out of cups, please see the Event Coordinator or the gym
attendant.
There is telephone access for coaches and team officials.
We have ice packs and an Athletic injury room
All games are announced at Malaspina; please review match protocol for specific details.
Match Protocol for Mariner Athletic Events
The teams starting lineups will be introduced; please have your starting lineup to the scorekeeper’s table no
later than 10 minutes before the scheduled start of the match.
The National Anthem will be played (depended on crowd size) immediately following the introduction of the
home team’s starting lineup.
Announcements will be made and music will be played during all down time, including warm-up, time-outs,
half time, and between games in a volleyball match.
Entertainment, draws, and giveaways will take place during half time. (Between the 2nd and 3rd game in
volleyball matches.) Coaches are asked to please instruct their players to remain off the court until these
activities are finished.
SECTION 5 - GAME-DAY SERVICES
Camosun College Chargers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
NO
No
YES
YES
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
NO
No
YES
YES
Article 8 - Page 3
14
Meeting room with whiteboard
N/A
YES
Capilano University Blues
Bad.
BBall
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
YES
NO
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
No
YES
YES
YES
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
College of the Rockies Avalanche
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
Columbia Bible College Bearcats
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
N/A
YES
Soccer Vball
YES
No
No
YES
YES
No
No
No
YES
NO
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
Ice Only
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
No
YES
YES
YES
Article 8 - Page 4
Douglas College Royals
Bad.
1
Separate Change Rooms
YES
2
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
No
No
3
Admission cost for fans
No
4
Event manager (clothing identified)
N/A
5
Minor officials (clothing identified)
N/A
6
Warm-up balls
No
7
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
8
Announcer
YES
No
9
Water/fluids for teams
NO
10 Cups provided
11 Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
YES
12 Athletic injury room with ice
YES
13 Separate room/change area for officials
YES
14 Meeting room with whiteboard
YES
* Please note that Badminton & Soccer are played out of Pinetree CC in Coquitlam.
Kwantlen Polytechnic University Eagles
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
BBall
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
No
YES
YES
No
YES
No
YES
NO
No
YES
YES
No
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
No
YES
No
YES
NO
YES
Ice Only
Ice Only
YES
YES
No
YES
Langara College Falcons
Bad.
BBall
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
YES
N/A
No
YES
No
No
No
No
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Soccer Vball
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Soccer Vball
YES
No
No
YES
No
No
No
No
No
NO
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Article 8 - Page 5
11
12
13
14
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
Quest University Canada
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans ($ 3 for Adults, Free for Students)
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
Selkirk College Saints
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
Thompson Rivers University Wolfpack
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
YES
YES
No
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
ICE
YES
YES
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
YES
YES
No
YES
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Soccer Vball
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
ICE
YES
YES
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Article 8 - Page 6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
UBC Okanagan Heat
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
University of the Fraser Valley Cascades
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
UNBC Timberwolves
1
2
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Bad.
BBall
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Soccer Vball
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Soccer Vball
N/A
N/A
Article 8 - Page 7
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
Vancouver Island University Mariners
Bad.
BBall
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
Birds
No
No
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Separate Change Rooms
Towel service with ID deposit – 3 towels per bench if requested
Admission cost for fans
Event manager (clothing identified)
Minor officials (clothing identified)
Warm-up balls
Beverages for officials (half time/end)
Announcer
Water/fluids for teams
Cups provided
Telephone access – public phone in lower lobby
Athletic injury room with ice
Separate room/change area for officials
Meeting room with whiteboard
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: Jan 4, 2011
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Soccer Vball
YES
No
No
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
NO
YES
Ice
YES
No
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
Article 9 - Page 1
ARTICLE 9 - CANADIAN COLLEGES ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION
NB This section subject to change through the CCAA.
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
The Association shall represent the athletic interests of its members at all Canadian College's Athletic
Association meetings.
SECTION 2 - BCCAA REPRESENTATIVE TO THE CCAA
2.1
The Association Board shall elect one or more Board members to act as the BCCAA representative(s) to
the CCAA as required. See Article 3 Section 7.
2.2
The President & CCAA Rep(s) are two of the three BCCAA funded Reps to the CCAA AGM annually.
Should there be no Past President, or should the current Past President decline, the third rep. will be elected
annually at the WBM. All members in good standing are eligible. Should more than one member be
interested, a ballot vote will be held.
2.3
Should either the CCAA Rep, the President or the Past President hold a CCAA position which precludes
them from voting for the BCCAA at CCAA meetings, (an) additional rep(s) will be elected at the WBM.
SECTION 3 - COMPLIANCE
3.1
Unless specifically noted in these operating procedures, the Association, as a member of the CCAA, shall
abide by all CCAA Operating Procedures and Policies.
SECTION 4 - BCCAA POLICY FOR DOPING CONTROL
For information on Doping Infractions and Doping Related Infractions (banned substances), you are encouraged to
contact:
Canadian Centre for Ethics in Sport (CCES)
Address:
350-955 Green Valley Cr
Ottawa, Ontario
K2C 3V4 Canada
Telephone +1 (613) 521-3340
Fax +1
(613) 521-3134
[email protected]
E-mail
4.1
Preamble - As per CCAA policy, the BCCAA is committed to providing drug free competition for college
athletes. The BCCAA is opposed to the use of banned substances by its’ student-athletes, the provision of
banned substances to student athletes or the encouragement of the use of such substances by any person in
a BCCAA leadership position.
4.2
Objective - To establish an unannounced doping control program.
4.3
Protocol - Individuals who have information that would strongly suggest that banned substances or
methods are being used, are asked to do the following:
4.3.1
Provide a letter, in confidence, to the President of the Association including the following
information: (should the President be in conflict of interest situation, the second ranking executive
officer of the BCCAA should be contacted).
- Name of student-athlete(s)
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: September 15, 2008
Article 9 - Page 2
- Sport
- Reason or rationale for concern
- Source of information
- Name and phone number of individual writing the letter
- Other information as necessary
4.3.2
The BCCAA officer contacted shall forward a letter to the CCES Doping Control Review Panel,
including all the necessary information required to conduct sample collection.
4.3.3
The decision to proceed with the test and subsequent co-ordination of sample collection will be
carried out independently of the BCCAA.
4.4
Confidentiality - All parties involved in the process will be required to keep all information confidential.
4.5
Penalties - penalties for doping infractions shall be consistent with CCAA policy guidelines.
SECTION 5 - CCAA AWARDS (See BCCAA Article 7)
SECTION 6 - CCAA BIDS
6.1
National Championship Bid Process
In order for National Championship host bids (Rotational, Semi-permanent site and Open Championship
bids) to receive the required BCCAA endorsement prior to submission to the CCAA, bidding institutions
must submit a copy of their host bid package to each member of the BCCAA Executive to be received no
later than two weeks prior to the CCAA deadlines.
The Executive may request additional information from bidding schools prior to or during the conference
call.
Immediately following the conference call selection, the Executive will contact all bidding schools and
notify them of their selection. Further, written notice of the selection will be circulated to all members
within ten working days of the selection.
6.2
Host Berths
The individual Executive members will review each bid and then hold a conference call (arranged by the
VP Administration) to select the bid which they will recommend to the CCAA.
6.2.1
When the Association hosts a National Championship, the Gold and Silver Medallist teams
represent the Association. When an institution hosts a National Championship, the Gold
Medallist and host institution teams represent the Association. See also CCAA rules regarding
semi-permanent site host participation. Badminton shall be subject to the provisions of Article 18,
Section 1, Items 1.4.3 and 1.4.4
6.2.2
When two (or more) institutions co-host a Championship (either single or double gender
championships), the host schools must identify, in their host bid, which school will be filling the
host berths.
SECTION 7 - WILDCARD BIDS
7.1
In order to meet CCAA rules (AII, S6, 1.3) regarding PCAA endorsement of a maximum of one (1)
wildcard bids per sport per year from eligible PCAAs, the BCCAA will endorse the highest finishing team
at the BCCAA Provincial Championships who:
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: September 15, 2008
Article 9 - Page 3
a)
Did not receive an automatic berth (e.g., gold and possibly silver medallists), and
b)
Who has submitted to the CCAA as per the CCAA guidelines, a wildcard application
will automatically receive the endorsement of the BCCAA.
c)
It is up to each individual institution that are applying for a wildcard bid to send all
relevant information to the CCAA
The BCCAA will only endorse a team who has met the above conditions.
SECTION 8 - INTERCONFERENCE TOURNAMENTS
8.1
The host of any tournament involving CCAA members from more than one province shall:
8.1.1
Notify the National Office
8.1.2
Forward to the National Office prior to the Tournament the following information: sport;
schedule; participating teams; and whether or not the eligibility rules of the CCAA shall be used;
8.1.3
Receive a letter of acknowledgement from the CCAA Office declaring that the tournament be a
“CCAA Ranking Tournament” along with a sample report form.
8.1.4
NOTE: It is recommended that CCAA member tournament hosts not accept CCAA members “Not
in good standing” to inter-conference Tournaments.
8.1.5
At the completion of each hosted tournament, the host shall complete Forms 21c (Basketball), 22b
(Soccer), 23c (Volleyball), the exhibition match/game tournament report, and fax or email the
information to the SID.
SECTION 9 – ELECTED POSITIONS
9.1
Any individual from the BCCAA seeking a CCAA elected position must first seek endorsement from the
BCCAA. Endorsement will be voted on by secret ballot at the BCCAA meeting where nominations are
sought. Endorsement requires 50% +1 of members. The results of the vote will be presented to the Board
at the same meeting. Those not receiving endorsement will not have their names put forward by the
BCCAA.
If requested, reasons for non-endorsement will be provided by the Executive in a form requested by the
candidate.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: September 15, 2008
Article 10 - Page 1
ARTICLE 10 -
OBSERVANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF CONSTITUTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
The membership, by becoming signatories of this Constitution and Operating Procedures, and all future members
by joining this Association, pledge themselves faithfully to observe all the provisions of the Constitution By-Laws
and Operating Procedures. Each Board Member agrees to report to the Executive any violations of the
Constitution By-Laws or Operating Procedures.
1.2
Each Board Member shall be responsible for ensuring that their institution and its representatives adhere to the
letter and spirit of the Constitution By-Laws and Operating Procedures and to the decisions of the Association's
Board and Executive.
SECTION 2 - INTERPRETATION OF CONSTITUTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
2.1
On the request of any Association Board member, the Executive shall interpret any rule or provision of the
Constitution By-Laws and Operating Procedures and determine its application to a stated actual or threatened
situation.
2.2
At the discretion of the Executive, any such interpretations shall be communicated in writing with copies
circulated by the VP Administration to all Association Members.
2.3
When in doubt, it shall be the duty of all representatives of Member Institutions to seek interpretations of the
Constitution By-Laws and Operating Procedures from the Executive.
SECTION 3 - VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES
This includes the right and permission to conduct interviews with relevant officials, institutional staff, athletes, coaches and
bystanders. Only matters that are sent to the committee in written form will be processed by the committee.
3.1
STUDENT-ATHLETE
3.1.1
3.1.2
A student-athlete shall be in violation of the rules of the Association if:
(a)
He/She violates any provision of the Constitution, By-Laws or Operating Procedures or other
rules of the Association.
(b)
He/She falsifies any records or documents bearing on his/her status as a student or participant in
the Association's athletic events.
(c)
He/She demonstrates behaviour of a nature as to seriously contravene the purpose and intent of
the Association stated in Article 2 of the Constitution.
A student-athlete determined by the proper Association authority to be in violation of any of the acts
mentioned in Item 3.1.1 above may by such authority be:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.1.3
Privately reprimanded, and/or
Declared ineligible for one or more seasons, and/or
Declared permanently ineligible for all Association competition, and/or
Subjected to any other or additional reasonable penalty.
Any student found to be in violation of any of the above and subsequently penalized has the right to
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 2
appeal such a decision pursuant to Article 10, Section 7.
3.2
INSTITUTION EMPLOYEE AND/OR REPRESENTATIVE
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.3
Any coach, manager, director or other staff member or representative of a member institution shall be in
violation of the rules of the Association if:
(a)
He/She violates any provision of the rules of the Association either with his/her knowledge, or
under such circumstances that there exists a duty on his/her part to know about such violations.
(b)
He/She falsifies or permits the falsification of any records bearing on the status of any student.
(c)
He/She knowingly and willfully employs in an athletic event a student-athlete who is at the time
or later found to be ineligible.
(d)
He/She demonstrates behaviour of a nature as to seriously contravene the purpose and intent of
the Association as stated in Part 2 of the Constitution.
A coach, director, manager or other staff member or representative determined by the proper Association
authority to be in violation of any of the acts mentioned under 3.2.1 above, may by such authority be:
a)
privately reprimanded by the Executive, fined, required to write a letter of apology and/or;
b)
prohibited from appearing in any capacity with their team for a specified number of
games/events or indefinitely and/or;
c)
prohibited from acting as a coach in any Association activity for a stated period or indefinitely
and/or;
d)
removed as the violating institution's athletic representative to the BCCAA for a stated period
or indefinitely and/or;
e)
prohibited from holding any administrative office e.g. Executive, Sport convenor etc., and/or;
f)
subject to any other or additional reasonable penalty.
Any institution employee and/or representative found to be in violation of any of the above and
subsequently penalized has the right to appeal such a decision (Article 10, Section 7).
MEMBER INSTITUTION REPRESENTATIVE TEAMS
3.3.1
A member institution representative team may be held in violation of the Constitution By-Laws and
Operating Procedures of the Association if any of its student athletes or athletic representatives are found
to have violated any provisions of the Constitutions By-Laws and Operating Procedures.
3.3.2
An institution's representative team which is determined to be in violation by the proper Association
authority, may by such authority:
(a)
Be privately reprimanded, and/or;
(b)
Have any of its athletic victories nullified (points for wins and/or ties taken away and given to
opponent(s)), games/events canceled, and/or;
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 3
(c)
Be placed on probation with the effect of requiring the team to complete all scheduled
commitments without the benefit of accumulating league points toward Association
championships, and precluding it from being eligible for Association championships,
honour/trophies, nor shall said team represent the Association in any regional or national
championships and/or;
d)
Be suspended, with the effect of temporarily severing the team from all Association competition
for one or more seasons, and/or;
(e)
Be expelled, with the effect of completely severing the team from all Association activities
and/or;
(f)
Be subjected to any or other additional reasonable penalty.
In cases where a member institution representative team is suspended or expelled, the Executive will
direct other member institutions to sever athletic relations with that team.
3.3.3
3.4
Any member institution representative team found to be in violation of any of the acts mentioned under
3.3.2 above and subsequently penalized has the right to appeal such a decision (Article 10 Section 7).
MEMBER INSTITUTION (SCHOOL OR ENTIRE ATHLETIC PROGRAM)
3.4.1
A member institution may be held in violation of the Constitution, By-Laws and Operating Procedures of
the Association if any of its athletic representatives, or student athletes are found to have violated any
provisions of the Constitution, By-Laws or Operating Procedures.
3.4.2
An institution determined to be in violation by the proper authority, may by such authority:
(a)
Be privately reprimanded, and/or;
(b)
Have any of its athletic victories nullified (points for wins and/or ties taken away and given to
opponent(s)), games/events canceled, teams probated, suspended or expelled, and/or;
(c)
Be placed on probation with the effect of requiring the institution's teams to complete all
scheduled commitments without the benefit of accumulating league points toward Association
championships, precluding them from being eligible for Association championships,
honours/trophies, representing the Association in any regional or national championships.
(d)
Be suspended, with the effect of temporarily severing the institution from all Association
competition for one or more seasons, and/or;
(e)
Be expelled, with the effect of completely severing the institution from all Association
activities, competition and also loss of all voting privileges for the expelled institution.
(f)
Be subjected to any or other additional reasonable penalty.
In cases where a member institution (entire school) is suspended or expelled, the Board will direct the
other member institutions to sever athletic relations with that member.
3.4.3
3.5
Of the penalties listed in 3.4.2 above, only items (a), (b), and (f) are appealable (Article 10, Section 7).
PROBATION, SUSPENSION AND EXPULSION
3.5.1
STUDENT ATHLETE or INSTITUTIONAL EMPLOYEE or MEMBER INSTITUTION
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 4
REPRESENTATIVE TEAM
a)
Probation or suspension or expulsion shall be accomplished by a written order of the President.
b)
The effective date of probation, suspension or expulsion shall be the date explicitly provided in the
written order effecting such probation, suspension, or expulsion.
c)
Probation, suspension or expulsion shall forfeit the financial and property right of the probated,
suspended or expelled team of any money, funds and properties of the Association.
d)
The written order shall specify the terms of the probation, suspension or expulsion if other than outlined
in the Operating Procedures, and the tenure thereof.
3.5.2
MEMBER INSTITUTION (SCHOOL OR ENTIRE ATHLETIC PROGRAM)
a)
Probation, suspension or expulsion shall be accomplished by an Extraordinary Resolution and a written
order of the Board after ratification by a ¾ majority Board vote.
b)
The effective dates of probation, suspension, or expulsion shall be the date explicitly provided in the
written order effecting such probation, suspension or expulsion.
c)
The written order shall specify the terms of the probation, suspension or expulsion, if other than outlined
in Operating Procedures, and where applicable, the term thereof.
d)
Expulsion shall cause forfeiture of any and all financial and property rights of the expelled Member and
any of the money, funds and properties shall become the property of the Association.
3.5.3
Probation, suspension and expulsion can be accomplished only by an Extraordinary Resolution and are
therefore not subject to appeal.
SECTION 4 - ADJUDICATION PROCEDURE FOR VIOLATIONS AND ELIGIBILITY CONCERNS
It is the duty of each coach, institutional staff member, or student to report to the Athletic Director of his/her
institution any alleged, reputed, or indicated violation of the rules of the Association or incident which may
adversely effect the Association or its reputation, whether it involves their institution directly or not. The
procedures for adjudicating violations shall be as follows:
4.1
a)
Within the Association the normal procedure for dealing with reports of violations shall begin with informal
discussions between the Athletic representatives from the member institutions which are involved in the
alleged violation.
b) If the alleged violation is not resolved between the two members, the matter should be communicated to the
appropiate committee chair (Eligibility, Discipline, Executive) – proceed to 4.2 below
c)
4.2
If the alleged violation was discovered by the SID, The SID is to immediately notify the Chair of the
appropriate committee (Eligibility, Discipline, Executive) and the chair of this committee is to immediately
notify the involved institutions and committee members – proceed to 4.2 below.
The Board Members from the institutions involved, the reporting member, (or in the case of incidents being
reported by a member not directly involved in the incident), will provide all members and alternatives of the
appropriate Committee (Discipline for technical violations, Eligibility for eligibility concerns, or the Executive for
ethical violations) with a written copy of all information regarding the alleged, reputed or indicated violation or
incident (see Article 17, Form 12). If videotapes are used to support the allegation, an unedited version of the
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 5
videotape must be copied and provided to all three members of the Discipline Committee. Board members must
include the relevant Article and Section of the Operating Procedures which have allegedly been violated. This
must occur within three working days of the competition.
4.3
After ensuring that none of its members are in a position of conflict (see Article 1 for definition), the Discipline
Committee (or, in the case of eligibility concerns, the Eligibility Committee) will by conference call, discuss the
issue with each party and/or any other individual or agency it sees fit. And review the documentation (including
all documentation if any, submitted at the previous decision-making level) further, the DC (or EC) will review its
records for the past three years to determine if the alleged violator has been sanctioned during that time and render
a decision. In the case of repeat offenders, at the discretion of the DC, rulings can be more severe. This ruling will
be communicated to the parties involved and copied to all members whenever possible within five (5) working
days. The Committee Chair will inform both parties to the dispute of the make up of the Committee.
4.4
The Discipline Committee (or Eligibility Committee) Chair will forward, in writing, the decision to all member
institutions, no later than ten working days after FORM 12 was received by the Discipline / Eligibility Committee.
The written copy of the ruling follows the format outlined in A14, S26.
SECTION 5 – PROTESTS
See Article 14 Section 24
SECTION 6 - SPECIAL DISPENSATION
6.1
SPECIAL DISPENSATION
6.1.1
Special Dispensation may be granted in cases where an Association member or prospective member
requests to be exempt from a particular Association policy, procedure or rule. Requests for Special
Dispensation must be made as far in advance as possible of when they are required (see Article 17, Form
13). It is incumbent on the requesting Member to show in specific circumstances why the operating
procedures should be waived. Applications for Special Dispensation which are submitted after the rule
from which the dispensation being sought, has been violated, are OUT OF ORDER and will not be
considered. There is no appeal.
6.1.2
Any student athlete, institution employee, institutional representative team may request such a
dispensation from the Eligibility Committee or Executive where applicable. The Convenor or Eligibility
Committee will grant such dispensation as he/she/they may deem appropriate.
6.1.3
The resolution of requests for special dispensation will be adjudicated using the procedure outlined in
Article 10 Section 6.1.6
6.1.4
Decisions rendered on Special Dispensation are open to appeal by any Board Member under the
procedure outlined in Article 10, Section 7.
6.1.5
Special Dispensation may be applied for in a variety of situations, including but not limited to, season
ending injury, student transfer situations in cases where families are relocated (at a significant distance)
within the province, or other circumstances that are extraordinary and exceptional as direct result of the
actions of the BCCAA. Cases will be reviewed individually based on merit.
6.1.6
The procedures for adjudicating requests for Special Dispensation be as follows:
a)
The member making the request will provide all members and alternatives of the Eligibility
Committee, or Executive, with a written copy of all information pertinent to the request (see
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 6
Article 17, Form 13).
b)
The Eligibility Committee, or Executive, will consider the information presented, contact
anyone who may be able to provide additional information about the situation and within five
working days, render a decision. The Eligibility Committee Chair, or Executive member, will
communicate this decision to the parties involved immediately by phone, followed by
circulating a written copy on official letterhead to all members no later than two (2) working
days after the decision has been made.
SECTION 7 - APPEALS
Appeals are not for re-deciding matters. They are for correcting errors in decision-making. An appeal policy exists to make
sure that decision-makers make only those decisions they have the power to make, that decision makers are unbiased, and
that decisions are made fairly and according to the organization's policies and procedures. An Appellant cannot challenge a
decision simply because he or she disagrees with it. Allowing an Appellant to appeal a decision on its merits simply
because he/she doesn't like the outcome does a great disservice to those who made the decision in the first place. If any and
all decisions may be appealed, then decision-makers might as well not take the time and effort to make decisions diligently,
thoughtfully and fairly in the first place.
7.1
Appeals of all decisions except fines
7.1.1
Purpose
The purpose of this appeals policy is to enable disputes with members and participants to be dealt with
fairly, expeditiously and affordably, within the BCCAA, without recourse to external legal procedures.
7.1.2
Preamble
Special Dispensation rulings, proposed fines, and/or eligibility/discipline rulings are initially made by the
officer(s), Convenor, Eligibility or Discipline Committee given such authority as described in these
Operating Procedures. Subject to the limitations outlined below, these rulings may be appealed to the
Appeals Committee.
7.1.3
Fee
Any and all unsuccessful appeals (that is, the appealed ruling is upheld) will result in the appellant’s
institution being charged a $100.00 administrative fee.
7.1.4
Who Can Appeal:
Any member institution’s duly appointed representative” (see A2, S2.1), normally the Director of
Athletics, can, on behalf of a student-athlete, coach, institutional representative team appeal a decision as
set out herein as long as the following conditions are met:
7.1.4.1 the member institution must be a “member in good standing” within the Association;
7.1.4.1 the appeal must be signed and supported by the institution’s “duly appointed representative”
(see A2, S2.1), normally the Director of Athletics.
Note: Decisions can be appealed by any member meeting the criteria listed above, whether or not the
decision is directly related to their institution.
7.1.5
What Can Be Appealed:
7.1.5.1 Special Dispensation rulings,
7.1.5.2 eligibility rulings,
7.1.5.3 discipline rulings,
7.1.5.4 fines (see 7.2 below for fine appeal procedure).
7.1.6
What cannot be appealed:
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 7
7.1.6.1
7.1.6.2
7.1.6.3
7.1.6.4
7.1.6.5
Items listed in Article 10,
doping infractions as defined by the CCES,
requests for interpretation of the Constitution, Bylaws and/or Operating Procedures,
rules of the sport,
discipline or eligibility matters arising during events organized by entities other than that of the
BCCAA which are dealt with pursuant to the policies of these other entities,
7.1.6.6 the decision not to hear an appeal based on insufficient grounds,
7.1.6.7 the decision not to hear an appeal after the timeline for appeals expired.
7.1.7
Grounds for Appeal
Not every decision may be appealed. Decisions may only be appealed, and appeals may only be heard,
on procedural grounds. Procedural grounds are strictly limited to the Respondent:
7.1.7.1 Making a decision for which it did not have the authority or jurisdiction as set out in the
governing documents.
7.1.7.2 Failing to follow procedures as laid out in the Bylaws or Operating Code of the Association.
7.1.7.3 Making a decision that was influenced by bias. Where bias is defined [by SDRCC] as a lack of
neutrality to such an extent that the decision-maker is unable to consider other views or that the
decision was influenced by factors unrelated to the merits of the decision.
7.1.7.4 Exercising it’s discretion for an improper purpose; or
7.1.7.5 Making a decision that is grossly unreasonable.
7.1.8
Screening of Appeals
The three (3) member Appeals Committee will screen each request to determine if there are sufficient
grounds for appeal. The Chair of the Appeals Committee will hold a vote to determine if the members of
the Appeals Committee feel there are sufficient grounds for an appeal hearing. The decision shall be by a
majority vote and is final and binding.
7.1.9
Timing of Appeal
7.1.9.1 Members who wish to appeal a decision shall have three (3) working days from the date on
which the decision was sent, to submit to the President, a written notice of their intention to
appeal. This notice must include detailed reasons for the appeal, listing one or more of the
grounds identified above (use Form 14).
7.1.9.2
7.1.10
Any party wishing to initiate an appeal beyond the three (3) day period but within thirty (30)
calendar days from the date of circulation of the original ruling must provide a written request
stating reasons for an exemption to the three (3) day requirement. The decision to allow, or not
allow an appeal outside the three (3) day period will be at the sole discretion of the Appeals
Committee, and may not be appealed.
Appeals Committee
The Appeals Committee will be comprised of three members. The Executive (normally President, VP
Finance & VP Administration with the highest ranking member as Chair) will normally act as the
Appeals Committee except in cases that involve an Executive member's own institution, student-athlete
or coach. In such cases, the Executive member will remove him/herself from the decision-making
process and the remaining Executive will choose an uninvolved Executive or Board member to replace
the removed Executive member on the Appeals Committee. The Committee Chair will inform both
parties to the appeal of the Appeals Committee membership.
Note: Committee members are reminded that their only role on this committee is to act as a representative of the
BCCAA and to interpret BCCAA policy as currently detailed in the Operations Manual. If members feel
they cannot in good faith perform this singular role they are obligated to decline the request of
involvement with this process.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 8
7.1.11
Procedure
7.1.11.1 Members who wish to appeal a decision shall have three (3) working days from the date on
which the decision was sent, to submit to the President, a written notice of their intention to
appeal. This notice must include detailed reasons for the appeal, listing one or more of the
grounds identified above (use Form 14).
7.1.11.2 The Appellant also must notify the Officer, Convenor or Chair of the Committee that made the
initial ruling as well as the member(s) who was directly affected by the ruling. Any and all
supporting material which the appellant wants the Appeals Committee to consider, is to
immediately be faxed by the appellant to the all members of the Appeals Committee and the
parties involved in the initial decision (e.g., the Convenor and Committee Chair and the effected
member(s).
7.1.11.3 Within two (2) working days the Appeals Committee shall review the notice of appeal and
reasons for the appeal and shall decide whether or not there are sufficient grounds for an appeal.
This decision is discretionary and may not be appealed. Normally, this process will be
completed via conference call.
7.1.11.4 If the Appeals Committee is satisfied that there are not sufficient grounds for an appeal, the
Chair shall notify the appellant of this decision immediately by telephone, with a written
decision including rationale submitted to all involved parties and all members within three (3)
working days.
7.1.11.5 If the Appeals Committee is satisfied that there are sufficient grounds for an appeal, it shall
conduct a Hearing.
Note: Individuals, teams or member institutions effected by the ruling that is being appealed must abide
by the initial decision until the appeal ruling is made.
Note: If a student-athlete fails to meet the sport specific participation rule criteria (A12, S3) based on a
decision that was overruled at appeal, s/he can apply for Special Dispensation.
7.1.12
Hearings
The Appeals Committee will, by conference call, discuss the issue with each party and the Convenor or
the appropriate committee Chair, and/or any other individual or agency as he/she sees fit, and review the
documentation (including all documentation if any, submitted at the previous decision-making level).
7.1.12.1 Hearings will normally be conducted in the following order:
a) Opening Statement by Chair of the Appeals Committee
b) Statement by Appellant
c) Statement by Respondent (e.g. Chair or delegate of the ruling being appealed)
d) Questions by Appeals Committee
e) Final Statement by Respondent
f) Final Statement by Appellant
g) Closing Statement by Chair of the Appeals Committee
Note:
Should either of the parties involved in the case be a student-athlete, they will be informed by
the Committee Chair at the time the conference call arrangements are being made, that they may have an
advocate accompany them on the call should they so desire. If the student-athlete is a minor, they must be
accompanied by a responsible adult (this can include a parent, athletic director, or coach etc.). Said
advocate/responsible adult is there to act as a resource for the student-athlete but cannot speak on their
behalf.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 9
7.2
7.1.13
Appeal Decision
Within five (5) working days of the hearing, the Appeals Committee will issue its ruling and circulate a
written copy to all members (including all members of the Eligibility and Discipline Committee). The
Chair of the Appeals Committee will immediately telephone the appellant, the other affected party, and
the Convenor or appropriate committee Chair and inform them of the Appeals Committee's ruling. The
written copy of the ruling will follow the Ruling Format as described in these Operating Procedures. The
Appeals Committee may decide:
a.
To reject the appeal and confirm and/or vary the decision being appealed; or
b.
To uphold the appeal and/or vary the decision.
c.
To uphold or reject the appeal and send the decision back to the committee Chair to have it
written up appropriately.
7.1.14
Timelines
If the circumstances of the dispute are such that this policy will not allow a timely appeal, or if the
circumstances of the disputes are such the appeal cannot be concluded within the timelines dictated in
this policy, the Appeals Committee may direct that these timelines be revised.
7.1.15
Types of Appeals
Normally, appeals are handled via conference call.
7.1.16
Final and Binding
The decision of the Appeals Committee will be final and binding on the parties and on all members of
the BCCAA.
7.1.17
Approval of Policy
This policy was first approved by the Board of Directors of the BCCAA on August 28, 2003. It will be
reviewed from time to time by the Board and may be amended, deleted or replaced by a resolution of the
Board.
7.1.18
Written Format
See A14, S26 for approved “written ruling” format. Normally, all written rulings will adhere to this
format.
Appeal of Fines
NOTE: Some fines cannot be appealed (see A10, S3).
7.2.1.
Normally, recommended fines are contained in Meeting Reports all of which, except VP Finance, must
be circulated 2 weeks prior to meeting. Members wishing to appeal a recommended fine must do so
within five (5) working days of receipt of the Report containing the recommended fine, by submitting to
the VP Administration with copies to all Executive members, a correctly completed copy of form 16.
7.2.2
The Appeals Committee will arrange time at, or prior to, the WBM/AGM to review and rule on all
appealed fines.
7.2.3
Members wishing to appeal fines recommended by the VP Finance and all other fines levied at a Board
Meeting but not included in pre-meeting reports which may be appealed (see A10, S 3) must do so within
five (5) working days of the meeting by submitting to the VP Administration with copies to all Executive
members, a correctly completed copy of form 16. In these cases only, the Appeals Committee may take
up to thirty (30) working days to respond to the Appeal.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 10
SECTION 8 - CODE OF ETHICS (Added Dec/87)
The BCCAA is committed to the highest ethical behavior in all of its activities. Inter-collegiate athletics must be infused
with values that are based on a sound educational experience. The intellectual challenge and practical, educational
orientation provided by all Canadian post secondary institutions should be supplemented by a variety of other opportunities
to allow for the full development of the students' potential. Intercollegiate athletics is one such opportunity. Consequently,
student-athletes are entitled to responsible professional leadership from coaches, directors of athletics and post secondary
administrators. In turn, student-athletes are expected to maintain the highest standards of personal conduct and respect for
both the letter and spirit of the rules that define and govern their respective institution and their sport. A Code of Ethics to
influence the action and conduct of those who provide leadership in the sphere of athletics is presented below as a
guideline.
The following principles and guidelines are intended for all BCCAA members as they reflect values, attitudes and
behaviors desired and expected of BCCAA members at all times: integrity, honesty, fair play, self discipline, personal
responsibility and personal growth.
8.1
Leadership Expectations
8.1.1
Directors of athletics and coaches are expected to share with game officials the orderly conduct of any
athletic events:
8.1.1.1
by acknowledging the authority of officials in a contest and by relating to them in a positive and
respectful manner.
8.1.1.2
by exercising control over student-athletes in their charge and serving as a stabilizing agent
during contentious moments of any game.
8.1.1.3
by exercising control of their own conduct so as to avoid inciting student-athletes, officials and
spectators.
8.1.1.4
by conducting themselves at all times in a manner which is appropriate to the responsibilities of
their respective positions.
8.1.2
Directors of athletics and coaches are expected to maintain the academic integrity of their programs
through adherence to all academic requirements of their institutions and conference.
8.1.3
Directors of athletics and coaches shall make every effort to ensure that student-athletes and other
participants conduct themselves in a manner that reflects a positive image of the institution they
represent, the BCCAA and the Canadian Colleges Athletic Association (CCAA).
8.1.4
It is the moral and ethical responsibility of the director of athletics and the coach to be completely
cognizant of the spirit and intent of all BCCAA and CCAA Operating Procedures, in particular, all
Eligibility Rules and anti-doping policies governing intercollegiate athletics and it is their professional
responsibility to convey to all student-athletes the rationale and philosophical persuasion of any rule in
question. It is expected that representatives of an institution will treat all participants in sport equitably
and abstain from and refuse to tolerate all forms of harassment.
8.1.5
Directors of athletics and coaches shall support and strive for the highest level of professional
development in such areas as coaching certification.
8.1.6
Directors of athletics and coaches should engender respect for the local, provincial and national rules and
policies under which intercollegiate athletics is conducted.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 11
8.1.7
8.2
It is the moral and ethical responsibility of all directors of athletics to inform a member institution, the
Sport Convenor and VP Technical if there is any question concerning the use of an ineligible player or
the violation of the regulations as soon as s/he is aware of one.
Student-Athlete Expectations
8.2.1
Student-athletes are expected to act at all times with integrity when interacting with other studentathletes, coaches, volunteers, officials and public, in general.
8.2.2
Student-athletes must maintain the highest standards of personal conduct and support the principles of
fair play.
8.2.3
Student-athletes shall be responsible in ensuring that they are not involved in any activities which may
result in the theft, or misuse of, or damage to, property of host institutions, hotels or public/private
carriers.
8.2.4
A CODE OF ETHICS FOR ATHLETES
I believe that the true essence of sport is to strive for personal achievement and excellence through full
and honest effort.
I am committed to participating in sport with integrity, and to striving to win only by legitimate means.
I pledge to learn, understand and adhere to both the written rules of my sport and the spirit and intent of
fair play.
I believe that violence and physical intimidation are harmful in sport, and I refuse to use such tactics in
an attempt to gain unfair advantage.
I understand that officials, teammates and opponents are all integral to sport and are worthy of my
respect.
It is my responsibility to maintain self-control.
I will accept official's decisions without argument, play aggressively but without hostility, and behave
graciously in triumph or defeat
8.3
Public Image of Intercollegiate Athletics
It is understood that all decisions arrived at through the democratic process may not be completely satisfactory or
be completely acceptable to all directors of athletics or to all coaches. Regardless of any personal feelings or
beliefs one may harbour pertaining to a particular matter, it is expected that the individual concerned will follow
due process to achieve any desired change. It is important for the continual development and credibility of
intercollegiate athletics that all differences are settled via the procedures provided herein and that a united and
supportive position is projected at all times to the general public and news media.
8.3.1
All BCCAA members shall project an image that reflects the values of the BCCAA to student-athletes,
coaches, officials, spectators, families, alumni, media and the general public.
8.3.2
Participating teams, hosts and BCCAA representatives shall conduct themselves in a manner, which
reflects a positive image of the institution, and/or the association they represent.
8.3.3
It is most important for the continual development and credibility of intercollegiate athletics that all
differences are settled in an appropriate and professional manner. BCCAA, directors of athletics,
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 12
coaches or student-athletes who express grievances or disagreements via sources or channels not
prescribed by the BCCAA should expect to be sanctioned for such action.
8.4
8.3.4
It is expected that at all BCCAA league, exhibition and playoff competitions, Coaches, Assistant
Coaches and bench personnel adhere to an appropriate “Dress Code”. The following items will not be
allowed: T-shirts with derogatory wording/messages, sandals, ball caps (soccer exempt), and jeans.
8.3.5
The BCCAA does not support the consumption of alcohol by minors at anytime. Although the BCCAA
recognizes that consumption of alcohol may take place outside of the competition site by student-athletes
of legal age, the BCCAA strongly discourages irresponsible use of alcohol by any student-athlete.
8.3.6
The BCCAA does not condone the possession or use of illicit drugs. The BCCAA fully supports the
CCAA and the CCES anti-doping policy as well as the need for drug awareness and education for all
young people. The BCCAA works diligently to create an environment where the spirit of sport prevails
and the health of the student-athlete is paramount.
Recruiting
8.4.1
BCCAA student-athletes currently attending a BCCAA member institution shall not be contacted by
another institution’s coach, athletic director or representative unless the student-athlete initiates the
contact, in which case the student-athlete’s director of athletics is to be informed immediately.
8.4.2
It is considered a violation of Code of Ethics for a director of athletics or a coach to speak disparagingly
of another person or institution, in order to persuade a student-athlete to attend his/her institution or for
any reason.
8.4.3
In the case of a potential transfer of a BCCAA student-athlete to another post-secondary sport
association (e.g., CIS) the initial contact shall be between the directors of athletics. The contact will be a
consultative process to establish appropriate timelines for student-athlete contact and athlete suitability.
These timelines DO NOT INCLUDE Provincial or National Championships. BCCAA student-athletes
shall not be contacted by another post-secondary sport association at anytime during their respective
sport’s Provincial or National Championships.
8.4.4
Prior to approaching a high school student-athlete, it necessary that the director of athletics or
institutional representative first contact the parent, or a high school representative of the prospective
student.
8.4.5
Administrators, coaches or other affiliated persons are not to recruit head or assistant coaches or other
staff members currently employed by another member institution without first informing the AD who is
currently employing the coach or staff person.
8.5
VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES
NOTE: Refer to Article 10, Section 3
8.6
See also Article 1, Section 3 of the CCAA Operating Code.
SECTION 9 - DISCIPLINE COMMITTEE
See Article 4, Section 7 NOTE:
9.1
Committee Structure and current members
The Discipline Committee will be made up of five (5) members of who three (3) will be necessary to form a
committee to rule on discipline issues. The appointments of members will be ratified for a two year term at the
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 13
AGM.
The chairperson will co-ordinate committee meetings and comply with the other responsibilities as outlined in A4,
S8.
Current members are located in the directory.
9.2
Terms of Reference
9.2.1
9.3
The Committee shall determine consequences for all violations (with the exception of matters pertaining
to eligibility) of the Operating Procedures, Bylaws or Constitution. The Discipline Committee shall be
solely responsible for investigation any and all alleged violations (as described in Article 10, Section 3).
This includes the right and permission to conduct interviews with relevant officials, institutional staff,
student-athletes, coaches and bystanders. Only matters that are sent to the committee in written form will
be processed by the committee
Procedures
9.3.1
All requests for investigation of alleged violations must be sent in writing with available supporting
documentation directly to all committee members and the VP Admin. by the concerned party. The parties
concerned are permitted to provide a written response(s) to any information that has been submitted to
the discipline committee including that of which was collected by way of an investigation within 24
hours of receiving the information from the Discipline Committee Chair.
9.3.2
The Chair of the Discipline Committee will review all discipline cases on Monday and recommend to the
committee any cases that s/he feels should have a hearing. Any discipline committee member can request
that a hearing be held for any case.
9.3.3
The Committee will follow the process as outlined in Article 10 Section 4 and Article 10 Section 7.1.12.
9.3.4
The Discipline Committee will issue a written ruling (as per the timelines specified in A10, S4) on every
case brought to its attention. This includes ejected player/coach situations (A14, S1) in which the
Discipline Committee rules that the “automatic minimum one game” suspension is sufficient.
9.3.5
In a case where extenuating circumstances (e.g.: unsuccessful attempts to contact game officials etc)
prevent the committee from meeting the ruling deadline, the chair of the committee shall telephone the
effected AD(s) and VP Admin. and indicate by when the ruling will be made as per A10 S7.1.14.
Note: Individuals, teams or member institutions effected by the ruling that is being appealed must abide
by the initial decision until the appeal ruling is made.
9.4
Options
The Discipline Committee Chair will recommend to the Discipline Committee one of the following:
1.
The action warrents a one (1) game automatic suspension and therefore no hearing is required and no appeal
will be heard or,
2.
The action may warrant an additional penalty and therefore a hearing is required
NOTE: If any member of the Discipline Committee feels that a hearing should be held and the Discipline Chair
did not recommend a hearing, the Discipline Committee member may request to the Chair that a hearing be held.
Hearings will automatically be held at the request of one or more of the Committee members.
9.4.1
The Athletic Director of the Institution whose student athlete’s attendance is requested at the hearing will
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 10 - Page 14
normally be notified by Tuesday at 12:00 pm
9.5
9.6
Discipline Guidelines
9.5.1
To be consistent with the BCCAA operations manual - Article 6, 10, 14, & 18.
9.5.2
See also Article 4 Section 7
Weekly Conference Call
In an effort to streamline the Discipline process each week, the Discipline Committee is adopting the following
guidelines.
Weekly conference call:
Dial
Call time will not be altered
When: Wednesday at 10 am
Who:
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
Access code # (don’t forget the #)
All Discipline Committee members or alternates as required
Student-athletes or coaches involved in current discipline cases. It is the responsibility of the Athletic
Director of the Institution represented by the player or coach who has been ejected to ensure that the
player and/or coach is available for the conference call. Note: Persons not present on the call at the
scheduled time and date will have no other opportunity to speak to the issue.
Officials involved in the current discipline cases as requested by the committee.
Witnesses, ONLY IF requested by the Discipline Committee.
Other individuals, such as Athletic Directors or Event Managers ONLY IF requested by the Discipline
Committee.
Procedures:
¾ It is critically important that all member institutions follow correct procedures regarding discipline cases.
If a player is ejected from a game, a completed Form 30 must be circulated by the host institution to the
Sport Convenor, the institution of the person involved in the incident and all members of the Discipline
Committee by 12:30 pm on the first working day after the incident occurred. Failure to do so results in
the Discipline Committee having a difficult time doing their job and a $100.00 fine to the host institution.
¾ Investigation. It is important that investigation of discipline cases be carried out by Discipline Committee
members only. It is not appropriate or acceptable for Athletic Director’s, coaches, players or anyone else
involved in cases to contact game officials for information.
Rulings:
¾ Normally, rulings will be circulated via e-mail to all members by 4:30 pm on Wednesday.
¾ A phone call will be made to the Athletic Director of each institution that has a player or coach affected
by a discipline ruling to ensure that they have received the information.
NOTE: See A14, S26 for approved "written ruling" format.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: June 15, 2009
Article 11 - Page 1
ARTICLE 11 - ASSOCIATION SPORTS
SECTION 1 - MAJOR AND MINOR SPORTS
1.1
Definitions
MAJOR sports are defined by the following criteria:
- at least 5 members' representative teams participating
- a minimum of 4 competitive events
MINOR sports are defined by the following criteria:
- at least 4 member's representative teams participating
NB. Both major and minor sports are governed by the Association's Eligibility rules.
1.2
Major Sports
The Association sanctions as MAJOR sports the following:
1.3
LEAGUE -
Basketball (M & W)
Soccer (M & W)
Volleyball (M & W)
TOURNAMENT -
Badminton (M & W & Mixed)
Golf (M & W)
Minor Sports
Not a sanctioned league
1.4
Cross Country Running
Adding New Sports
Additional sports may be sanctioned by the Association Board if:
a)
verbal commitment, noted in the minutes of the AGM or Winter Board Meeting, by a minimum of
four (4) member schools, to participate on an exhibition status during the sports specific
competitive season of the coming academic year.
b)
the appointment of an interim convenor at the same meeting who shall complete the following
tasks:
i)
develop and distribute sport specific rules to all member institutions at least two weeks
prior to the next Board Meeting.
ii)
develop and distribute a league schedule and playoff format to all member institutions at
least two weeks prior to the next Board Meeting.
c)
after one successful season of exhibition status competition, assuming that all requirements for
full sport status as outlined in Article 11, Section 1, the Board shall vote, to sanction said sport as
a major or minor sport depending on its status.
d)
sanctioning requires a simple majority vote of Board.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 1
ARTICLE 12 - ELIGIBILITY REGULATIONS
NOTE: Grandfather clause in effect until September 1, 2006
Student-athletes wishing to regain academic eligibility from either the 2002-03, 2003-04 or 2004-05 academic year, are
subject to eligibility rules as per the 2004-05 academic year (i.e. successful completion of 9 credit hours within a single
semester, as stated: The student-athlete has met the Education Criteria in any single semester after participating and
failing to complete nine (9) credit hours or equivalent whether attending a member or non-member institution.
Beginning September 1, 2010 the BCCAA will adopt the CCAA eligibility rules as they pertain to
successful academic progress (CCAA Article 5 Section 8.2). This language will replace BCCAA Article
12 Section 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6. Effective September 1, 2011, the BCCAA will adopt the CCAA Eligibility
Rules as they pertain to Reinstating Academic Eligibility (CCAA Article 5 Section 8.3).
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
1.1
The institution’s BCCAA Board Representative is ultimately responsible for confirming eligibility of their
institution’s student-athletes.
1.2
The Registrar’s signature is required on the Eligibility Sheet to confirm that:
(a) the information contained there is accurate, and
(b) that s/he has deemed the academic workload being taken that semester by each student-athlete is, as a
minimum, equivalent in workload to 9 credit hours.
(c) that s/he has deemed each student-athlete is in good standing as outlined below
1.3
Student Athlete Participation – for definitions of one and two semester sport participation, see Article 1
1.4
Soccer Only
a)
For all league and exhibition "in season" competition, as defined in this Operating Manual, all
participating student-athletes must satisfy the Eligibility Regulations. For "scrimmages" and “out
–of-season” competition as defined in this Operating Manual, participants do not need to be
"eligible", nor do they use eligibility , nor do they have to be registered post-secondary students.
“In season” see Article 1, Section 1 for definition.
1.5
Basketball & Volleyball Only
a)
For "scrimmages" as defined in these procedures, participants do not need to be "eligible", nor
do they use eligibility, nor do they have to be registered post-secondary students.
b)
For all league and exhibition competition, with the exception of inter-semester competition, as
defined in these procedures, all participating student-athletes must satisfy the Eligibility
Regulations.
c)
A student-athlete may participate in four (4) of a member institution’s pre-season (prior to first
scheduled league game/match) non-conference games/matches without being charged with a
year of eligibility. While not being charged with using eligibility, participants must meet
eligibility requirements.
1.6
All changes to eligibility rules and sport specific rules that impact eligibility shall include an effective start date
and will have a minimum of six (6) months implementation period, unless passed unanimously. Unanimous
changes will take effect immediately.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 2
SECTION 2 - CRITERIA
2.1
Institutional Criteria
The institution must be a member in good standing with the Association
2.2.1
Course Load Requirements
A student-athlete is eligible to participate on an Association member's representative teams, if and only if, the
following criteria are met:
The student-athlete is enrolled in a minimum workload totaling no less than nine credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by institutional Registrar) in the institution that they are representing at the time of competition, in
each semester in which they are participating. In the case of in-season competition, all course(s) must be “in
progress”.
NOTE – A student-athlete may count re-taken courses that were previously passed towards their eligibility
requirements. Athletic Directors should be aware that student-athletes can only re-take courses in order to better
their grade/GPA and improve their academic status. Re-taking courses for reasons which contravene the values of
the BCCAA outlined in Article 10 Section 8 can be subject to a Code of Ethics Violation.
2.2.1.1 Full Time Status for Student-Athlete(s) with a disability
a)
The student-athlete must be registered with the institution’s Disability Services Office and have
provided the necessary documentation to the institution;
b) The institution’s Disability Services Office provides a written recommendation to the Athletic
Director and Registrar that this student’s course load should be considered full time equivalent;
c)
The institution’s Registrar must agree with this recommendation and must deem the student’s
course load to be full-time equivalent (FTE) on the eligibility form.
2.2.1.2 Collaborative Programs Involving Two Institutions
2.2.1.2.1
A student-athlete taking a course(s) or program (e.g. rural teacher education
program) that is offered by a different institution, but is delivered on the campus of
the institution that the student-athlete wishes to participate for, can participate
provided that they meet the following conditions:
a)
The student has no opportunity to participate (in that sport) with the institution
that their course(s) or program is registered with because of the geographical
distance between the two institutions;
b) The course or program is based on a collaborative partnership between the
two institutions’;
c) The student has the opportunity to access to student services (eg. library,
disability, counseling etc.) at the institution that the student-athlete wishes to
participate at.
d) The Registrar of the participating institution confirms with the partnered
institution’s Registrar that the student-athlete is eligible to participate.
e) The student-athlete has not participated for the other partnered institution in
any sport in the same academic year.
2.2.1.2.2
A student-athlete that is taking a course(s) or program (e.g. collaborative nursing
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 3
program), but that course(s) or program is being taught or delivered at a different
institution, can participate provided that they meet the following conditions:
a) The course(s) or program is based on a collaborative partnership between the
two institutions’;
b) The student-athlete has been accepted into the program or registered for the
course(s) through the institution that the student-athlete wishes to participate with.
The student-athlete must declare in writing the institution for which they will
participate for the current year prior to tryouts
c) The student-athlete has not participated for the other partnered institution in
any sport in the same academic year.
2.3
Academic Standing – One-Semester Sport Participation (with no previous post-secondary participation)
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.4
Academic Standing – Two-Semester Sport Participation (with no previous post-secondary participation)
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.5
In order to be eligible for competition, a student-athlete with no previous post-secondary participation,
must be enrolled in a minimum workload totaling no less than nine credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by institutional Registrar) in the institution that they are representing at the time of
competition, in each semester in which they are participating.
A student-athlete who successfully completes a minimum of 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) during the academic semester in which they participated, is a Student in
Good Standing.
Note: "Incomplete" or failed courses, which are under appeal, are not considered to have been
"successfully completed”
A student-athlete, who enrolls full-time for academic study at any member institution in January or who
begins participating in January, and who successfully completes a minimum of 9 credit hours (or
equivalent as deemed by the institution’s Registrar) in a single semester prior to September of that year,
is a Student in Good Standing.
A student athlete, who after participation, is not a Student in Good Standing, is now considered under the
One Semester Sport Participation (with previous post-secondary participation). See 2.5 below.
In order to be eligible for competition, a student-athlete with no previous post-secondary participation,
must be enrolled in a minimum workload totaling no less than nine credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by institutional Registrar) in the institution that they are representing at the time of
competition, in each semester in which they are participating.
A student-athlete must pass a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as deemed by the institution’s
Registrar) in the September-December semester to be eligible for the January-April semester
Note: "Incomplete" or failed courses, which are under appeal, are not considered to have been
"successfully completed."
A student-athlete who successfully completes a minimum of 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) during the Academic Year in which they participated, is a Student in Good
Standing.
Academic Standing - One-Semester Sport Participation (with previous post-secondary participation)
2.5.1
A student-athlete who successfully completes a minimum of 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) during the academic semester in which they participated, is a Student in
Good Standing.
Note: "Incomplete" or failed courses, which are under appeal, are not considered to have been
"successfully completed."
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 4
2.5.2
In order to be eligible for competition, a student-athlete who has attended and been charged with a year
of eligibility (Article 12, Sections 3 and 4) must be a Student in Good Standing.
2.5.3
Any student-athlete who is ineligible to compete because the student-athlete is no longer a Student in
Good Standing, must successfully complete within a single academic semester a total of 9 credit hours
(or equivalent as deemed by the institution’s Registrar).
2.5.4
Any student-athlete who has been required to withdraw by their institution (eg. academic suspension) can
compete immediately upon successfully competing 9 credit hours within a single semester at any postsecondary institution.
2.5.5
A student-athlete who regains eligibility for January (January-April semester) and begins participation at
that time and who successfully completes a minimum of 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by
the institution’s Registrar) in a single semester prior to September of that year, is a Student in Good
Standing.
2.5.6
A student-athlete, who begins participation in January of any year and who successfully completes a
minimum of 9 credit hours (or equivalent as deemed by the institution’s Registrar) in a single semester
prior to September of that year, is a Student in Good Standing.
2.5.7
A student-athlete who participated in only one semester (September-December or January-April) of a two
semester sport must have completed 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s
Registrar) in the semester in which they participated to be a student good standing.
2.5.8
A student-athlete who regained their eligibility by passing 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) in the September - December semester in order to be eligible for the
following January – April semester will be considered a one-semester sport participation student athlete
in the January – April semester and will be required to pass nine credit hours in that semester to remain in
good academic standing.
2.5.9
A student-athlete who participated in the September-December semester of a two-semester sport and did
not complete a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s Registrar) in
that semester is no longer in good standing, and must complete 18 credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by the institution’s Registrar) within an academic year to be a Student in Good Standing. (See
also Article 12 2.6.8)
2.5.9.1 Any credits passed in the Sept-Dec. semester noted above, can be included in the 18 credit
requirement (e.g., a student-athlete who passed three credits in Sept-Dec. semester, is ineligible for JanApril semester and must pass an additional 15 credits prior to Sept. 1 of the next year in order to be
eligible)
2.5.10
A student-athlete who participated in the September-December semester of a two-semester sport and
completed a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s Registrar) in that
semester, but chose not to participate in (January-April semester, must still complete 18 credit hours (or
equivalent as determined by the institution’s Registrar) within that academic year to be a student good
standing. (See also Article 12 2.6.9)
2.5.10.1 Any credits passed in the Sept-Dec. semester noted above, can be included in the 18 credit
requirement (e.g., a student-athlete who passed three credits in Sept-Dec. semester, is ineligible for JanApril semester and must pass an additional 15 credits prior to Sept. 1 of the next year in order to be
eligible)
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 5
2.6
Academic Standing - Two-Semester Sport (Participation with previous post-secondary participation)
2.6.1
A student-athlete who successfully completes a minimum of 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) during the Academic Year in which they participated, is a Student in Good
Standing.
NOTE: "Incomplete" or failed courses, which are under appeal, are not considered to have been
"successfully completed."
2.6.2
In order to be eligible for competition, a student-athlete who has attended and been charged with a year
of eligibility (Article 12, Sections 3 and 4) in a recognized BCCAA sport, must have been a Student in
Good Standing.
2.6.3
In a single academic year, a student-athlete must pass a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as
deemed by the institution’s Registrar) in the September-December semester to be eligible for the JanuaryApril semester
NOTE: "Incomplete" or failed courses, which are under appeal, are not considered to have been
"successfully completed."
2.6.4
Any student-athlete who is ineligible to compete because the student-athlete is no longer a Student in
Good Standing, must successfully complete within an Academic Year, a total of 18 credit hours (or
equivalent as deemed by the institution’s Registrar).
2.6.5
A student-athlete who regains eligibility for the January-April semester, and begins participation at that
time, and who successfully completes a minimum of 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the
institution’s Registrar) in a single semester prior to September of that year, is a Student in Good
Standing.
2.6.6
A student-athlete, who begins participation in January and who successfully completes a minimum of 9
credit hours (or equivalent as deemed by the institution’s Registrar) in a single semester prior to
September of that year, is a Student in Good Standing.
2.6.7
A student-athlete who participated in the September-December semester of a two-semester sport and did
not complete a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s Registrar) in
that semester is no longer in good standing, and must complete 18 credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by the institution’s Registrar) within an academic year to be a student good standing.
2.6.8
A student-athlete who participated in the September-December semester of a two-semester sport and
completed a minimum of 6 credit hours but less than 9 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the
institution’s Registrar) in that semester, but chose not to participate in (January-April semester, must still
complete 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s Registrar) within that academic
year to be a student good standing. A student-athlete who passes a minimum of 9 credit hours in the
semester in which they participated in, is deemed to be a Student in Good Standing.
2.6.8.1 Any credits passed in the Sept-Dec. semester noted above, can be included in the 18 credit
requirement (e.g., a student-athlete who passed three credits in Sept-Dec. semester, is ineligible for JanApril semester and must pass an additional 15 credits prior to Sept. 1 of the next year in order to be
eligible).
2.6.9
A student-athlete who participated in more than one sport in the September-December semester and the
January-April semester of the same academic year must complete 18 credit hours (or equivalent as
determined by the institution’s Registrar) within that academic year to be a student good standing.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 6
2.6.9.1 Any credits passed in the Sept-Dec. semester noted above, can be included in the 18 credit
requirement (e.g., a student-athlete who passed three credits in Sept-Dec. semester, is ineligible for JanApril semester and must pass an additional 15 credits prior to Sept. 1 of the next year in order to be
eligible).
2.6.10
A student-athlete who participated in both a one-semester sport and a two-semester sport in the
September-December semester must complete a minimum of 6 credit hours (or equivalent as determined
by the institution’s Registrar) in that semester to be eligible for the January-April semester of the same
year, and must complete a minimum of 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the institution’s
Registrar) within that academic year to be a student good standing.
2.6.11
A student-athlete who participated in both a one-semester sport and a two-semester sport in the
September-December semester but did not complete 6 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the
institution’s Registrar) in that semester must complete 18 credit hours (or equivalent as determined by the
institution’s Registrar) within an academic year to be a student good standing.
2.6.11.1 Any credits passed in the Sept-Dec. semester noted above, can be included in the 18 credit
requirement (e.g., a student-athlete who passed three credits in Sept-Dec. semester, is ineligible for JanApril semester and must pass an additional 15 credits prior to Sept. 1 of the next year in order to be
eligible).
2.7
Alternate Delivery Courses
NOTE: Alternative delivery courses are defined in Article 1.
Alternate delivery courses, in which the student-athlete is registered, can be applied towards the minimum credit
hour totals. These courses may comprise a full course load and must be verified by the Registrar. The alternate
delivery courses must be offered by the institution the student-athlete is representing at the time of competition.
2.8
Other Courses
NOTE: Only courses that are eligible for federal or provincial assistance (e.g. BC/Canada Student Loans,
ABESAP) can be considered as a part of a student’s eligibility workload.
2.8.1
Student-athletes enrolled and in a course(s) that is/are currently in progress with an institution's
apprentice trades, co-op, or other programs whereby grades are assigned, but no credit given, will have
credit equivalency determined by the institution’s Registrar and will be eligible to participate with the
following applications:
a) Trades - Pre employment and Apprentice
Student-athletes must be enrolled and in a course(s) that is/are currently “in progress”, and meet all
eligibility criteria as defined herein in order to participate in BCCAA and/or CCAA competition, in the
term in which they are competing.
b) Co-op/Work term
Student athletes who are currently considered a Student in Good Standing and who are registered in a coop program and on a recognized work term through the institution they are enrolled in are eligible to
compete during their work term.
NOTE: Work Terms
i) A work term cannot be used to regain eligibility status for a student who did not meet the eligibility
criteria in a previous academic year. This applies to both One and Two Semester Sport Participants.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 7
2.9
Student-Athlete(s) Registered at and/or Attending Two Post Secondary Institutions
For the purpose of athletic participation a student-athlete registered and/or attending two or more post secondary
institutions shall belong to one institution based on the following criteria:
a) The greatest number of registered credits or equivalent (contact hours) between the two institutions, in the term
in which they are competing.
b) If equal credits between two or more institutions, then the student-athlete must make a decision (submitted in
writing to the VP Admin., the respective Sport Convenor(s) and the Athletic Directors of both institutions) and
declare prior to the “First Official” day of tryouts (See Article 1), as to where they will compete for that academic
year.
NOTE: In this situation, student-athletes must be enrolled, and successfully complete at the institution they have
previously chosen to represent for that academic year, a minimum of eighteen (18) credit hours or equivalent in
order to be eligible for the following academic year.
NOTE: On the “First Official Day of Tryouts”, as defined in Article 1, student athletes are to sign FORM 28
indicating their commitment to their current institution.
SECTION 3 – PARTICIPATION
3.1
Athletic Participation Rule
A student-athlete must compete in one (1) regular league games/matches prior to the deadline date listed below in
order to be eligible to compete in Association playoffs and championships.
October 1 (Soccer, Golf and Cross Country) and January 31 (Basketball and Volleyball)
3.1.1
For the purposes of this item, “compete” is defined as having the student-athlete’s name appear on the
official game sheet.
In a case where the student-athlete is unable to compete due to injury, this must be designated on the
game sheet by placing “INJ” to the right of the student-athlete’s name.
3.2
3.1.2
In all cases, it is the Head Coaches’ responsibility to ensure that all the appropriate names are on the
game sheet prior to her/him signing it. Further, it is the responsibility of the AD to immediately request
Special Dispensation for any errors or omissions of names on any previously signed and submitted game
sheet.
3.1.3
Eligibility Committee rulings on requests for Special Dispensation which have the potential to effect
playoff rosters must be circulated to all members not less than five (5) working days prior to the start of
Provincial Championships. The Eligibility Committee has ten (10) working days (see A12, S 7.3.2) to
make a ruling therefore, it is the AD’s responsibility to submit requests for dispensation in time to meet
both deadlines listed above. Late submissions, or submissions that cannot be ruled on in time, will be
ruled OUT OF ORDER and denied. There is no appeal. See A17 for “perfect examples” of sport specific
game sheets.
3.1.4
No student-athlete’s name can be added for the first time to a roster following the cut-off date for the
sport specific participation rule. That is, a student-athlete who will not be eligible for provincial playoffs
after the cutoff date as determined annually by the Association.
Participation During the Inter-semester
NOTE: Participation in a single exhibition or league game/match/event during the inter-semester constitutes the
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 8
use of one year of eligibility.
3.2.1
For a student-athlete who has been a registered full-time student in the September-December semester
and has participated in BCCAA competition:
3.2.1.1
The student-athlete remains eligible for exhibition or league games/matches/events that occur in
the inter-semester period provided that they are registered or is intending to register for the
January-April Semester.
3.2.1.2
If a student-athlete participates in competitions during the inter-semester period and
subsequently does is not registered for the January-April Semester:
i)
ii)
iii)
N.B.
3.2.1.3
The student-athlete is considered to have participated if their name appears on any
game sheet during the inter-semester period
If a student-athlete participates in competitions during the inter-semester period and is registered
for the January-April Semester at the time of competition, and subsequently withdraws:
i)
ii)
3.2.2
The student-athlete will not be eligible for further participation in that academic year.
The member team involved will forfeit any wins for games/events where the studentathlete participated in the inter-semester period.
The student-athlete will be deemed to have used one year of eligibility.
The student-athlete is deemed to have used one year of eligibility
The student-athlete will be subject to the guidelines contained in Article 12 in order to
become eligible
For a student-athlete who is newly registering for the January-April Semester or the student-athlete who
is attempting to regain their academic eligibility:
3.2.2.1
Provided that the student-athlete is either pre-registered or intending to register for the JanuaryApril Semester, and is in good academic standing they may participate in the inter-semester
period exhibition or league competition.
3.2.2.2
If a student-athlete participates in competition during the inter-semester period and subsequently
does not register for the January-April Semester at the same school:
i)
ii)
iii)
3.2.2.3
The student-athlete will not be eligible for further participation in that academic year.
The member team involved will forfeit any wins for games/events where the studentathlete participated in the inter-semester period.
The student-athlete will be deemed to have used one year of eligibility.
If a student-athlete participates in competitions during the inter-semester period and is registered
for the January-April Semester at the time of competition, and subsequently withdraws:
i)
ii)
The student-athlete is deemed to have used one year of eligibility
The student-athlete will be subject to the guidelines contained in Article 12 in order to
become eligible
N.B. The student-athlete is considered to have participated if their name appears on any game sheet
during the inter-semester period
3.3
Playoff Eligibility: See Article 12 Section 3 and Article 14, Section 19
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 9
3.3.1
To participate in the Provincial and National Championships, student athletes must meet both BCCAA
and CCAA eligibility criteria.
SECTION 4 - YEARS OF ELIGIBILITY
NOTE: Student-athletes competing for a member institution in a club sport, with no avenue to an intercollegiate Provincial
or National Championship, will not use a year of eligibility even if they compete against a BCCAA team in
exhibition play.
Requests for re-instatement of eligibility, where the years in question occurred within another league or
conference (e.g. CIS, ACAC, NAIA, etc) must be made to the league or conference where the year of eligibility
was played. These rulings will be honored by the BCCAA.
4.1
A student who has completed five (5) years in intercollegiate athletics at the post secondary school level will not
be eligible to compete in the BCCAA.
4.2
A student-athlete whose name appears on any official game sheet/start list, in an Association sport, shall have used
one year of eligibility if the team on which s/he competed represented that institution in a BCCAA league or
exhibition game/event as defined in Section 1.
4.2.1
Having one’s name appear on an Eligibility Form does not necessarily constitute the use of one year of
eligibility. Having one’s name appear on an official game sheet in a league or exhibition game/event in
an Association sport does constitute use of eligibility, as defined in Section 1.
4.3
Participation in any Association sport constitutes the use of one year of eligibility for all sports for that academic
year.
4.4
A student-athlete participating in more than one Association sport, during the course of a normal September- April
Academic Year, shall have used only one year of eligibility.
4.5
Student-athletes competing for a member institution that is completing its exhibition year requirement for
membership admission do not lose a year's eligibility.
SECTION 5 - DOCUMENTATION OF ELIGIBILITY
5.1
General
5.1.1
A CCAA eligibility form must be completed by each member institution for each sport which leads to a
sanctioned CCAA National Championship and in which an institution competes within the BCCAA.
5.1.2
The eligibility form to be used will be the current, CCAA eligibility form with British Columbia
Colleges’ Athletic Association adaptations as circulated by the BCCAA Eligibility Chair Eligibility form.
5.1.3
Semester eligibility forms must be correctly completed and distributed accordingly (see Item 5.3
following), within the appropriate deadlines
5.1.4
Any incorrectly completed eligibility form must be corrected and circulated within three weeks of error
noted by the Eligibility Chair. Failure to do so may result in the offending Athletics Director being
subject to an applicable fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
5.1.5
It is the responsibility of all Board Members to insure that the name of any student-athlete whose name
appeared on a duly submitted Eligibility Form but who did not ever represent the institution in a BCCAA
league or exhibition match/game as defined in Article 1 or who has had their year of eligibility returned
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 10
by a ruling of the Eligibility Committee, is removed from the Eligibility Form by submitting changes in
writing to the Eligibility Chair at or before the subsequent AGM. All requests received after the
subsequent AGM will be assessed a $25 fine. Please submit to the Eligibility Chair and the CCAA
National Office, a revised Eligibility Form with the names crossed off and a letter of explanation. If
applicable, also provide a copy of the BCCAA Eligibility Committee’s Ruling.
5.1.6
Documentation of Eligibility
5.1.6.1 Under the heading "Previous years of post-secondary participation" are two columns; one
labeled "years" and one labeled "location." In the “Years” column the actual semester dates of
participation will be entered (e.g., SD03/JA04, SD04/JA05). In the “Location” column, enter the
name of the institution. If a student-athlete has participated at the same institution for more than
one academic year, their cumulative years of post-secondary participation information can be
listed on the same line. In the event that a student-athlete did not complete their eligibility years
in succession, a separate line must be used.
NOTE: SD = September-December semester
JA = January-April semester
5.1.6.2 For first-year student-athletes, under the headings “number of credits passed in previous
applicable semester” and “number of credits passed in previous academic year”, put N/A. Do
not leave it blank or use other characters.
5.1.6.3 For transfer student-athletes under the headings “number of credits passed in previous
applicable semester” and “number of credits passed in previous academic year”, put TR or the
number of credits passed at their last institution. Do not leave it blank or use other characters.
5.1.7
5.2
It is the responsibility of all Board Members to insure that any student-athlete whose name appeared on a
duly submitted Eligibility Form in a BCCAA league or exhibition game/event as defined in Article 1, and
who represented the institution in a BCCAA league or exhibition game/event as defined in Article 1, but
who did not successfully complete the academic criteria has their name included on the Eligibility Form
which is submitted to the CCAA National Office. Therefore, members must include names of such
individuals on January-April Semester Forms but indicate in writing in columns 1 & 2 that the student
athlete used eligibility in the September-December semester but is academically ineligible for the
January-April semester. See perfect example of an eligibility form in Article 17.
Enforcement
A one hundred dollar ($100.00) fine, for each sport, shall be levied against a member institution that fails to
submit or is late submitting completed eligibility forms as per the timeline in Article 12 Section 5.3
5.3
Distribution
5.3.1
Completed SEMESTER eligibility forms must be distributed as follows:
ORIGINAL COPY or FAXED COPY for all CCAA sports, sent to the Canadian Colleges Athletic Association
head office using the appropriate CCAA deadlines.
CCAA Deadlines:
September-December Semester:
Soccer only by October 23
Changes by October 31
January-April Semester:
Badminton, Basketball, Volleyball by February 15
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 11
Changes by February 22
COPIES
COPY
Faxed, E:mailed (including signatures) or an original copy sent by regular mail to be
received by the BCCAA Eligibility Chair no later than 4:30 pm on the sport specific
dates below.
September-December semester
Badminton
Basketball
Golf
Soccer
Volleyball
BCCAA
Date
November 1
November 1
September 15
October 23
November 1
CCAA
Date
N/A
N/A
September 15
October 23
N/A
January-April Semester
Badminton
Basketball
Golf
Soccer
Volleyball
BCCAA
Date
February 15
February 15
N/A
N/A
February 15
CCAA
Date
February 15
February 15
N/A
N/A
February 15
Keep for your institution's files.
SECTION 6 - TRANSFER AND CHANGE OF INSTITUTION
NOTE: In this section, post secondary institution is defined as all BCCAA member institutions as well as other postsecondary institutions outside of the BCCAA (e.g. CIS, NCAA, NWAACC, etc.).
NOTE: On the “First Official Day of Tryouts”, as defined in Article 1, student-athletes are to sign FORM 28 indicating
their commitment to their current institution.
6.1
Transferring from within British Columbia
6.1.1
Transferring within the BCCAA
NOTE: This rule does not come into effect until 2008-09. All student-athlete transfers after November 15, 2008
shall be counted.
a) A student-athlete who for the first time in their post-secondary career, transfers from one BCCAA institution to
another BCCAA institution, is eligible to compete – that is s/he is NOT required to sit-out one (1) year (365 days)
from the date of their last league/playoff game participation .
b) A student-athlete who, for the second time in their post-secondary career, transfers from one BCCAA
institution to another BCCAA institution, in the same sport, IS required to sit-out one (1) year (365 days) from the
date of their last league/playoff game participation if they are transferring to a BCCAA institution from BCCAA
institutions (See Graduation Clause for possible exception).
c) A student-athlete who, for the third (or greater) time in their post-secondary career, transfers from one BCCAA
institution to another BCCAA institution, in the same sport, is no longer permitted to participate in the BCCAA.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 12
(See Graduation Clause for possible exception)
Graduation Clause: A student-athlete may apply for special dispensation from 6.1.1 above if s/he graduated from
a particular course of study and has transferred to a different BCCAA institution to pursue another course of study
not offered at the previous institution
NOTE: The following transfers are not counted in 6.1.1 above:
a)
Transfers that take place between two post-secondary institutions outside of the BCCAA.
b)
Transfers that come from a post-secondary institution outside of the BCCAA (e.g., Canada West) to a
BCCAA institution.
c)
Transfers from an institution where the student-athlete did not participate.
6.1.2
Same Academic Year Transfers
a) A student-athlete wishing to transfer post-secondary institutions within the same academic year, in the same
sport, can only do so if have not been charged with a year of eligibility during that academic year.
b) A student-athlete wishing to transfer post-secondary institutions within the same academic year, and the same
sport, after having participated in an “official tryout”,” scrimmage”, or “exhibition game” can only do so with a
signed release form from the original institution.
6.2
Transferring from Outside British Columbia
A student-athlete, having participated in an official tryout/scrimmage/exhibition game for a post-secondary
institution after the “First Official Day of Tryouts”, CAN participate for a BCCAA institution in the same sport in
that same academic year, without a signed release form from the original institution.
6.2.1
A student-athlete will be deemed ineligible to compete in the same sport in the same academic year if
their name appears on a league game sheet (or was charged with a year of eligibility) at the prior
institution.
6.3
ADs receiving student-athletes who are transferring to a member institution from any other post-secondary
institution must ensure that the transferring student-athlete(s) has satisfied the educational criteria as described in
Article 12 Section 2.
6.4
A student-athlete transferring from one BCCAA institution to another BCCAA institution is required to have a
completed and signed release form.
6.5
ADs receiving student-athletes who are transferring from one post-secondary institution to another post-secondary
institution are "advised" to use the Transfer Form (see Article 17 - Form 11) to ensure meeting 6.3 & 6.4 above.
SECTION 7 - ELIGIBILITY COMMITTEE
See also Article 4, S7 NOTE, Article 12 Section 4 NOTE & A14, S26 for approved "written ruling" format.
7.1
Committee Structure
The standing committee will consist of three (3) representatives. Three (3) alternates will be appointed in the
event that one or more of the committee is in conflict (as defined – See Article 1). The Eligibility Committee
Chair will appoint an alternate from the alternate list to replace the committee member in conflict. The
appointments of members will be ratified for a two-year term at the A.G.M. The chairperson will co-ordinate
committee meetings as necessary and submit a report two weeks prior to Board meetings.
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 13
7.2
Terms of Reference
7.2.1
7.3
7.4
The committee will adjudicate any and all eligibility matters, e.g. applications for reinstatement, use of
ineligible players, etc. The Eligibility Committee shall be solely responsible for investigating any and all
alleged eligibility violations. This includes the right and permission to conduct interviews with relevant
officials, institutional staff, student-athletes, coaches and bystanders. Only matters that are sent to the
committee in written form will be processed by the committee.
Procedure
7.3.1
All requests of the Eligibility Committee, including any and all supportive documentation shall be sent
directly to all committee members by the concerned party. The Eligibility Chair shall forward this
documentation to the alleged offending institution. The alleged offending institution is permitted to
provide a written response to the Eligibility Committee within 24 hours of receiving the information from
the Eligibility Chair.
7.3.2
The appropriate sport convenor may be advised and consulted in all cases.
7.3.3
Eligibility infractions will be ruled on within 10 working days of receipt. The Ruling will be circulated
by the eligibility chair to the entire membership upon the decision being rendered.
Discipline Guidelines for Eligibility Infractions
7.4.1
To be consistent with the BCCAA operations manual - Article 10, section 3.
7.4.2
Schedule of fines - Article 6, section 7.10 (new).
7.4.3
Reinstatement of eligibility
7.4.3.1 A student-athlete who suffers a season ending injury that limits their participation to no more
than 24% of his/her conference league schedule or one (1) league tournament in badminton or
golf as documented by a letter from his/her physician, and by a letter from their Athletic
Director, will normally be granted reinstatement for that particular year of eligibility. Each case
will be evaluated on an individual basis.
Example:
24% of 18 league games = 4.32 or 4 games
24% of 16 league games = 3.84 or 4 games
24% of 12 league games = 2.88 or 3 games
NOTE: Should the number of games change, this formula must be revised.
NOTE: Applications for injuries that occurred prior to the 2002-2003 season will be ruled
using the rules in effect at the time of the injury.
NOTE: Scoresheets which included a student-athlete’s name with the INJ designation do not
count towards the 24% calculation
NOTE: The letter from the physician must indicate the date of the injury, the type of injury and
that it was season ending.
7.4.3.2 Special Dispensation cases will be dealt with on an individual basis.
7.4.4
Using an ineligible player in an exhibition or league game/match /event.
7.4.4.1 Said player discovered internally:
a.
institution can be fined $100
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 14
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
student athlete may be suspended one or more league game/match/event upon their
return to BCCAA competition.
Reinstatement of the ineligible student athlete will take place only upon evidence that
the student-athlete has satisfied the criteria outlined in Article 12 Section 1 & 2.
possible coach suspension of one or more league game/match/event.
Additionally, the member will default points and/or wins that have been gained during
use of the ineligible player.
See Article 14 Section 16.5.1 for Sport Specific details regarding game statistics.
NOTE: Suspensions will be consistent with suspension definition in Article 1.
7.4.4.2 Said player discovered externally:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
institution will be fined minimum of $200 to a maximum of $1000
student athlete may be suspended one or more league game/match/event upon their
return to BCCAA competition.
Reinstatement of the ineligible student athlete will take place only upon evidence that
the Student-athlete has satisfied the criteria outlined in Article 12 Section 1 & 2.
Coach will be suspended for a minimum of one game/match/event.
Additionally, the member will default points and/or wins that have been gained during
use of the ineligible player.
See Article 14 Section 16.5.1 for Sport Specific details regarding game statistics.
NOTE: Suspensions will be consistent with the suspension definition in Article 1.
NOTE: The committee may deem the violation to be severe and indefinite suspensions and/or further
disciplinary action may be taken against the institution and individuals as deemed necessary by
the Committee.
All decisions of the Eligibility Committee may be appealed to the Appeals Committee according to the
operating procedures.
Committee Members:
Rocky Olfert
Elise Le Brun
Cor Andrichuk
-
CBC (Chair)
Kwantlen
COTR
Rick Nickelchok
Toran Savjord
TBA
-
UFV
Quest
UNBC
Alternates:
SECTION 8 - INTEGRATED PARTICIPATION
8.1
If an institution has no women’s team for a particular sport, a female student-athlete would be allowed to play for
the institution’s men’s team, providing that the female student-athlete passes the standard team selection criteria.
SECTION 9 - CCAA COMPLIANCE
9.1
See Article 9 Section 3
9.2
See CCAA Eligibility Rules regarding the use of non-Canadian student-athletes and/or the Amateur/Professional
status of student-athletes that may have participated in sport as a “professional”.
9.3
The Eligibility Chair is to provide a list of names to the CCAA re: eligibility for National Championship
participation, confirm eligibility, sanctions and any other appropriate information requested by the CCAA. See
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 12 - Page 15
CCAA Operations Manual
(2010 WBM Edition) - Revised: January 5, 2011
Article 13 - Page 1
ARTICLE 13 - SCHEDULING
SECTION 1 - OBJECTIVE
1.1
To provide the best competitive opportunities for our athletic teams.
SECTION 2 - PRINCIPLES
2.1
The scheduling needs and concerns of the BCCAA take priority over any and all other events.
2.2
The schedulers shall ensure that the same two schools do not play each other the same weekend in
consecutive years.
SECTION 3 - POLICIES
3.1
In all sports’ schedules, two weekends will be left between the end of BCCAA league play and
the CCAA National Championships. This time is required for the completion of the Provincial
Championships which are typically held the weekend following completion of league play.
3.2
Normally there will be no league play scheduled in the month of December.
3.3
Each member must book in their facilities twelve (12) weekends identified in Section 4 below for
league play (badminton, basketball and volleyball). There are six (6) weekends of league play
before Christmas and six (6) weekends of play after Christmas. Each school may or may not host
or even compete on all weekends.
3.4
Institutional Requests - Members must submit to VP Tech by sport specific timelines (see A13,
S7) a written list of dates for which the member has a special request (e.g., request no home
games on specific date(s); request no play on specific date(s)). VP Tech will make every effort to
accommodate all requests received on time however, this may not be possible (See A13, S2.1
above).
3.5
Scheduling Format
Current Scheduling Formats used:
Basketball
Travel Partner Format
Volleyball
Travel Partner Format
Soccer
Travel Partner Format
Should the BCCAA have additional institutions applying for sport specific membership and grant
the membership, the scheduling format will possibly be changed.
SECTION 4 - LEAGUE WEEKEND GRID
Weekends for 2010/2011
September
October
November
December
January
February
Playoffs
March
11-12 17-19
1-3
8-10
5-7
12-14
No weekends
7-9
14-16
4-6
2-75
9-12
16-19
24-26
15-17
19-21
22-24
26-28
21-23
11-13
28-30
18-20
29-31
25-27
BCCAA Basketball Provincials / CCAA Badminton Nationals
CCAA Volleyball Nationals
CCAA Basketball Nationals
Weekends for 2011/2012
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 2
September
October
November
December
January
February
9-11
16-18
7-9
14-16
4-6
11-13
No weekends
6-8
13-15
3-5
March
1-4
7-11
14-18
23-25
21-23
18-20
30-Oct. 2
28-30
25-27
20-22
10-12
27-29
17-19
24-26
Playoffs
Weekends for 2012/2013
September
October
November
December
January
February
Playoffs
March
BCCAA Basketball Provincials / CCAA Badminton Nationals
CCAA Volleyball Nationals
CCAA Basketball Nationals
7-9
14-16
5-7
12-14
2-4
9-11
No weekends
4-6
11-13
1-3
21-23
19-21
16-18
28-30
26-28
23-25
18-20
8-10
25-27
15-17
22-24
Feb. 28 – Mar. 3 BCCAA Basketball Provincials / CCAA Badminton Nationals
5-9
CCAA Volleyball Nationals
12-17 CCAA Basketball Nationals
SECTION 5 - SPORT SPECIFIC POLICIES
5.1
Soccer
NOTE: Soccer will use a home and away, travel partner system Travel Partners for 2009-2010
1. Capilano - Langara
2. Quest - VIU
3. Douglas - Kwantlen
4. TRU - UBCO
5. UNBC
5.1.1
For a home and away schedule
a) Normally, competitions will be scheduled for Saturday; however, some games may be
scheduled on Fridays and Sundays. Monday through Thursday games will not be permitted
unless they are re-scheduled due to field closure.
b) The men’s and women’s soccer schedules shall be drawn up in such a way that men’s and
women’s teams travel to and play at the same venue on the same date(s).
c) The scheduler will include day and date of Labor Day Monday on the schedule.
d) Away teams playing two games on a weekend will wear their dark uniforms on Day 1
(Saturday) and their white uniforms on Day 2 (Sunday). Home teams will wear white
uniforms on Day 1 (Saturday) and their dark uniforms on Day 2 (Sunday). Teams are
required to have one white set of uniforms and one dark set of uniforms beginning
September 2008.
e) Games involving Island teams and/or involving Interior teams versus all members will not
be scheduled on Fridays.
f) Normally, each team will play an opponent on the same day in each half of the season, e.g.
Sat. Sept. 13 LC @ VIU, Sat. Oct. 17 VIU @ LC
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 3
5.2 Volleyball and Basketball
5.2.1
For the 2010-11 season, basketball will use a double header travel partner system and volleyball
will use a home and away travel partner system (except COTR). Travel partners will be aligned
as follows:
Volleyball
VIU – CAM
CAP – DC
CBC – UFV
SELK – UBC O
COTR - BYE
5.2.2
5.3
Basketball
VIU – CAM
CAP – DC
CBC – QUC
KWAN – LC
UBC O - UNBC
Scheduling Guidelines
a) All competition will initially be scheduled for Friday and Saturday evenings. Games
involving VIU and CAM on Saturdays will be scheduled in the afternoon to
accommodate ferry schedules. Games involving COTR and Selkirk will be scheduled in
the afternoon to accommodate travel. The guiding principle is to allow mid-week games
between travel partners and/or non-travel partners with the provisos that:
i. The originally scheduled location of the game does not change
ii. All affected teams, not just the two competitors, agree in writing to the
change.
b) All teams will play two (2) games every weekend except when playing a travel partner.
c) The division of games before and after Christmas will be determined by the dates of the
National Championships. Typically, this will mean four (4) weekends before Christmas
and six (6) weekends after Christmas.
d) Men’s and women’s teams in each sport will travel to and play at the same venue on the
same date(s)
e) Normally no league volleyball matches will be scheduled on the weekend of the “AAA”
High School Volleyball Championships. Normally, this is scheduled for the 13th
weekend after Labour Day. Scheduler to confirm these dates with BC School Sports
prior to schedule construction.
f) For both sports, away teams playing two games on a weekend will wear their dark
uniforms on Friday and their light uniforms on Saturday. Home teams will wear their
light uniforms on Friday and their dark uniforms on Saturday.
Badminton
a)
The schedule will be produced following the completion of the volleyball/basketball schedule
by the Convenor (in consultation with Badminton schools). The schedule shall include four
(4) Tournaments plus the BCCAA Provincial Championship. No fewer than 2 Tournaments
shall be prior to Christmas.
b) Provincial Championships will always be scheduled two (2) weeks prior to CCAA National
Championships
SECTION 6 - CHANGES TO SCHEDULE
6.1
Normally, there will be NO changes to schedules after ratification. Recognizing the possibility of
extenuating circumstances, exceptions will be considered by VP Technical.
6.2
Following receipt of the 1st draft, participating schools must attempt to arrange changes within the
timetable established at the AGM (see timetable below).
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 4
6.3
Changes which impact other members will not be accepted without their written permission.
6.4
Requests to approve mutually agreeable changes to game times/or dates within the same week
and/ or weekend of competition must be sent to the VP Tech. Such requests will normally be
approved provided that these changes do not alter the league travel format between affected
institutions (e.g. change from home and home format to home and away format or vice versa).
Note that only travel partners may alter their schedule to play a home and home (change of
format) if mutually agreeable between the two institutions.
6.5
If an institution drops a program after ratification, the league schedule will not necessarily be redone for that year.
6.6
Any approved changes to schedules after ratification must be copied to SID.
SECTION 7 - SCHEDULING TIMETABLE
ITEM
Badminton
Basketball
Soccer
Volleyball
Institutional Requests
September 1st
September 1st
September 1st
Draft #1
December 1st
October 15th
October 15th
Response to Draft #1 by
AGM
October 31st
November 15th
Final Schedule
AGM
November 15th
November 30th
Ratification
AGM
WBM
WBM
7.1
Draft 1 will be received by all participating members no later than 4:30 pm on the dates listed
above.
7.2
Mutually agreed upon changes (in writing) will be received by the Scheduler no later than 4:30
pm on the dates listed above.
7.3
When circulating revised versions of schedules, the VP (or designate) will ensure that all changes
(and only the changes) from the previous version are in BOLD type. The Final ratified copy will
not include any BOLD items.
7.4
Copies of the Final Schedule will be circulated by the Scheduler to all participating members to be
received no later than 4:30 pm on the dates listed above.
7.5
Ratification will occur as an agenda item at the meetings listed above.
SECTION 8 - PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP HOST BID PROCESS
NOTE: We are currently using the Regional Grid Process.
8.1
Championship Grid
For each sport, a region will host the Provincial Championships. Within each region, the institutions involved must
come to a consensus on who will be the host. Host will be identified at the WBM
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 5
CODES:
LM = Lower Mainland Institutions CAP, CBC, DC, KWAN, LC, QUC, UFV
R = Regional Institutions
CAM, COTR, UBCO, SELK, TRU, UNBC, VIU
Year
2010 - 2011
2011 - 2012
2012 - 2013
2013 - 2014
2014 - 2015
2015 - 2016
2016 - 2017
2017 - 2018
2018 - 2019
2019 - 2020
Soccer
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
TBD
Volleyball
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Basketball
Lower Mainland
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
Regional
Lower Mainland
SECTION 9 - RESCHEDULING
NOTE: After hours contact #’s for BCCAA members involved are listed in the BCCAA Directory.
9.1
9.2
In the event that extenuating circumstances (e.g., inclement weather, transportation breakdown, etc.),
preclude an institution from meeting their scheduled commitments, the following procedures will be
followed:
9.1.1
Upon realization that the scheduled commitment cannot be met, a representative of the canceling
institution (coach, athletic director) will immediately contact the Scheduler and the Director of
Athletics, or failing that, the Head Coach of the opposing team and indicate the reason for their
inability to meet their scheduled commitment.
9.1.2
The two involved institutions are responsible for rescheduling the scheduled commitment for a
mutually agreeable date prior to the end of the regular season. This rescheduling must be agreed
to in writing by both parties and these agreements forwarded to the Scheduler, SID and the
appropriate Official Allocator(s) to be received no later than one week following the cancellation
Date.
9.1.3
Should the two institutions be unable to confirm a date within one week of the cancellation, the
scheduled commitment will be rescheduled by the Scheduler in consultation with both effected
institutions and will be played at the originally scheduled location if available, otherwise at a date
and time to be determined by the Scheduler.
9.1.4
In the event that the cancelled game is on the season’s final weekend of league play, within one
working day the members, will reschedule and arrange the game at a location, a date and time
determined by the Scheduler.
9.1.5
Failure to follow these procedures may result in the canceling institution being subject to an
applicable fine. (See Article 6, Section 7.)
In the event that extenuating circumstances (e.g., inclement weather, transportation breakdown, etc.),
preclude an institution from meeting a playoff or championship commitment, items 9.1.1, 9.1.3, and 9.1.4
above will be followed. Further, the Scheduler personally or through a designate, will immediately make
every effort to reschedule and arrange (e.g., book facilities, and officials) the event at a time and location
which is, as much as possible, equally convenient to all participating institutions. The Association will
bear any additional costs of major and minor officials and facilities based on the Scheduler’s
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 6
recommendations.
SECTION 10 - GAME TIMES
10.1
BADMINTON GAME TIMES
10.1.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Badminton tournaments shall normally start at 10:00 am on Saturdays and 9:00 am on Sundays.
BASKETBALL GAME TIMES
10.2.1
Individual institution will declare at each AGM, whether their Friday night game times are at 6:00
and 8:00 pm or at 6:30 pm and 8:30 pm.
10.2.2
Normally, Saturday game times are 6:00 pm and 8:00 pm, except for games involving Vancouver
Island University and Camosun.
10.2.3
Normally, Saturday game times involving Vancouver Island University and Camosun are 1:00 pm
and 3:00 pm to allow the travelling team a chance to make the ferry.
10.2.4
Normally, Saturday game times are 6:00 pm and 8:00 pm when Vancouver Island University and
Camosun play at interior schools.
10.2.5
Game times may change if mutually agreed to, in writing, by the two institutions involved and the
Scheduler is notified, in writing.
SOCCER GAME TIMES
10.3.1
Normally, all Saturday and Sunday game times will be at 1:00 pm and 3:00 pm when either team
must travel more than 100 km to the venue.
10.3.2
Teams traveling between Vancouver Island and the lower mainland will normally play Saturday at
1:00 pm and 3:00 pm on Saturday and Sunday. Teams traveling between the Lower
Mainland/Vancouver Island and the Interior will normally play at 1 pm and 3 pm on Saturday and
12 pm and 2 pm on Sunday.
10.3.3
Game times may be changed if mutually agreed to in writing by the two institutions involved and
the Scheduler, SID, appropriate officials allocator, and all other members are notified in writing.
VOLLEYBALL GAME TIMES
10.4.1
Each institution will declare at each WBM, whether their Friday night game times are at 6:00 and
7:45 pm or at 6:30 pm and 8:15 pm.
10.4.2
Normally, Saturday game times are 6:00 pm and 7:45 pm, except for games involving Island
schools.
10.4.3
Normally, Saturday game times involving Island schools or Selkirk or COTR are 1:00 pm and
3:00 pm to accommodate travel.
10.4.4
All second-match game times may be started early if there is agreement between both schools and
officials.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 7
10.4.5
Game times may be changed if mutually agreed to in writing by the two institutions involved and
the Scheduler is notified in writing.
10.4.6
There must be a minimum of 30 minutes between each match unless mutually agreed upon by the
two teams. A notation must be made on the score sheet of this agreement.
10.4.7
All matches may be played at any time mutually agreed to in writing by the contestants.
SECTION 11 - GENERAL
11.1
When scheduling Association Championships and host sites, refer to timelines in the Scheduling Timetable
in Section 7. A host bid proposal will be presented to and accepted by the Board as a whole, with an
appropriate vote. The Scheduler will not have the authority to choose a host bid without agreement by the
Board.
11.2
Member institutions wishing to enter new teams into an Association sport schedule must follow the
procedure as outlined Article 2, Section 4.
11.3
Schedules must include a list of all participating teams and a brief description of the format (e.g.,
basketball = annual home & away therefore play everyone twice per season; soccer = alternating years
home & away therefore play everyone once per season; etc.). Schedules must also include days, dates,
times, locations of all league competitions, the date "In season eligibility" begins, the dates, locations and
host institution of the Provincial and National Championships (for National host, schedule must include
contact name, address, email, fax and phone number) and schedule creation and revision dates. The
Scheduler will annually determine the actual number of games/matches required to meet the 60% rule for
both one and two semester student-athletes and state those numbers on their schedules. (See Article 12,
Section 3).
NOTE: Badminton Convenor must make every effort to schedule BCCAA tournaments so as not to
conflict with Badminton BC event dates. Failure to do so may result in the Convenor being
subject to an applicable fine (See Article 6, Section 7).
NOTE: The Scheduler will include a statement on the basketball, soccer and volleyball schedules
indicating home team uniform colour for both Friday & Saturday or Saturday and Sunday
matches/games. E.g. Home team wears light uniforms Friday and dark uniforms Saturday.
11.4
A member institution who fails to meet their scheduled commitments shall be subject to the applicable
fines, (See Article 6, Section 7).
SECTION 12 – TRAVEL PARTNER SCHEDULE
Proper Rotation – 8 Team League
¾ Example is with travel partners (8 teams)
¾ Each year, teams move one position down and switch groups. For example, in 07-08 school X is in
position B, group 2. In 08-09 school X would be in position C, group one. (that way, in a perfect world,
every team will be in each position after 4 years).
Position
A
Group 1
Team 1
Group 2
2
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 8
B
C
D
3
5
7
4
6
8
WEEK #1
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 2
4 vs 3
WEEK #2
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 4
2 vs 3
WEEK #3
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 3
2 vs 4
WEEK #5
(H) vs (A)
2 vs 1
3 vs 4
WEEK #6
(H) vs (A)
4 vs 1
3 vs 2
WEEK #7
(H) vs (A)
3 vs 1
4 vs 2
GROUP
A
B
C
D
Week 1
2
@1
@4
3
Week 2
@4
@3
2
1
Week 3
3
4
@1
@2
Week 4
TP
TP
TP
TP
WEEK #4
(H) vs (A)
Travel Partner Weekend
Home and Away
(i.e.) 1 @ 2 and 2 @ 1
Week 5
@2
1
4
@3
Week 6
4
3
@2
@1
Week 7
@3
@4
1
2
Proper Rotation – 10 Team League
¾ Example is with travel partners (10 teams)
¾ Each year, teams move one position down and switch groups. For example, in 07-08 school X is in
position B, group 2. In 08-09 school X would be in position C, group one. (that way, in a perfect world,
every team will be in each position after 5 years).
Position
A
B
Group 3
Group 4
E
Group 1
Group 2
Team 1
Team 2
Team 3
Team 4
Team E / Team F
Team G / Team H
Team 9
Team 10
WEEK #1
(H) vs (A)
1 vs TP
5 vs 2
4 vs 3
WEEK #2
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 5
4 vs TP
3 vs 2
WEEK #3
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 4
3 vs 5
2 vs TP
WEEK #4
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 3
2 vs 4
TP vs 5
WEEK #5
(H) vs (A)
1 vs 2
TP vs 3
5 vs 4
WEEK #6
(H) vs (A)
TP vs 1
2 vs 5
3 vs 4
WEEK #7
(H) vs (A)
5 vs 1
TP vs 4
2 vs 3
WEEK #8
(H) vs (A)
4 vs 1
5 vs 3
TP vs 2
WEEK #9
(H) vs (A)
3 vs 1
4 vs 2
5 vs TP
WEEK #10
(H) vs (A)
2 vs 1
3 vs TP
4 vs 5
GROUP
Week 1
Week 2
Week 3
Week 4
Week 5
Week 6
Week 7
Week 8
Week 9
Week 10
1
2
3
4
5
TP
@5
@4
3
2
@5
3
@2
@TP
1
4
TP
5
@1
@3
@3
@4
1
2
TP
2
@1
@TP
@5
4
@TP
5
4
@3
@2
5
@3
2
TP
@1
@4
@TP
@5
1
3
3
4
@1
@2
@TP
@2
1
TP
5
@4
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 9
FROM 2009 WBM
TRAVEL PARTNER SCHEDULING – DOUBLE HEADER AND HOME & AWAY FORMATS
We currently use Mirrored, Travel Partner schedules.
•
Mirrored means that while all members have only one gym, many field both basketball
and volleyball teams. As a result, for each member we need a schedule that ensures
when basketball is away then volleyball is at home and vice versa. For members that
field both basketball and volleyball teams, this means that when Member A is hosting
Member X in basketball Member X is hosting Member A in volleyball.
•
Travel Partners means that we pair up geographically close members of the same sport
to take advantage of the reduced travel distance between them as we typically play
Fri/Sat. This way if A & B are Travel Partners and X & Y are Travel Partners, then on
Friday A hosts X in basketball, B hosts Y in basketball, X hosts A in volleyball and Y
hosts B in volleyball. On Saturday the opposite occurs, that is, A hosts Y in basketball, B
hosts X in basketball, X hosts B in volleyball and Y hosts A in volleyball
Home and Away Format
Week 1
Fri
3 at 9
4 at 10
Sat
3 at 10
4 at 9
Double Header Format
Week 6
Fri
9 at 3
10 at 4
Sat
10 at 3
9 at 4
Week 1
Fri
Sat
3 at 9
3 at 9
4 at 10 4 at 10
Week 6
Fri
Sat
9 at 4
9 at 4
10 at 3 10 at 3
Home and Away format means that each member plays every other member twice per year;
once at home and once away.
In order to achieve some balance in the Home and Away format schedule, an algorithm is used
to create the schedule. The algorithm repeats itself over the course of the 10 weeks. That is,
week one and week 6 have the same Groups playing each other, only the location has
switched, similarly for week 2 and week 7 and so on.
Weeks 1 – 5 are considered the First Round and weeks 6 - 10 are considered the Second
Round. Therefore,
our Home & Away schedules are designed with the goal that teams play each other once in the
First Round of the schedule at one location and once in the Second Round at the other location.
Double Header format means that each member plays every other member twice per year,
however, unlike the Home and Away format, the Double Header format means that in year one
Team A hosts Team X for two games (Fri/Sat of same weekend) and in year two Team X hosts
Team A for two games (Fri/Sat of same weekend).
Master Schedule means the combined volleyball and basketball schedules for all members.
BCCAA schedules face several challenges, created by our geography, by the fact that not all
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 10
members play both volleyball and basketball, and by the time constraints imposed by the
National Championships, Christmas exams etc. Therefore, the creation of a Master Schedule in
which every member plays at home on alternating weeks (i.e., home volleyball week 1, home
basketball, week 2, etc.) is not currently possible. In addition, depending on which members
play which sports, while some geographical pairings are the closest, they still are not
considered practical by all members (e.g., UBC O and UNBC).
In a league with nine or ten teams, the Travel Partner pairs are placed in groups of two – Team
A and Team B. These Groups annually occupy one of five Positions.
Position
Team A
Team B
Group 1
1
2
Group 2
3
4
Group 3
5
6
Group 4
7
8
Group 5
9
10
Note: If there are only nine teams one member is paired with a BYE.
These Groups are inserted into the algorithm to create the schedule. In order to ensure that the
same teams do not play each other in the same order and on the same weekend year after
year, members are Stepped, that is, moved up one Position (e.g., Group 3 3 moves up to
Group 2 (note: Group 1 becomes Group 5)) or and are Flipped (Team A for B or vice versa).
For example, in 07-08 member X is Team B, Group 2. In 08-09 member X would be Team A,
Group 1. That way, in a perfect world, every team will be in each position after 5 years and,
teams do not play the same team on the same weekend as the previous year.
Our Travel Partner format schedules are designed to “balance out” over the course of a number
of years. Since the two teams in each Group both have a similar schedule over the course of
the year, and, since each Position has a pattern of home and away games – some of which are
less attractive than others, Balancing out means that over a period of five years, each team
has the opportunity to populate each Position in the schedule and therefore experience each
pattern of home and away games.
The algorithm used to create each annual schedule is presented below. Note how Weeks one
and five and two and six repeat as mentioned above.
GROUP
1
2
3
4
5
Week
1
TP
@5
@4
3
2
Week
2
@5
3
@2
@TP
1
Week
3
4
TP
5
@1
@3
Week
4
@3
@4
1
2
TP
Week
5
2
@1
@TP
@5
4
Week
6
@TP
5
4
@3
@2
Week
7
5
@3
2
TP
@1
Week
8
@4
@TP
@5
1
3
Week
9
3
4
@1
@2
@TP
Week
10
@2
1
TP
5
@4
In the situation where both basketball and volleyball are starting on the same date and playing
on the same weekends throughout the season, then both volleyball and basketball schedules
are created using this algorithm in order to ensure the mirrored Master Schedule works.
However, if volleyball wants to start one week earlier than basketball in order to create for all
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 11
volleyball teams, a bye weekend the weekend prior to volleyball provincials, then after both
volleyball and basketball schedules are created, Week 10 of the volleyball schedule is moved
up to become a new Week 1 (for volleyball only).
INSERT Diagram of weeks
By definition, a Double Header format takes two years to balance hosting (two games vs. the
same team at home in year 1 then away the next year). To create the Double Header format,
you use the same algorithm however teams don’t move between Travel Partners on Fri/Sat.
Therefore, each team plays only one of the teams in the Group in the First Round and plays
them twice on the same weekend. In the Second Round, teams play a double header against
the other team in the Group. In year two of the Double Header, the teams are Stepped and
Flipped and then the algorithm is used. This ensures that each team hosts all teams they played
away in year 1 and that each team travels to all teams they hosted in year 1. Further it ensures
that teams do not play the same team on the same weekend as the previous year.
Home and Away Format
Week 1
Group
at Group 5
Group 2
Teams: 3 & 4 at Teams: 9 & 10
Fri
Sat
3 at 9
3 at 10
4 at 10
4 at 9
Group
Group 5
Teams: 9 & 10
Double Header Format
Week 6
Group
Week 1
at Group 2
Group 2
at Group 5
at Teams: 3 & 4 Teams: 3 & 4 at Teams: 9 & 10
Fri
Sat
Fri
Sat
9 at 3
10 at 3
3 at 9
3 at 9
10 at 4
9 at 4
4 at 10 4 at 10
Group
Week 6
Group 5
at Group 2
Teams: 9 & 10 at Teams: 3 & 4
Fri
Sat
9 at 4 9 at 4
10 at 3 10 at 3
SECTION 13 – POOL FORMAT SCHEDULE
When the Pool Format is used, typically in a case where there is both an uneven number of participating teams and
a restricted amount of time to complete the schedule (e.g., soccer), the process used is as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
All participating schools will have their strength of program calculated based on their aggregate points
from the past three years (e.g., 2007, 2008, 2009).
The total points (combined women and men) will be used as a measure of strength.
From the resulting rank ordered li8st and , pairing based on geography (travel partners), two of the top four
will be placed in one pool and two in the other.
The rest will be placed in pools based on geography. The weakest member will be placed in the pool of
five which will be determined based on geography.
Depending on which teams are in which pools, attempts will be made to flip trips (e.g., if A went to V last
year, we would try to get B to go to A this year).
The top three teams from each pool will advance to the Provincials
The Provincial Championship format is as follows:
Pool A – 5 teams
Pool B – 4 teams
1st of B – Bye
2nd of A vs 3rd of B
Winner of above vs 1st of B
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 13 - Page 12
1st of A – Bye
3rd of A vs 2nd of B
Winner of above vs 1st of A
The tournament will be Friday Quarter Finals, Saturday Semi Finals and Sunday Finals.
NOTE: The 1st Overall team is determined by the head to head results between 1st in Pool A and 1st in Pool B. The
team that is seeded the highest will play the 1st Semi-Final Game.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 1
ARTICLE 14 - COMMON SPORT RULES
SECTION 1 - CONDUCT
It is expected that coaches, assistant coaches &/or bench personnel adhere to appropriate Dress Code during
BCCAA Competition. The following items will not be allowed; T-shirts, ball caps, jeans, sweatpants, shorts (Soccer
is exempt from ball cap rule only). For all indoor sports, floor friendly are shoes are required i.e. robber soles.
Violators will be reported to the institution’s athletic director.
1.1
GAME EJECTION
NOTE: The Discipline Committee will review and issue a ruling on every game ejection. Please refer to Article 18
for Discipline Guidelines.
If a disqualification (DQ) takes place at a golf tournament the matter must be referred to the BCCAA discipline
committee (submit Form 30) as per BCCAA rules. A disqualification (DQ) does not automatically incur a
suspension but each case will be treated on an individual basis.
NOTE: The result of any and all game ejections, including ejections from accumulated yellow cards in soccer (e.g.
two in a single game or three (or more in a season) is that the player/coach is considered to be SUSPENDED and
therefore all policy regarding suspended individuals applies. (See A14, S1.5)
1.1.1
Student-Athlete
1.1.1.1 A student-athlete ejection from a contest (match in volleyball) automatically results in a
minimum one (1) scheduled exhibition/league/playoff game/match/event suspension.
This includes all exhibition, league, and post-season games/matches/events including
BCCAA and CCAA Championships.
N.B. Referees must complete a report (Form 30) on the incident (reason for ejection) on
the Ejection Report/Game Incident Report Form. The game sheet and completed signed
Form 30 must be faxed by the host institution to the Sport Convenor, ejected player’s
institution, and all members of the Discipline Committee by 4:30 pm on the first working
day after the ejection occurred. Failure to do so will result in a $100 fine to the host
institution.
1.1.1.2 Upon ejection, the student-athlete must leave the competition area or field immediately,
and have no contact or communication with their team or the opposing team until after
the conclusion of the game or with any game official until the matter is reviewed and
ruled on by the Discipline Committee.
1.1.1.3 The minimum suspension is the immediate next game/match/event (exhibition, league or
playoff). After serving the minimum one game suspension the affected student-athlete
may resume team activities while his/her case is being reviewed by the Discipline
Committee. If upon review, the Discipline Committee recommends a further suspension,
it shall begin as soon as the decision is communicated to the Athletic Director of the
affected institution, Sport Convenor, and BCCAA Executive.
1.1.2
Coaches, Assistant Coaches, Bench Personnel
1.1.2.1 Subject to sport specific rules (see Article 18), upon ejection, the coach/assistant
coach/bench personnel must leave the competition area or field immediately, and have no
contact or communication with their team or the opposing team until after the conclusion
of the game, and shall have no contact with any game official involved in said game until
the Discipline Committee has ruled on the incident.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 2
1.1.2.2 All ejections must be reported to all members of the Discipline Committee by the host
institution no later than 12:30 pm of the first working day following the ejection. If the
action or cause of ejection of a coach/assistant coach/bench personnel is of a grievous
nature, the Discipline Committee can recommend a further suspension. The suspension
shall begin as soon as the decision is communicated by the Discipline Committee to the
Athletic Director of the affected institution, Sport Convenor, and BCCAA Executive.
1.2
FIGHTING AND GRIEVOUS MISCONDUCT WITH NO GAME EJECTION
1.2.1
When an incident occurs at a game venue either prior to, during, or after a competition in which
an institutional representative and/or game official is involved in fighting or grievous misconduct,
any person in a responsible position (athletic director, gym supervisor, official, opposing coach
etc.) must file a written report (if available, a game tape must be submitted if the incident occurred
during a game) which must be faxed to all members of the Discipline Committee and Athletic
Directors of the institutions involved by 12:30 pm on the first business day following the incident.
The Discipline Committee will investigate the incident and make a recommendation. No
disciplinary action will be taken by the Association until there is a ruling. See also Article 10
Section 3 and 4
NOTE: The Athletics Director of any person(s) accused (submission of Form 30 or other documentation
(see A10, S4), of a serious disciplinary infraction (e.g., fighting or grievous misconduct, etc.)
must, within two (2) working days of the incident, submit to all members (including alternates) of
the Discipline Committee, a statement of the internal disciplinary action, if any, that the Athletics
Director, or their institution is taking to reprimand the offending individual(s). See also A10, S9
and A18, S2.8, S4.4 and S5.7.
1.3
1.4
SUSPENSION GUIDELINES
1.3.1
Coach - The suspended coach is not allowed to have any contact with the team or be in the
building or at the field, from 60 minutes prior to the start of the game until the conclusion of the
game.
1.3.2
Student-athlete –If the suspended student-athlete is present during competitions, s/he must sit on
the team bench, not in uniform and not listed on the scoresheet. The game does not count toward
the participation rule. In such a situation, it is the Coach’s responsibility to ensure that the
suspended student-athlete(s) meets the highest behavioral expectations. In cases where behaviour
of a suspended student-athlete is inappropriate, further discipline action against the student-athlete
and/or the coach will result.
TERMS OF SUSPENSION FOR STUDENT-ATHLETES AND COACHES
1.4.1
Normally suspensions incurred in EXHIBITION will be served with the next scheduled exhibition
games/match. However, if the next game/match is league, than that league game/match will be
used for the sanction.
Example #1
Player ejected from a match on the Friday night on the weekend before league play begins. There
was a scheduled exhibition game the next day, Saturday. Player sits the Saturday exhibition
match and returns to play for the opening league matches the next weekend. If the player had
received the ejection on the Saturday exhibition match, than he/she would have sat out the
opening league match the next Friday.
Example #2
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 3
Same scenario as example one except the player received a two game suspension on the Friday
night. The player sits one game on Saturday (the scheduled exhibition match) and also sits the
league opener the following Friday.
Example #3
Student-athlete is ejected in the semi-final match during a Christmas break tournament. Studentathlete sits the immediate next game (the finals of the tournament). Discipline Committee rules it
is a two game suspension. Having sat the final game of the exhibition tourney, the student-athlete
is still required to sit the next scheduled game, either exhibition or league.
1.4.2
In the event an institution schedules exhibition games without informing SID (A.14, S.10), than
those games will not be considered as the next games for purpose of disciplinary sanctions.
Depending on the infraction, the student-athlete may not be allowed to participate in those
additional games until the sanction has been served. The Discipline Committee will determine
this on a case by case basis.
I.E. Player ejected from a match on the Saturday night, the weekend before league play begins.
On SID’s schedule, the next scheduled game for that institution is the following Friday night, the
league home opener. The week before, the offending institution scheduled a mid-week exhibition
match versus another member but did not inform SID of the change. The player, although only
having a one game suspension, could miss the Wednesday match AND the Friday league opener
depending on the nature of the original infraction.
1.4.3
Normally suspensions incurred in LEAGUE PLAY will be served with the next scheduled league
game/match. If there is an exhibition game/match prior to the next league game/match that a
student-athlete is sanctioned from, the student-athlete may be allowed to play in the exhibition
game/match. The Discipline Committee will determine this on a case by case basis.
I.E. Student-athlete receives three yellow cards for indirect technical fouls in a league basketball
game. The player sits the next scheduled league game. Due to the nature of the sanction, this
player would likely be allowed to play in a mid-week exhibition match prior to serving their
league game penalty. Had the student-athlete received the original ejection for a grievous action,
the student-athlete would likely not be able to play in any exhibition match (s) prior to their league
game(s) penalty being served.
See also Article 14, Section 10.2
1.5
ENFORCEMENT OF SUSPENSION
In all exhibition, league, and post-season games/matches including BCCAA and CCAA championships, it
is the coach's responsibility to ensure that an ejected/suspended player or coach complies explicitly with
the terms of the suspension (see 1.3 above). Failure to do so will result in an automatic minimum two game
suspension for the coach and a review of the case by the Discipline Committee which may impose further
sanctions.
SECTION 2 - TIE BREAKING RULE
See Article 18 - Sport Specific Rules
SECTION 3 - PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP MAJOR OFFICIALS COSTS
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 4
3.1
The costs of major officials (including game fees and/or travel costs) for Soccer, Basketball and Volleyball
Provincial Championships shall be split equally between all sport specific institutions. The costs will be
invoiced annually as part of the annual Sport Specific Fees. (See Article 6, Section 5).
SECTION 4 - SCRIMMAGES
4.1
See sport specific rules.
SECTION 5 - EXHIBITION SCHEDULES - GAMES/EVENTS
5.1
Any institutional representative team playing an Association sport and using an official game sheets/start
lists shall be considered to be participating in an exhibition game/event and therefore is subject to
Association Law. See Article 5 of the Constitution.
5.2
Institutions must send the SID their exhibition schedules (See Form 31) by August 24 (Soccer) or
September 15 (Basketball and Volleyball). For soccer, only exhibition games from August 1st onwards
need to be sent. Badminton and Golf schools are not required to submit exhibitions schedules or scores.
Failure to do so will result in a $25.00 fine. A $10 fine will be accessed for each week that it is not
received.
5.3
Member Institutions are required to submit an updated exhibition schedule as changes occur. All changes
must be made using Form 31 ensuring that the new date is indicated and results completed.
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.4
Following the competition, results of all exhibition play against all CCAA/CIS/NCAA/NAIA and
club teams must be sent to SID by Monday at 4:00 pm.
Only games/matches against other post secondary institutions need to be posted on Dakstats.
Scrimmages do not need to be posted.
Home and visiting teams must email exhibition results to the SID after every game/match
All institutions hosting a BCCAA Exhibition tournament are required to submit via email the
appropriate form (Form 21 – Bball, Form 22 – Soccer or Form 23 – Vball).
Institutions hosting a tournament are required to send the SID a Tournament draw one day prior to
the start of the tournament. Upon completion of the tournament, the host is required to submit the
results onto the appropriate form (Form 21, 22 or 23) and send to the SID by Monday 12 pm.
Failure to do so will result in a $25 fine. A $10 fine will be assessed for each week that the form is
not received.
Member Institutions are required to clearly indicate if the game is an exhibition or a scrimmage
5.4.1
Scrimmages:
(See Article 1 – Definitions) Member Institutions are not required to submit
scores
(See Article 1 – Definitions) Games listed as an exhibition by a member
institution must be played as exhibitions.
5.4.2
Exhibitions:
5.4.3
In the event that the status of the game is changed, the Member institution is required to declare
the change in writing to the SID by way of submitting a revised schedule no later than 72 hours
prior to the start of the scheduled game. Failure to report the change to the SID will result in a
$25.00 fine.
NOTE: Member institutions are required to clarify game status with CIS schools
NOTE: Alumni Games are considered scrimmages
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 5
5.5
Games/matches scheduled between the end of league play and the start of National Championships cannot
be counted as games/matches against a suspension that occurred in the final weekend of league/playoff
play. That is, if a student-athlete is ejected from the last league/playoff game/match of the year, and his/her
team had previously scheduled an exhibition game/match prior to the start of Nationals, that exhibition
game/match would not count as the “automatic” one game/match, nor as part of any additional
games/matches as may be assessed by the Discipline Committee review of the ejection.
5.6
Any changes to this schedule must be submitted to the SID as soon as arrangements are confirmed.
Maintaining an updated schedule with the SID is vital with respect to possible player/coach suspensions.
See A14, S1.
5.6.1
All changes must also immediately be updated on the CCAA Dakstats website. See CCAA
Operating Code Article 12, Section 10 Scoreboard
SECTION 6 - EXTERNAL SUSPENSION REVIEW
6.1.
Any Coach or Athletic Director who becomes aware of allegations regarding the suspension of a BCCAA
participant by another league or association (e.g. CCAA, club team) is obligated to contact the Discipline
Committee Chair and relay this information. The Discipline Committee Chair will review the situation. If
the allegation is confirmed, that is, the student-athlete is indeed serving a time suspension (e.g. a one year
suspension) by another PSO-recognized league, the BCCAA will honour that suspension and the studentathlete’s Athletic Director will be so informed by the Discipline Committee Chair.
SECTION 7 - AMATEUR STATUS
7.1
All Association student-athletes must satisfy the CCAA amateur status criteria.
SECTION 8 - HOSTING CCAA NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
See Article 9 Section 6.2.1
SECTION 9 – REPORTING RESULTS
NOTE: See Article 17 for perfect examples of completed score sheets/forms. See Article 20 for complete reporting
instructions.
9.1
Game Sheets/Starts Lists
Men's and Women's Soccer score sheets must be faxed to the Sport Convenor and SID to be
9.1.1
received no later than 4:30 pm on the first Tuesday following competition.
9.1.2
All Sports (including soccer)
The original copy (white) of the score sheet/start list shall be retained by the Association and must
be mailed to the Sport Convenor no later than two (2) working days after the competition.
9.1.3
Teams may only list the following number of players on a league or exhibition score sheet: soccer
18; basketball - 12; volleyball - 12.
See Article 12 Section 3 for Badminton & Soccer.
NOTE: The consequence of playing a student-athlete whose name is not on a signed scoresheet will be determined
on a case by case basis by the Discipline Committee. Penalties, as listed in Article 10 Section 3.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 6
9.2
All Sports. Immediately following (within 4 hours) the conclusion of any and all league and playoff
competitions, the host must update the BCCAA and CCAA websites (see Article 20) and report the
scores/results to the BCCAA SID. Failure to do so will result in a $25 fine per game/match.
9.3
All Sports – The BCCAA host must update the BCCAA website and report the score/result to the BCCAA
SID and Media Manager by 4:00pm on the first business day following the conclusion of an exhibition
game/tournament.
on
When playing a non-BCCAA institution, the responsibility to update and report/post the score/result falls
the BCCAA member institution.
SECTION 10 - ROSTERS
10.1
Complete and current rosters for all sports must be submitted to the SID by the appropriate timelines.
Badminton – 1 week prior to the 1st Tournament of the season
Basketball – 1 week prior to the start of league play
Golf – 1 week prior to the start of the 1st Tournament of the season
Soccer – 3 days prior to the Second Weekend of league play
Volleyball – 1 week prior to the start of league play
10.2
10.1.1
Rosters are set for Basketball (14 players), Golf (8 men & 8 women), Soccer (20 players) and
Volleyball (14 players). There is currently no limit for Badminton.
10.1.2
Once a player’s name appears on an official game/match sheet in a league or playoff competition
only (exhibition play is exempted from this rule), that athlete has used up one roster spot of the
allowable spots for that sport. When/if a student-athlete quits the team or incurs a season ending
injury the roster size diminishes by that number and no other student-athletes may be added.
10.1.3
The names sent to the SID can only be changed IF the player listed has NOT been on an official
game/match sheet. (i.e. Langara removes a player from their 20 man roster submitted. If the
removed player has NOT been listed on any scoresheet, Langara can add a different player. If
however, the player removed was listed on a scoresheet, whether as an INJ or DNP, then Langara
cannot bring in a new player).
10.1.4
For Basketball & Volleyball, the roster of 14 student-athletes is submitted to SID again in the
January to April semester, in the event that you had a student-athlete quit/become
ineligible/injured in the September-December semester you can top up the roster to 14. Once 14
student-athlete names appear on an official scoresheet in the January to April semester, you are
not longer able to add to the roster.
10.1.5
Any new player added to an institution’s team roster must submit the name and complete roster
information to the SID and sport participating members by the Wednesday Noon prior to the
game/match. Failure to comply with the rule will result in a $50.00 fine to the offending
institution.
10.1.6
Once rosters are submitted, players cannot switch jersey numbers unless extenuating
circumstances (lost or misplaced uniform, blood on uniform etc). If there are any jersey number
changes, the rosters submitted by the institution must be resubmitted to account for the changes.
Failure to do so will result in a $25 fine.
Two days prior to the start of the second semester play, all Athletic Directors must inform the SID of any
new student-athletes and student-athletes who have become academically ineligible (Badminton,
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 7
Basketball & Volleyball only). This information is important for individual statistics. Use Form 2 for any
additions or contact the SID directly.
SECTION 11 - VIDEOTAPING
11.1
The BCCAA has an open policy regarding the video taping of external scrimmages, exhibition and league
games by fellow BCCAA members. This "open policy" means that any member can enter any other
member's facility and videotape any external competition (external meaning any competition other than an
intra-squad game). All individuals associated with and/or representing any BCCAA member institution
shall be cordial to all personnel representing other member institutions who are video taping competitions.
NOTE: See also Article 18 Section 2 & 4.
SECTION 12 - EVENT COORDINATORS
12.1
All members must provide an individual who will serve as event coordinator during all hostings. This
individual will be present from the beginning to the end of the event and will introduce her/him self to the
officials and opposing coach upon their entry into the facility. The Event Coordinator is the individual who
should be contacted during the event if the officials or the opposing coach/team is having any difficulty
during the competition (e.g., unacceptable fan behaviour, etc.). Members cannot name their Head or
Assistant Coaches as Event Coordinators for games in which they are participating.
SECTION 13 - TEAM COMPOSITION / CANADIAN-STUDENT ATHLETES
13.1
The CCAA has a rule which specifies the minimum number of "Canadian-Student Athletes" which must be
included on National Championship rosters. As the BCCAA has agreed to abide by CCAA rules (Article 9,
Section 3), this rule effectively specifies the number of "Canadian-Student Athletes" which must compete
in the BCCAA.
SECTION 14 - SCHEDULE CHANGES AND RESCHEDULING
14.1
See Article 13.
SECTION 15 - PARTICIPATION RULE
15.1
See Article 12, Section 3 and Article 18, Section 1.3.19
SECTION 16 - GAME STATISTICS REPORT
Note: Individual Statistics must be collected and submitted for all league and playoff competitions as per
the following sport specific guidelines.
16.1
Badminton
Immediately after the completion of the tournament, it is the responsibility of the Host Institution to email
the team standings for that tournament and winners of each event (M.S., L.S., M.D., L.D., MX.) to the
BCCAA SID. It is also essential to fax in immediately after the tournament the Badminton Summary Sheet
(FORM 20e) to the SID. Failure to comply may result in the offending institution being subject to the
applicable fines.
16.2
Basketball
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 8
NOTE: Cybersports points must be identical to official points on the scoresheets for basketball
After the completion of each game, the home team must email in the game score to the BCCAA SID by
11:30 p.m. (Please indicate any overtime scores). The home team is also responsible for the collection of
individual statistics for both teams using Cybersports for basketball. Schools are asked to send to the SID
their CyberSports files immediately following the conclusion of their games. Please note that the deadline
for submitting is Noon on Monday. Failure to comply may result in the offending institution being subject
to the applicable fines.
Prior to mailing the official score sheet to the Convenor, the score sheet is to be scanned, saved as a PDF
and email to SID.
16.3
Soccer
Immediately after the completion of each game, the home team must email the game score to the BCCAA
SID. A copy of the score sheet for soccer only shall be faxed to the SID and soccer convenor, to be
received by no later than 4:30 pm on the second working day after the competition. It is recommended that
whenever possible, the score sheet be faxed out immediately following the competition. The original copy
must be mailed to the soccer convenor no later than two (2) working days after the competition.
Prior to mailing the official score sheet to the Convenor, the score sheet is to be scanned, saved as a PDF
and email to SID.
NOTE: Only soccer score sheets are faxed to the SID for individual statistics purposes; All original score
sheets forwarded to the sport convenor as per Article 14, S 9.1
16.4
Volleyball
After the completion of each match, the home team must email the game scores to the BCCAA SID by
11:30 p.m. Collection of individual statistics and completion/submission of the Match Summary Sheet
(Form 23b) shall be the responsibility of each Institution for each league and playoff competition. These
Forms should be faxed to the SID to be received by no later than 4:30 pm on the second working day after
the competition. Failure to comply may result in the offending institution being subject to the applicable
fines.
Prior to mailing the official score sheet to the Convenor, the score sheet is to be scanned, saved as a PDF
and email to SID.
16.5
Individual Statistics
The SID will compile aggregate statistics from each of the game summary forms (score sheets for soccer)
and provide the Top 10 league statistic leaders to all members no later than 12 pm Wednesday on a weekly
basis. The following statistics will be collected (on game summary forms or score sheets - see Article 17)
for individual statistic purposes:
Badminton
use Form 20e
Basketball
use Cybersports
Points / Rebounds / Assists
Soccer
use Game Sheet
Goals / Shutouts / Goalie Minutes
Volleyball
use Form 23b
Aces / Digs / Blocks / Kills / Total Offense
16.5.1
Use of an Ineligible Player
BASKETBALL
Individual statistics - if a player is found ineligible after competition, the following procedure will
occur for each game he/she was listed on the game sheet:
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 9
a)
if the offending team WINS the game, the score will be altered to give the non-offending
team a 2-0 win (i.e. if Langara , the offending team won 98-78 over Camosun, the score
will be changed to a Camosun 2-0 win over Langara.)
•
the ORIGINAL FINAL game score will still be included in the accumulative points for and against statistics
columns.
•
the ineligible player will receive 0 points and 0 rebounds for every game in which he/she played as an
ineligible player. It will still be considered a game played for statistics and eligibility purposes.
•
each eligible player listed (both teams) on a game sheet in which an ineligible player competed will still
count as a game played and their points and rebounds will still be used.
•
if the ineligible player is found to be ineligible for the remainder of the year, his/her name shall be removed
from the SID’s statistics.
b)
if the offending team LOSES the game, the score will remain the same with a footnote
that the losing team used an ineligible player and the above rules will apply (i.e. if
Langara, the offending team loses 98-80 to Camosun, the score will remain as is). The
above rules still apply
SOCCER
Individual statistics - if a player is found to be ineligible after competition, the following
procedure will occur for each game he/she was listed on the game sheet:
a)
if the offending team WINS the game, the score will be altered to give the non-offending
team a 1-0 win (i.e. if Capilano, the offending team won 3-1 over Douglas, the score will
be changed to a Douglas 1-0 win over Capilano)
•
the ORIGINAL FINAL game score will still be included in accumulative goals for and against statistics
columns
•
if applicable, shutouts will be recorded.
•
the ineligible player will receive 0 goals and/or shutouts for every game he/she played as an ineligible player.
It will still be considered a game played for statistics and eligibility purposes.
•
all players listed (both teams) on a game sheet in which an ineligible player competed will be recorded along
with their goals and shutouts as having competed in the game.
•
if the ineligible player is found to be ineligible for the remainder of the year, his/her name shall be removed
from the SID’s statistics.
b)
if the offending team TIES the game, the score will be altered to give the non-offending
team a 1-0 win (i.e. if UCFV, the offending team tied 3-3 with Douglas, the score will be
changed to a Douglas 1-0 win over UFV). The Above rules will apply.
c)
if the offending team LOSES the game, the score will remain the same with a footnote
that the losing team used an ineligible player and the above rules will apply (i.e. if UFV,
the offending team loses 4-0 to Douglas, the score will remain as is).
VOLLEYBALL
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 10
Individual statistics - if a player is found ineligible after competition, the following procedure will
occur for each game he/she was listed on the game sheet:
a)
if the offending team WINS the game, the score will be altered to give the non-offending
team a 3-0 win (i.e. if Langara , the offending team won 3-2 over CBC, the score will be
changed to a CBC 3-0 win over Langara, and the three games will read 25-0, 25-0, 25-0
by default).
•
the ineligible player will receive 0 Kills, 0 Aces, 0 Blocks and 0 Digs for every match in which he/she
played as an ineligible player.
•
each eligible player listed (both teams) on a game sheet in which an ineligible player competed will still
count as a match played and their individual stats will still be used. The match will still be used. The match
will still count as a match played for eligibility purposes.
•
if the ineligible player is found to be ineligible for the remainder of the year, his/her name shall be removed
from the SID’s statistics.
16.5.2
b)
if the offending team LOSES the game 3-0, the score will remain as is, and the same
procedure for individual statistics will apply.
c)
If the offending team LOSES the game 3-1 or 3-2, the score will be changed to a 3-0 for
the non-offending team and the same procedure of individual statistics will apply.
TOP 10 Requirements (Scoring Title)
BASKETBALL
All eligible players currently playing will be included in the top 10 for basketball with some of the
following exceptions:
a. All eligible 1st term athletes will be included
b. At the start of term 2, any player who is no longer playing (on the team) will not have their
averages listed in the top 10 should they have a high enough average. Athletic Directors
must inform the SID of any players no longer with the team (See Article 14 Section 10.3)
c. At the start of term 2, in order to be listed in the top 10, a 2nd term player must have played
60% of all remaining games before their name can be added to the Top 10.
d. Any player who suffers a season ending injury, must have played 60% of the required games in
order to be eligible for Top 10 scoring.
e. Once the league is finished, any 2-term athletes must have played in 60% of the required games
to be eligible for the title. 1st term athletes only will be removed from the scoring title as
they did not participate in the second term.
f. Any 2-term athlete that gets injured during the season (with the hopes of returning) but dips
below the 60% games played will remain in the TOP 10 ONLY IF they are listed as “Inj”
on the summary sheets. If they are still injured after the 4th game, they will then be
removed until such a time as they move up to the 60% of games played.
VOLLEYBALL
All eligible players currently playing will be included in the top 15 for volleyball with some of the
following exceptions:
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 11
1st Term Athletes (players starting the season)
a.
Players must have played in 50% of their team’s games to date. (i.e. if Capilano played 2
matches and a total of 8 games, then the athlete must have played in 4 games to be
eligible for the League Leaders that week)
b.
Players that don’t play in Term 2 (become ineligible, quit etc), will have their stats taken
off the league leader board.
2nd Term Athlete (players joining team in Term 2)
a.
Players joining a team in Term 2 must play in 50% of the games that their team plays in
Term 2 (but won’t be added to the league leaders list until after their team has completed
two weekends of play in Term 2).
16.6
Reporting Playoff Results
It is the responsibility of each team to fax in their summary sheets (Basketball & Volleyball) to the Sports
Information Director no later than the second working day following the championships. If however, the
host is using a computer statistics package, then it is acceptable to receive information from that package
instead of the summary sheets. Each team must make sure that the host is going to send the information to
the Sports Information Director as they are still responsible for getting the necessary information to the
SID. For soccer, it is the responsibility of the Host to ensure that the game sheets are faxed to the SID. For
Golf & Badminton, it is the responsibility of the host to fax the tournament results to the SID following the
tournament.
NOTE: The host is also responsible for faxing or emailing a list of the Tournament All-Stars to the SID.
SECTION 17 - ROSTER FORMAT
17.1
For badminton, basketball, golf, soccer and volleyball all members will use the roster format shown below
for circulation to all other participating members. All columns must be completed. No extra columns are
allowed. List in ascending numerical order (See Article 17, Form 2). All members will include the coach,
assistant coach and manager information on the information forwarded to the SID for circulation.
For Basketball, Soccer and Volleyball
H A Last
First
Positio
Nam
Name
n
e
5 5 Xing
Brighto
Forward
n
e.g.
Jeff Speedy
Andre Tee
Ht
Yr
Hometow
n
High
School
6’
6
3
France
France
HS
Head Coach
Assistant
For Badminton, Golf
Last Name
First Name
Xing
Brighton
Phonetic
Pronunciatio
n
Brighton
SH-EE-NG
Last Team
BCIT
8
7
Ht
6’6
Yr
3
Hometown
France
High School
France HS
*Year - indicates current year of eligibility being used for players.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Phonetic Pronunciation
Brighton SH-EE-NG
Article 14 - Page 12
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
For students not from Canada, you only need to list their Country of origin. The high
school they attended is NOT necessary.
Please see Form 2 (sample) for a perfect example.
SECTION 18 - PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP EVALUATION
Note: See Also Article 15
18.1
The coach of each team participating in an Association Championship is required to complete an
evaluation form, (see Article 17, Form 7) and forward to the Sport Convenor no later than five (5) working
days following the conclusion of the particular championship. Failure to do so may result in the offending
member institution being subject to an applicable fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
SECTION 19 - PLAYOFF ELIGIBILITY
Note: See also Article 12
19.1
Each team must declare their eligible players to their championship tournament opponents at the end of the
regular season. Within three working days of the completion of the regular season, all playoff participants
must supply to other participants, SID and VP Admin. a roster of all players they intend to have compete in
the Provincial Playoffs.
SECTION 20 - PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIP GRIEVANCE / PROTEST COMMITTEE
20.1
Prior to each Provincial Championships the VP Tech, in consultation with the host, will strike a
Grievance/Protest Committee comprised of the three members which must include the head official and
may include the Provincial Sport Convenor or designate, and one or more board members or Executive (or
designate) whose team is not involved in the championships.
20.1.1
No members shall have a team playing in the championships. The Executive shall name a
replacement for any such member.
20.2
A grievance or protest shall be lodged with the major official in charge of the game in which the
controversy occurs, who shall note the protest on the game sheet. The game shall begin and/or continue
until its conclusion.
20.3
At the earliest possible time, and in any case less than one hour after the conclusion of the game to which
the protest refers, the Committee shall meet to discuss the validity of the grievance or protest and to render
its decision.
20.4
The meeting shall be attended by: one (1) representative from each team involved in the dispute and the
Committee members.
20.5
Decisions which may be rendered include:
1.
The protest/grievance is not valid
2.
The protest/grievance is valid, and;
a.
the game (or a portion thereof e.g., penalty shots) shall be replayed
b.
the game shall be forfeited, or
c.
no contest (no points shall be awarded)
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 13
20.6
For probable breach of BCCAA Code of Ethics reported to the Committee or observed by one or more of
its members, the Committee will:
•investigate the incident(s)
- interview the parties and witnesses and request written statements
- take immediate action deemed necessary to ensure the orderly completion of the Championship
competition, as per the following: a letter of reprimand; being placed on probationary status;
suspension from the Championships
- file a written report to the BCCAA Executive within three (3) working days for further review and
action (append all documentation).
20.7
All decisions of the Committee are final. There is no appeal. AGM decisions are not open to change or
revision by the Committee at the Championships
20.8
The host or designate must be present at all provincial championships and always have available a current
copy of the BCCAA Manual and a current copy of the Sport Rules Book.
SECTION 21 - PROVINCIAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
Note: See Also Article 15
21.1
To enhance BCCAA Provincial Championships with regard to promotion and public relations, all member
institutions who potentially could make playoffs shall submit the following information to the Provincial
and National Championship Host (see Article 17, Form #3, 26, 27):
A 4 x 6 or 5 x 7 colour photo, (digital), (.JPEG) OR (.TIF) 300dpi resolution
The following roster information:
Coach's name, Asst. Coach's name (if applicable)
Manager's name (if applicable)
Team nickname
Student-athlete information - name, number, position/event
This information shall be submitted as per port specific timelines below. Failure to do so may result in the
offending A.D. being subject to an applicable fine (See Article 6, Section 7.7.3).
Soccer to host
Badminton to host
Basketball to host
Volleyball to host
- Sept. 30
- 2 weeks before Championships
- 2 weeks before Championships
- 2 weeks before Championships
See also Article 15 Section 1.2
Note: In sports that do not have a Provincial Championship host or a National Championship (e.g.,
golf, cross-country) this information does not need to be submitted.
21.2
It is mandatory for the hosts of Provincial Championships to recognize all conference players and coaches
prior to their first playoff game in lieu of an official ceremony.
21.3
It is mandatory for all teams in a Provincial championship to attend the opening ceremony, unless they are
not in town at the time of the ceremony. Teams that do not comply will be fined, $100.00.
21.4
For the first day of competition only, match/game times &/or order as listed in the Operations Manual, can
be altered by the host institution as long as the host is participating on the first day. Any such changes must
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 14
be circulated in writing to be received by all participating members not less than three (3) working days
prior to the start of the competition.
SECTION 22 - BLOOD HANDLING RULE
22.1
Premise
•
in the case of blood injuries, there must be absolutely no risk that anyone be contaminated by a players bodily
fluids.
•
in the case of blood injuries there shall not be a disadvantage to either participating teams in the treating of such
a wound.
22.2
Procedures
22.2.1
In the event of an open and bleeding wound, the referee must stop play and have that player
removed from the field of play according to the appropriate sport federation ruling (FIFA, FIBA,
CVA, and IBF).
22.2.2
In the case of no specific ruling on the blood injuries an officials time out of two (2) minutes shall
be used in order to stop the bleeding of an injured player and clean or change a blood-stained
uniform.
22.2.3
The injury must be treated immediately according to the Canadian Academy of Sport Medicine
Policy on "Dealing With a Bloody Wound".
"Dealing With a Bloody Wound
i)
If bleeding occurs where other participants may be exposed to blood, the individual's
participation must be interrupted until the bleeding has been stopped. The wound must be
cleansed with antiseptic and securely covered.
ii)
All clothing soiled with blood must be replaced prior to the athlete resuming training
competition. Clothing soiled with blood and other body fluids must be washed in hot, soapy
water.
iii)
All equipment and surfaces contaminated with blood and other body fluids should be
cleaned with a solution of one part household bleach to nine parts water. This solution should be
prepared fresh daily.
iv)
22.2.4
While cleaning blood or other body fluid spills, the following must be done:
wear waterproof gloves;
wipe up fluids with paper towel or disposable cloths;
disinfect the area as described in iii);
place all soiled waste in plastic bag for disposal;
remove gloves and wash hands with soap and water."
In the case where a uniform must be changed, there will be no penalty to a team if a uniform of a
different number is used, as long as, that number has not been utilized already in the game by
another member of that team. The change of number shall be recorded at the technical table. The
use of a pinnie of the same colour would also be allowed under these circumstances, again either
the same number shall be used, or another number that has not been used already by another
member of the team.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 15
22.2.5
In the case where, having returned to the game, the injury re-opens or must be treated again, the
time out will be charged to the team and/or a substitution shall be made.
SECTION 23 - BCCAA HARASSMENT AND DISCRIMINATION POLICY
The BCCAA is committed to the principle of equity and will actively participate in programs designed to achieve
this status within the BCCAA. It is the objective of the BCCAA to provide a safe environment in which members
may pursue their sport and academic goals.
The BCCAA does not tolerate any form of harassment and/or discrimination undertakes to protect all members from
harassment by other members of its organization on the grounds laid down by the Canadian Human Rights Act.
This will include officers and staff of the association and sport personnel of member institutions such as athletic
directors, other staff, coaches, sport therapists and athletes.
The BCCAA policy is designed to protect all student athletes and members from any form of harassment which may
occur in any of these circumstances:
•
•
•
•
•
23.1
BCCAA league play
BCCAA provincial championships;
activities sponsored by BCCAA;
BCCAA business activities: AGM, Board meeting, committees;
activities external to the BCCAA where situations arising may affect relationships between
members;
DEFINITION OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Harassment and discrimination can be defined as behaviour, including comments and/or conduct that is at targeted
at the following grounds: race ancestry, ethnic origin, country or place of origin, citizenship, age, creed (religion),
sec, sexual orientation, marital status, family status, disability and colour.
Discrimination is:
a)
a differential adverse treatment of an individual or group that is not based on individual or group
performance, but arises from prohibited grounds listed under this policy (23.1)
Harassment is:
a)
comment(s), conduct or gesture(s) directed towards an individual or group, which is insulting,
intimidating, humiliating, hurtful, malicious, degrading, or otherwise offensive and which a
reasonable person would know, or ought reasonably to know to have this effect .
Sexual harassment is:
a)
any unwanted attention of a sexual nature directed at an individual or group by another individual
or group who knows or ought reasonably to know that such attention is unwanted;
b)
any implied or expressed promise of reward for complying with a sexually oriented request;
c)
any implied or expressed threat of reprisal or actual reprisal for refusal to comply with sexually
oriented request;
d)
any behavior or remarks of a sexual nature which creates or may be reasonably perceived to create
a hostile environment.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 16
The following are examples of actions which may be considered to be sexual harassment:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
physical sexual abuse;
written or verbal abuse of a sexual nature;
sexually oriented comments;
sexual graffiti;
unwanted physical contact such as kissing, patting, pinching, touching;
proposals of physical intimacy be they subtle hints or overt requests;
sexual looks which include ogling, leering;
display of pornographic or other sexually explicit offensive or derogatory pictures, photographs,
cartoons.
A hostile environment exists when an individual experiences any degree of discomfort as a result of being the target
of unwanted actions.
23.2
DEFINITION OF REPRISALS
BCCAA members are entitled to a safe environment for participation in its activities. Accordingly, they are
protected from actual or threatened reprisals. This may include, but is not restricted to:
•
•
23.3
actual or threatened withdrawal of competition opportunities and/or related benefits;
actual or threatened dismissal or disciplinary action.
ABUSE OF PROFESSIONAL AUTHORITY
An individual who is entering a sexual relationship with a consenting adult and who will be or is subject to that
individual for evaluation or supervision should decline or terminate their relationship until after their supervisory
role or evaluation role is complete or terminate this role. Even consenting relationships can inflict irreparable
damage to the sporting environment. Such relationships are considered a breach of professional ethics even if
initiated by the student athlete. Implicit in the idea of professionalism is the recognition of those in positions of
authority there is always an element of power.
23.4
INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY
Each member institution must ensure that there is in place within the institution an effective harassment and
nondiscrimination policy.
23.5
INDIVIDUAL MEMBER RESPONSIBILITY
The BCCAA board and committee members, staff and athletic department representatives of member institutions
are responsible for assisting with the prevention and discouragement of harassment and nondiscrimination by:
•
•
•
•
•
23.6
adhering to the principles of this policy;
not behaving in a manner contrary to the policy;
not allowing or condoning behavior contrary to the policy;
taking all complaints of harassment and discrimination seriously and assisting with the implementation of the
investigation procedure;
educating students regarding their rights and responsibilities with respect to sexual harassment and
discrimination.
PROCEDURE
Individual/group members of the BCCAA who have been sexually harassed or have experienced discrimination are
encouraged to advise the harasser that the actions are offensive, contrary to BCCAA policy, and therefore not
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 17
acceptable. If it is not possible to confront the harasser, or, should the harassment continue after the harasser has
been advised of the inappropriate behavior, the incident should be reported as follows:
23.6.1
Within BCCAA Member Institution
The concern should be brought to the attention of the athletic director or senior member of the athletics’
department. The individual/group with the concern should be fully informed of the process to be followed
to produce a resolution. The athletic director should ensure that the individual/group with the concern has
all relevant documentation regarding the institution's policies and procedures, and, that the
individual/group with the concern fully understands the available options.
23.6. 2 BCCAA Activities Outside Member Institutions
The concern will be brought to the attention of the designated BCCAA Representative. The BCCAA
representative will work with the individual/group with the concern, in absolute confidentiality, to
determine the appropriate procedure to be followed to produce a resolution. This may include the
following:
a)
If the person against whom the concern is being directed is a student, staff member, or is
otherwise associated with, a member institution, the BCCAA representative will assist the
individual/group with the concern in working within the policy structure of the institution.
b)
If the concern is directed against a member of the BCCAA staff, a BCCAA
representative, specifically an executive member will initiate the process.
23.7
INFORMAL RESOLUTION
The BCCAA representative will meet with the individual/group with the concern to determine an acceptable
resolution. This individual/group will be advised of:
•
•
•
1
The policy and procedures.
2
The informal options, which may include:
writing a letter to the respondent asking that the harassment or discrimination cease;
meeting with the respondent, with or without the BCCAA representative, to ask that the harassment or
discrimination cease;
examine avenues of redress outside the association.
If the individual/group with the concern wishes to pursue the matter internally the following will occur:
1
The individual/group with the concern will provide the BCCAA representative, with a detailed
written concern. A copy will be presented by the BCCAA representative to the respondent.
2
The respondent will be offered by the BCCAA representative an explanation of the policy and
procedures, and, an opportunity to discuss the nature of the concern.
Mediation may be requested by either party as part of the informal resolution process. The mediator, an individual
acceptable to both parties, shall attempt to seek resolution of the problem by mutual agreement. Both parties must
agree to cooperate with the mediation process.
The individual/group may at any time withdraw the concern. All records of the concern will be destroyed and the
respondent so notified in writing. No further action will be taken on this concern.
Should the informal process not satisfy either party, either may file a formal complaint.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 18
23.8
FORMAL RESOLUTION
The formal resolution process will begin when:
1
The respondent does not reply to a formal complaint.
2
The informal resolution does not satisfy one or both parties and a request for formal resolution is
filed.
Such a request shall be presented to the president, a review committee struck by the president and the other party
informed. The committee shall be comprised of one male and one female member of the executive.
The committee shall:
1.
2.
3.
Interview all parties to the complaint as soon as possible.
Request information from both parties which may help locate supporting evidence or witnesses.
Report findings and recommendations to the president.
The President upon receipt of the report will exonerate the respondent, impose an appropriate sanction, or provide a
remedy/alternative for the complainant.
Sanctions may include, but are not limited to dismissal, suspension, or public or private reprimand.
Should a complaint be found to be unjustified, or vindictive in nature, the president may provide a
remedy/alternative for the respondent, or take appropriate disciplinary action against the complainant.
SECTION 24 - PROTESTS
24.1
Any protest of a game or match must be indicated on the scoresheet by the team captain or coach. The
protest becomes official once the protest form (Article 17, Form #12) is faxed to the Convenor, VP Tech
and copied to the other affected institution’s AD. This must occur within three (3) working days following
the protested event.
24.2
If the protest involves the Convenor’s own institution, the VP Technical will act as, or identify an Interim
Convenor.
24.3
The (Interim) Convenor will provide to the Executive an opinion with supporting rationale as to whether or
not the protest can be considered under the rules of the sport (see A 18).
24.4
If the protest is not allowed then the protest ends.
24.5
If the protest is allowed, the Executive will consult with the parties involved, officials and other
appropriate individuals. Where videotape is used to support ruling, and unedited version of the videotape is
to be sent to the VP Tech.
24.6
The Executive will render a decision and communicate with the parties involved within five (5) working
days. A written ruling is to be circulated to parties involved and all participating members no later than 5
days following the protest being received.
24.7
The BCCAA will abide by the guidelines established by each specific sport and the rules and regulations
which govern that sport.
SECTION 25 – FACILITIES
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 19
25.1
It is a requirement of all members to provide clean and functional facilities for all league and playoff
competition. Further, members are required to provide facilities that include on-site change and shower
facilities for both teams. If a private dressing room is not available for both teams then a private meeting
room must also be provided. Should showers not be available on-site, the host will make arrangements for
the traveling team to shower as near the venue as possible at no cost to the traveling team.
25.2
Normally, the host will provide the traveling team access to said change/shower facilities no less than 90
minutes prior to the start of the competition. Further the host will provide access to the change/shower
facilities immediately following the game for no less than 30 minutes.
25.3
The host must have sufficient ice on-site to meet reasonable first aid requirements for both teams.
25.4
Traveling teams have a responsibility to ensure that the bench area and/or the change/shower and/or team
room space are left tidy (e.g., showers turned off, tape and garbage in receptacles, bench towels returned
etc.). It is the Head Coach’s responsibility to ensure that this occurs. Failure to do so shall be reported by
the Host to the offending school’s AD asap.
SECTION 26 – RULINGS
All written rulings issued by the Convenor, the Eligibility, Discipline, Appeals or Executive Committees shall
follow the following format:
Authority and decision-making process – refer to Article and Section of current rules explaining/granting
process/authority.
Background:
A brief explanation of the circumstances / situation
Request:
A brief explanation of what is being asked of the convenor / committee including Article
and Section references.
Ruling:
The individual’s or committee’s decision. In the case of committee decisions, the vote
shall be included (e.g., “unanimous” or “majority”) as well as the specific consequences
(if any) of the decision. For example, if the Eligibility Committee were to rule that a
member (Institution A) had played an ineligible student-athlete, and the consequence
included forfeiture of points from games in which the ineligible student-athlete
participated, the ruling would list all those games and identify the new score.
Example:
Sept. 21 Institution A (3) Institution B (2) score will now be Institution B (1-0).
The ruling person / body will consult with the SID prior to releasing the ruling to ensure
accuracy of this information.
How to Appeal: All members have the right to appeal the above decision as described in Article 10
Section 7 of the BCCAA Operations Manual.
Estimated Time Spent on Issue: The Committee Chair will include an estimate of person hours spent
(by committee members, officials, accused etc.) investigating, discussing, deciding and
writing up the ruling.
SECTION 27 – PROVINCIAL RANKINGS
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 20
Coaches are strongly encouraged to submit by fax or email to the Convenor a BCCAA Top 5 by noon the Monday
following each weekend of league play. Coaches shall rank the top 5 BCCAA teams in their sport, which the
Convenor will use to compile the BCCAA top 5, which is submitted to the National Convenor. The Convenor will
tally the rankings.
5 points for a first place vote
4 points for a second place vote
3 points for a third place vote
2 points for a second place vote
1 point for a fifth place vote
BCCAA top 5 will be in accordance with cumulative score of rankings.
SECTION 28 – STUDENT-ATHLETE FINANCIAL AWARDS (SAFA)
NOTE – BEGINS IN THE 08/09 SEASON
28.1
28.2
Principles
The following principles are observed in the formulation of BCCAA Student athlete financial awards rules:
28.1.1
BCCAA supports the provision of athletic financial awards to BCCAA student athletes according
to acceptable ethical practices and within the guidelines and policies established by the BCCAA
and the awarding institution.
28.1.2
BCCAA will work in conjunction with member institutions to ensure the provision of any athletic
financial award to a BCCAA student athlete conforms to the policy of the institution and/or
guidelines and policies established by BCCAA and the awarding institution.
28.1.3
BCCAA supports equal opportunity for all BCCAA student athletes within the context of the
established rules of BCCAA
28.1.4
All BCCAA athletes must demonstrate progress towards furthering their education and
maintaining academic success.
28.1.5
BCCAA promotes gender equity in the implementation of the awards policy.
28.1.6
The spirit and intent of the BCCAA Student athlete financial awards policy is to ensure that any
and all financial aid provided to student athletes is done so in an ethical manner e.g., applicable
criteria are met, award maximums are adhered to, employment income provided that is conditional
to being listed on a BCCAA Eligibility Form or that is awarded to any student athlete who is listed
on a BCCAA Eligibility Form is paid at market value and for legitimate work completed.
28.1.7
BCCAA through its Discipline Committee Policy, will impose penalties for violations of
guidelines and policies on athletic financial awards established by BCCAA.
Definitions
28.2.1
Student athlete - a student who is, or expected to be, eligible and listed on a member institution’s
Official BCCAA Eligibility Form filed for that sport with CCAA in that academic year.
28.2.2
A student athlete financial award (SAFA) is any award that is conditional to being listed on a
BCCAA Eligibility Form or that is awarded to any student athlete who is listed on a BCCAA
Eligibility Form and administered by the institution’s awards office consistent with the awarding
institution’s policies. These awards include but are not limited to, scholarships, bursaries, prizes,
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 14 - Page 21
leadership awards, merit awards, housing, non-competition related transportation, and all other
related, non-employment financial benefit received by a student athlete from their institution.
28.2.3
28.3
Provincial Government Athlete Assistance Program [AAP] awards do not count toward the
aggregate total of athletic financial awards received.
Restrictions
The BCCAA is opposed to the provision of any financial benefit or assistance to a student athlete unless
the benefit or assistance conforms with the BCCAA rules and the policy of the member institution.
28.3.1
Total Value of SAFA Restrictions:
28.3.1.1 There is no restriction on the number of student athletic financial awards that a student
athlete may receive in an academic year, except that they may not aggregate to more than
the value of tuition and compulsory fees of the institution for which the student athlete is
competing.
28.3.2.1 The total amount of student athletic financial awards on any team cannot exceed 70% of
the value of the total roster’s (as defined by Nationals) tuition and compulsory fees.
28.3.2
28.4
Non-Institutional Administered (3rd Party) Award Restrictions
A student athlete cannot be in receipt of an award or benefit that is being provided independent of
the institution and which is conditional to being listed on a BCCAA eligibility Form or that is
awarded to any student athlete who is listed on a BCCAA eligibility form.
Interpretation of SAFA Policy
A member institution may request, via its Director of Athletics, an interpretation of SAFA policy by the
SAFA Committee
28.4.1
Procedure for Request
A member institution requiring an interpretation of a BCCAA SAFA Policy shall direct an e-mail
request for same to the SAFA Committee, copying all committee members, detailing the policy in
question and the information required to enable an interpretation to be issued.
28.4.2
SAFA Committee’s Duty
As soon as possible, but within 5 working days of the receipt of such an e-mail request, the
Executive shall issue via e-mail an interpretation of the BCCAA SAFA policy to the requesting
individual at the member institution, and provide a copy of same membership.
28.4.3
Appeal of Ruling of SAFA Committee Representative
a) A member institution who is affected by the decision of the SAFA Committee may request a
final and binding review of that decision to the Appeals Committee.
b) Upon receipt of a request for review, the Appeals Committee shall follow the Appeals process
(A10, S7). A copy of the decision shall be shared with all members
28.5
Violations and Sanctions
28.5.1
Members found to be in violation of the SAFA policy shall be subject to Article 10, S3.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 1
ARTICLE 15 - CHAMPIONSHIP HOSTING GUIDELINES
Note: See Also Article 14, Section 21
SECTION 1 - PRE-TOURNAMENT
1.1
Each institution involved in the event will be contacted by the host not less than two (2) weeks prior to the
championship and informed of game/event times, special arrangements, local and campus maps, all-star
selection process, practice times, uniform colours, field conditions, etc.
1.2
For all championships, the potentially qualifying participants must forward the institutional team
information to the host (see Article 14, Section 21.1) no less than two (2) weeks prior to the
Championships.
1.3
For basketball, soccer and volleyball, the host will provide a championship program with team photos and
complete team roster information.
1.4
Obtain championship medals, banner and trophies from the Association Vice-President Administration.
1.5
Contact and arrange for appropriate media coverage.
1.6
Contact and arrange for qualified major officials/linesmen. N.B. Playoffs will not be played without
carded officials.
1.7
Arrange an All-Star Selection Committee for the tournament and obtain All-Star and Fairplay awards as
appropriate.
The recommended committee should be comprised of any number of the following:
• Current BCCAA Coaches (not participating in the Championships)
• Retired BCCAA or CIS coaches
• Representatives of PSO’s
• Distinguished club/community coaches
Normally a committee member should not be an active CIS Coach.
1.8
Appoint a Tournament Director and create a list of potential members for the Grievance/Protest Committee
(see A14, S20).
1.9
Request the head official for the Championship to prepare a written list of technical points to be
emphasized in the competition by the team of officials. Provide a copy of this to all coaches in the pretournament package. See Section 1.1 above and Section 2.1 below.
1.10
The host school will organize a pre championship coaches` meeting. Attendance may be in person or by
conference call. Each participating school must have an appointed representative involved in this meeting.
Schools failing to do so will be fined $50.
1.11
The host shall provide proof of institutional insurance coverage of the provincial championship event and it
shall remain in force during the event (from the first official day of practice to the official day of
departure). A copy of the certificate of insurance must be forwarded to the VP Admin 2 weeks prior to the
start of the event. A minimum of $5,000,000 in respect of comprehensive general liability insurance for
bodily injury or death or any person or persons participating in using or at the event venue(s) and any
claims arising from such injury or death and for property damage to third parties. The BCCAA shall be
additional insured in any and all such policies on insurance described above, but only for vicarious liability
arising out of activities of the BCCAA host.
1.12
Hosts are required to sweep the floor immediately prior to the first game/match of the competition.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 2
1.13
Create and update as necessary an event website linked to/from the BCCAA Home Page. N.B. Facebook
pages and twitter accounts may be added to supplement the website but cannot be used as a replacement.
1.14
Championship websites must be live 6 weeks prior to the start of the event. Failure to launch website
within stated timeline will result in a $200 fine (assessed to the host)
1.15
The championship website must feature the BCCAA/YEARSPORT domain. Hosts are not permitted to
use their institutional domain name for BCCAA Championship websites.
SECTION 2
2.1
All BCCAA Championship events must look like BCCAA properties and be branded as BCCAA events.
The BCCAA name and brand must be profiled and showcased in an effective and compelling manner. The
branding of the BCCAA will be consistent throughout all Championships
Whenever possible, BCCAA Championship hosts must ensure that:
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
BCCAA banners will be used at the scoring tables for all sports
There is BCCAA branded signage at the field or gym, in highly visible locations
BCCAA branded signage is on display at the Event Hotel, and at any venue(s) affiliated with the
Championships (i.e. dressing room doors, exterior of venue)
The BCCAA name and logo are on all print materials associated with the Championships – including
posters (where applicable), programs and press releases.
The BCCAA template for programs is utilized
Any event logo created for the Championships, will feature the letters BCCAA or the BCCAA logo
prominently
The BCCAA webmaster must ensure that:
¾ The official BCCAA website must feature the event logo created for the Championship on the front
page of the website and sport specific page
¾ The Championship website must feature the BCCAA/YEARSPORT domain. Hosts are not permitted
to use their institution domain name for BCCAA Championship websites.
SECTION 3 - TOURNAMENT DURATION
3.1
A coach's package must be created to inform coaches of any changes from the pre-event package. This
will be distributed upon arrival of each team.
3.2
Game Sheets/Start Lists
3.2.1
Obtain all match/event/game sheets or start lists after completion of each contest and keep the
score sheets on file and available for reference.
3.2.2
Men’s and Women’s Soccer game sheets must be faxed to the Sport Convenor with faxed game
sheets to received by the Convenor by no later than 4:30 pm on the first Tuesday following
competition.
3.2.3
All Sports (including soccer)
The original copy (white) of the game sheet/start list shall be retained by the Association and must
be mailed to the Sport Convenor no later than two (2) working days after the competition.
3.2.4
Failure to carry out the above may result in the offending member institution being subject to an
applicable fine (see Article 6, Section 7).
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 3
3.3
Display trophies and awards during the championship finals.
3.4
Arrange for presentation of awards:
League Awards – Provincial All-Stars, Rookies of the Year, Coaches of the Year, Mike Bartram or other
league Fairplay Awards. See Article 7 Section 11
Note: Each Provincial All-Star/All-Conference player is to be awarded “something” at the awards
ceremony at the BCCAA Provincial Championships. It would be the responsibility of the host institution to
provide and present these awards.
Tournament Awards - Tournament Fairplay, All-Star Awards, MVP, Bronze Medal, Silver Medal, Gold
Medal and the Banners and Trophies. See Article 7 Section 11
Basketball
Five Tournament All-Stars and one MVP.
Soccer
Tournament All-Star Awards to be supplied by host school:
Best Goalkeeper
Best Midfielder
Best Defender
Best Forward
MVP
Volleyball
Six Tournament All-Stars and one MVP
NOTE: The recommended presenters should be any number of the following:
• BCCAA Executive members
• BCCAA Athletic Directors
• Host Committee members
• Host Institution dignitaries/representatives
• Host Institution distinguished alumni
• Tournament All-Star Committee member
• PSO or National Team Programs Representatives
• Distinguished Community guest
Normally a presenter should not be an active CIS Coach
3.5
Arrange to have pictures taken of the championship teams and the Provincial All-Stars and all tournament
award recipients. Photos/Images should be made available for sale or free to all Members.
3.6
Normally the host will post all final results, award recipients, statistics and photos of the championship
winners and all-stars on the event website within 90 minutes of completion of the final match/game and
leave the site active for a minimum of two weeks following the event.
3.7
Each Provincial All-Star, Rookie of the Year and Coach of the Year are to be verbally recognized during
the awards ceremony.
3.8
Hosts may choose to present the bronze medal awards immediately following the bronze medal matches.
If the host chooses to do so, they will indicate this in their pre-championship information package.
3.9
Host should provide basic first aid supplies if necessary and must have ice available on site. It is suggested
that there be a qualified physiotherapist or trainer available and doctor on call.
3.10
The host shall forward the results from each day to all members and SID at the conclusion of competition
for the day.
3.11
If the Championship final is being televised, the host committee should assist the cable provider in securing
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 4
appropriate on air support e.g. play by play and colour.
If possible, at least one member of the broadcast should be educated, and affiliated with the BCCAA. e.g.
• Current BCCAA Coach, not in the Championship Final.
• Retired BCCAA Coach
• BCCAA Athletic Director
3.12
It is the host’s responsibility to comply with current CCAA video taping policy and timelines. See Current
CCAA Manual for details. Failure to do so may result in the Host being responsible for payment of CCAA
and/or BCCAA fines.
3.13
Regularly update the event website by posting scores and results immediately following (within 30
minutes) of each game completion
SECTION 4 - POST TOURNAMENT
4.1
Submit any recommendations for change to the Sport Convenor for future consideration.
4.2
Immediately after the completion of the Championships contact the SID, all members and the media with
the scores and other relevant information. A written report including all of the event results, tournament
all-stars if applicable, etc., and minutes of the coaches meeting must be forwarded to the Sport Convenor,
the SID and all members within ten (10) days of the completion of the event.
4.3
See Article 14, Section 18
4.4
Forward copies of all score sheets to the Convenor(s) within two working days of completion of the event.
4.5
Forward to the next host, the “Welcome to the BCCAA Provincial Championships” banner.
4.6
of
Post all final results, award recipients and statistics on the event website within 90 minutes of completion
the final match and leave the site active for a minimum of two weeks following the event.
SECTION 5 - HOSTING GUIDELINES FOR INDOOR BCCAA CHAMPIONSHIPS
5.1
Hosts must make every effort to utilize the products and services of, and highlight when marketing
(posters, T-shirts, programs, etc.) Provincial Championships and all CCAA National Sponsors.
5.2
The following should be used as a guideline in submitting host bids and evaluating hosts.
HOSTING GUIDELINES FOR INDOOR BCCAA CHAMPIONSHIPS
A.
Services:
local and provincial promotion of event
trained and supervised minor officials
dignified orderly awards presentation, senior admin. or convenor to assist
event manager
All-Star selection committee
entertaining/”professional” announcer. warm-up music, intros, national anthem, etc.
schedule of gym practice times available ahead of time
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 5
regular floor cleaning throughout the championship (i.e. between games/matches)
All-Star/MVP awards e.g. players (as outlined in 15.2.4)
game balls or game birds provided
3 ball system for volleyball (not an option)
telephone access for coaches
photographer (for team champions, all-stars, etc.)
concession
host-staff recognizable (staff shirts or jackets) for assistance
game day/tournament results for each team
water/fluid/refreshments for athletes/coaches
clean up crew for between games etc. (around benches, locker rooms, etc.)
EAP (Emergency Action Plan), training room facilities, ice, etc.)
coach/officials lounge
photocopying services available
B.
Facilities:
(It is assumed that an Institutions regular venue would be suitable to host Championships):
safe facility: walls etc. well back from playing surface
good lighting
good ceiling height for volleyball
clean floor
ample time to warm-up prior to game on game court
regulation size floor with sufficient space on the sidelines (safety)
floor, rims, nets need to be of good quality
schedule of gym practice times available
adequate change room/showers (minimum of 2 change rooms - 4 preferred)
bleacher spectator seats (800-1200 preferred)
separate officials change room
parking available
team rooms with white boards/green boards available
C.
Enhancements To Be Considered:
trainer and/or first aid person on duty
senior administrator to assist with awards
press conference and releases
proper programs with team pictures
TV/media coverage
1st & 2nd team all-star plaques or trophies
carded officials doing lines in volleyball
player of the game (each team)
towel and laundry service for the teams
½ time promo events
player/coaches/officials lounge/hospitality room
video taping services and playback room
washing of uniforms between games
refreshments at ½ time and post game
D.
Pre-Tournament Considerations (See Article 15 Section 1):
sufficient lead time to organize and get fan support
awards ceremonies planned
pre-tourney host package/information out to all participants
event manager on board
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 15 - Page 6
press release/media contacts
news release
collect data for program (team pictures, history, etc.)
All-Star selection committee
access to facility for pre-tournament practice
getting awards to site
advertisement - community involvement
program and poster
invitations to high schools
Policy of Building - rules etc. disseminated
hotel rates negotiated
services available - ice, towels, etc.
location of coaches meeting
security
parking
admissions costs for fans
E.
During Tournament Responsibilities:
keep large draw board updated for spectators
results sent to press after each day
F.
Post-Tournament Responsibilities (See Article 15):
follow up summary of results to all schools
tournament evaluations completed and sent to convenor
tournament stats summary/game scores/individual
complete results package to SID day of tournament
press release/follow up with media
precise and proper presentation of results to the community and media
package of recommendations and evaluations for next host
thank you letters sent
final report including recommendations given at next BCCAA board meeting
send off awards to athletes not at ceremony
G.
Things to Consider in Awarding Host Sites:
Suitability of Facility
Ability to provide essential services (staffing, expertise, etc.)
Ability to promote event, spectator draw, etc.
past performance in hosting
previous or expected fan support
need to establish fair expectations of the host
mid/post event meeting of coaches/AD to discuss ways to improve the event/resources to meet these goals
Suggested References:
American Sport Information. (1996). Event Management for Sports Directors. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 16 - Page 1
ARTICLE 16 - ATHLETIC ASSISTANCE PROGRAM (AAP)
Provincial Government Financial Aid through the Athlete Assistance Program (AAP) may be available in the
following form:
• Eligible sports include badminton, basketball, soccer and volleyball. Golf, Cross Country Running and
Rowing may also be eligible.
• Awards range from $250 to $3500 and will be presented to student-athletes who meet the programs
criteria:
Canadian citizens or permanent residence status;
Resident of British Columbia (must be a resident of BC for a minimum of one academic year prior
to application);
Currently registered and attending a minimum of 9 credit hours (post-secondary) or equivalent
Maintain a satisfactory academic standing i.e., passing a minimum of 9 credit hours or equivalent;
Register and attend in a minimum of 9 credit hours (post-secondary) or equivalent in the January
to April semester;
Maintain a training schedule acceptable to the Institution, coach and Athletics Co-ordinator
Be selected by the coaching staff to receive an award
•
75% of the funds that have been allocated by the Provincial Government for each team (eg. Men’s
Basketball, and Women’s Soccer) must be awarded to that team. Only 25% may be re-allocated to other
eligible sports.
Specific Requirements for Open National Championship Sports
• The PSI must commit to sending representation from its institution for the funded sports to its open
national championships in the year of funding.
• The PSI BC AAP representative must signed a BC AAP Sport Program Commitment Form and fax it to the
Sport and Recreation Branch prior to any funds being released.
• The PSI cannot allocate the flexible 25% funding allocation from each sport to an eligible open national
championship sport if it has not signed a BC AAP Sport Program Commitment form and received BC AAP
funding.
• If a PSI that has received BC AAP funding and decides not to send their athletes in the funded sport to the
open national championship will be required to reimburse the Government of British Columbia.
In addition the PSI must meet the following sport program requirements.
• PSIs that offer intercollegiate programs in Cross Country, Golf and Rowing that are involved in CIS,
CCAA or national sport organization open national intercollegiate championships (no qualifying structure
in place) must provide quality program requirements which include:
Post Secondary Institution Sport Program Requirements:
• Coaching Qualifications: The head coach must have a minimum Level 2 National Coaching Certification
and must be actively working toward Fully Registered Level 3 certification.
• Competitive Program: The PSI must be actively competing in a BCCAA, Canada West or NAIA
competition structure and/or supplemented by a league or series of sanctioned events.
• Training and Competition: Student athletes must participate in a full academic year training and
competition program.
• Support Services: The PSI should offer its athletes access to Sport Science and Sport Medicine services
such as athletic therapy, physical rehabilitation and sport science testing.
• Facilities: The PSI should offer performance training and competition facilities for its athletes.
NOTE: Program criteria are subject to change without notice.
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: February 15, 2009
Article 17 - Page 1
ARTICLE 17 - FORMS
NOTE:
The following forms relate to business transacted by the Association to provide timely and accurate information flow.
BCCAA
FORM #
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
1
COACHES PROFILE - All Teams
Art. 7
LAST
UPDATE
Feb. 5, 2003
2
BCCAA GENERIC TEAM ROSTER PROFILE - All Teams
Art. 14 Sec. 17
Jan. 15, 2003
3
TEAM PROFILES: Team Information (2 pages)
Art. 8
Feb. 3, 2003
4
BCCAA ALL-STAR NOMINATIONS – (2 pages)
Art. 7
July 16, 2002
5
BCCAA ALL-STAR / ROOKIE / FAIRPLAY BALLOTS
Art. 7
Jan. 5, 2003
6
BCCAA Athlete of the Week Nominations
Art. 7 Sec. 6
July 16, 2002
7
BCCAA CHAMPIONSHIP EVALUATION FORM
Art. 15
May 25, 2003
8
ELIGIBILITY FORMS - Documentation of Eligibility
Art. 12
July 16, 2002
9
MEDIA GUIDE INSTITUTIONAL INFORMATION
Art. 8
July 16, 2002
10
TRAVEL EXPENSE REQUEST / REPORT
Art. 6
July 16, 2002
11
BCCAA STUDENT-ATHLETE TRANSFER FORM
Art. 12
July 31, 2004
12
BCCAA APPEALS FORM - Protest Registration
Art. 10
July 16, 2002
13
BCCAA APPEALS FORM - Special Dispensation
Art. 10
July 16, 2002
14
BCCAA APPEALS FORM - Appeal Registration
Art. 10
July 16, 2002
15
BCCAA APPEALS FORM - Appeal to Commissioner
Art. 10
July 16, 2002
16
BCCAA APPEALS FORM - Appeal: Fine(s)
Art. 10
July 16, 2002
17
New Membership/Sport Application Form
18
Pre-Meeting Operations Manual Motions Workbook
Art. 3 Sec. 1.8
July 16, 2002
19
Timeline Update Form - Sent to the SID
Art. 5
July 16, 2002
19
Timeline Update Form (Sample)
Art. 5
July 16, 2002
July 16, 2002
Sample
20a
Badminton – Declaration
October 1, 2002
21a
GAME SHEETS: Basketball (sample completed Game Sheet)
July 16, 2002
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: July 31, 2004
Article 17 - Page 2
FORM #
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
LAST
UPDATE
21c
Basketball Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
21c
Basketball Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report - Sample
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
Sample
July 16, 2002
22a
GAME SHEETS: Soccer (sample completed Game Sheet)
22b
Soccer Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
22b
Soccer Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report - Sample
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
22c
Soccer - Referee Performance Form
Art. 18 S 3.2.4
Sept. 20, 2002
23a
GAME SHEETS: Volleyball (sample completed Game Sheet)
23b
Volleyball Summary - Stats sent to SID
Art. 14
February 15, 2004
23b
Volleyball Summary - Sample
Art. 14
July 16, 2002
23c
Volleyball Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
23d
Volleyball Exhibition Game/Match Tournament Report - Sample
Art 14 Sec 5.1.2
July 16, 2002
24
CCAA - All Canadian Athlete
July 16, 2002
25
CCAA - Coaching Excellence
26
CCAA - National Press Guide (2 pages)
27
CCAA - Team Medical History
CCAA Operations
Manual
CCAA Operations
Manual
CCAA Operations
Manual
CCAA Operations
Manual
28
Player Identification Form
Art. 12 Sec. 6
July 31, 2004
29
Player Release Form
Art. 12 Sec. 6
July 31, 2004
30
Game Incident Form (All Sports)
Sample
July 16, 2002
Sample
(2010 AGM Edition) - Revised: July 31, 2004
July 16, 2002
July 16, 2002
July 16, 2002
Sept. 2, 2003
Article 18 - Page 1
ARTICLE 18 - SPORT SPECIFIC RULES
SECTION 1 - Badminton - a major sport
1.1
SCRIMMAGE DEFINITION:
a) no Institution representative uniforms
b) no official game sheets
1.2
EXHIBITION GAME definition:
Any institutional representative team playing an Association sport and using any or all of the
following:
- institutional representative team uniforms
- official game sheets
shall be considered to be participating in an exhibition game and therefore is subject to
Association Law. See Articles 4 and 5 of the Constitution.
1.3
GENERAL RULES
1.3.1
Players must compete in at least one BCCAA tournament in the fall or winter semester to be
eligible to compete in the TEAM EVENT at the Provincial Championships.
1.3.2
Players must compete in at least two BCCAA tournaments – one in the fall semester and one in
the winter semester – to be eligible for an INDIVIDUAL EVENT at the Provincial
Championships.
1.3.3
Normally, qualifying tournaments have two days of competition.
1.3.4
Day One (Saturday) is a team round robin event. A ‘tie’ consists of 5 matches, one each of Men’s
Singles, Women’s Singles, Men’s Doubles, Women’s Doubles, and Mixed Doubles. Each athlete
can play only once in a ‘tie’. Coaches must submit their line-up for each tie a minimum of one
half hour prior to the scheduled start time.
1.3.5
Day Two (Sunday) is an individual Tournament. The tournament will include Men’s Singles,
Women’s Singles, Men’s Doubles, Women’s Doubles, and Mixed Doubles.
1.3.6
Each Institution may enter a maximum of two players/teams in each event.
1.3.7
All entries will be placed in the A, B, C or D divisions (see 1.3.9)
• Each division will consist of 3 players/doubles teams
• Each division will play a round robin
• The winners of each division advances to A event semi-final. Winners of semi-finals playoff
in A final, Losers of semi-finals playoff for 3/4
• The 2nd place finishers in each division advance to B event semi-final, Winners of semi-finals
playoff in B final, Losers of semi-finals playoff for B3/B4 (7/8)
• The 3rd place finishers in each division advance to C event semi-final, Winners of semi-finals
playoff in C final, Losers of semi-finals playoff for C3/C4 (11/12)
1.3.8
Coaches must submit their entries for the individual tournament on Saturday by 10 am.
1.3.9
Placement of players in each pool will be done on Saturday afternoon by a committee consisting
of all coaches.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 2
1.3.9.1 In the case of a disagreement about the placement of a player/team, all coaches will vote.
1.3.9.2 If still tied, then a coin toss will decide.
1.3.10
It is a requirement of the host that a meeting time and place be arranged in advance.
1.3.11
At the conclusion of all matches in an individual event, the host will list the players/teams in order
of their finish from 1st – 12th. Players/teams that finish at the bottom of the A and B pools will
move down one spot in the next tournament. Players/teams that finish at the top of B and C pools
will move up one spot in the next tournament.
1.3.12
Athletes who miss a tournament automatically drop 2 places in the rankings for the next
tournament.
1.3.13
Athletes who are ‘new’ entries in an event will be placed appropriately at the coaches meeting.
1.3.14
The shuttlecocks for all BCCAA Conference Badminton tournaments shall be the same for
consistency throughout the year and the same as utilized at CCAA Championships.
1.3.15
All events will be best two out of three games.
1.3.16
IBF rules will be followed with regard to scoring. All matches will be best of three games to 21
points utilizing the rally point system.
1.3.17
The purpose of the Provincial Championships is to select the best representatives from BC to go
forward to the National Championships. This requires that all coaches have an open discussion
with each other with regard to the placement of individual players and teams in the Provincial
Championships.
1.3.18
At the BCCAA Championships the Aggregate trophy will be awarded to the college winning the
most total points earned in qualifying tournaments. See Also Article 7 Section 2.1.1
1.3.19
To be eligible to enter an individual event at Provincials Championships, players must have
competed in that individual event (i.e. Men’s Singles) in at least one of the regular season
tournaments.
1.3.20
Points will be awarded at each tournament to institutions based on the following formula:
NEW SCORING Combined Totals
Event
Team
M. Singles
W. Singles
M. Doubles
W. Doubles
Mixed
Total
Points
675
135
135
135
135
135
1350
% of Total
50.0 %
10.0 %
10.0 %
10.0 %
10.0 %
10.0 %
100 %
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 3
Team Round Robin Event (Saturday):
Team
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total
New Scoring System
Points
% Sub Total
193
28.6%
161
23.8%
129
19.0%
96
14.3%
64
9.5%
32
4.8%
0
0.0%
675
Individual Event Winners (Sunday):
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Flight
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
New Scoring System
Points
% Sub TTL
20
14.8 %
17
12.6 %
16
11.9 %
15
11.1 %
13
9.6 %
11
8.1 %
10
7.4 %
9
6.7 %
8
5.9 %
7
4.4 %
5
3.0 %
4
2.2 %
3
1.5 %
1
0.7 %
Flight %
A = 50.4 %
B = 37.8 %
C = 11.9 %
Points from both Team Round Robin and the Individual tournament are combined to determine
the winner of the tournament. A running total will be kept with the institution accumulating the
most points after all four tournaments being declared the Provincial Champion.
1.3.21
The BCCAA Champion is the institution with the highest point total from all tournaments held up
to and including the team event at the BCCAA Provincial Championships.
1.3.22
Dress Code
1.3.22.1
Players shall wear team shirts wherever possible when competing in BCCAA
Badminton tournaments. When this is not possible when normal athletic shorts
and shirts which do not exhibit offensive material including the advertising of
alcohol or tobacco products will be deemed suitable. In umpired games, the
umpire shall make the final decision. Where there is no umpire, a committee
comprised of the two coaches and the convenor or his/her appointee shall rule.
If the decision is that the apparel is offensive, the player shall be given the
opportunity to don appropriate attire or be disqualified. Repetition of the
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 4
offense or failure to comply will result in the player being suspended.
1.3.23
1.3.24
1.3.22.2
Headgear shall not normally be worn during badminton games unless for
religious or medical reasons.
1.3.22.3
Players found to be in violation of the dress code rules shall be given one
warning and afforded a chance to change the offensive clothing. Repetition of
the behavior or a failure to comply will result in the player being suspended.
The convenor will record any dress code violations and where appropriate (i.e.
repeat offense) forward the name of offending athletes to the disciplinary
committee for further action.
Tie-Breaking Procedure
1.3.23.1
If two teams have won the same number of ties, the ranking will be decided by
the result of the tie between them.
1.3.23.2
If three or more teams have won the same number of ties, ranking will be
decided by the total number of matches won. If this leaves two teams equal,
ranking will be decided by the result of the tie between them.
1.3.23.3
If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number
of matches, ranking will be decided by the difference between total games won
and total games lost, with greater difference ranked higher. If this leaves two
teams equal, rankings will be decided by the result of tie between them.
1.3.23.4
If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number
of matches and have the same difference between total games won and total
games lost, ranking will be decided by the difference between total points won
and total points lost, with greater difference ranked higher. If this leaves two
teams equal, ranking will be decided by the result of the tie between them.
1.3.23.5
If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number
of matches, have the same difference between total games won and total games
lost, and have the same difference between total points won and total points lost,
ranking will be decided by drawing lots
1.3.23.6
A conceded match shall count as if completed without the conceding side
scoring another point.
1.3.23.7
All results of any team that has been disqualified or withdraws shall be entirely
deleted.
1.3.23.8
In the case of ties involving three or more teams all matches played in the round
robin are included in the calculation – even those not involved in the tie.
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 5
1.4
OFFICIALS
A certified official is required to be on site at all BCCAA tournaments
a) Provincial level official is the minimum level of certification required for this position
b) The host institution is responsible for booking and paying the certified official (approximate cost is
$100 per tournament)
1.5
BCCAA CHAMPIONSHIPS
The Provincial Championships is a two day tournament which is exactly the same as the previous
tournaments with the exception that institutions may enter one player/team in each event on Sunday.
Day one (Saturday) is the final team round robin event and the Provincial Team Champion is decided at the
end of play on that day. Points awarded for the Team event will be:
1st Place
2nd Place
3rd Place
4th Place
5th Place
6th Place
= 386 points
= 322 points
= 258 points
= 192 points
= 128 points
= 64 points
Day two (Sunday) of the Provincial Championships is a round robin event with each institution entering
only one p[layer/team in each event. There are no points awarded towards the Provincial Team
Championship.
1.5.1
Five courts are needed for the championships.
1.5.2
The first, second and third place finishers of the individual events will receive medals.
1.5.3
The winner of each event will be B.C.'s #1 representative in any further competition.
1.5.4
If there is to be a B.C. #2 representative in further competition, it shall be the Silver
Medallists. Should they not be available then the Bronze Medallists etc.
1.5.5
Where championship winners may advance to further competition (C.C.A.A.) players
must declare prior to the commencement of the BCCAA Championship if they will
attend should they win. If a player wins and has declared he/she cannot go (for whatever
reason) then the runner up shall represent B.C. A declaration form is to be submitted at
the time of registration for the BCCAA Championship Tournament.
NOTE: The declaration is there to ensure that the National Championship is fully
recognized. A player signing that form is declaring that they will give their individual
attention to the Nationals. If there is a conflict, the player must decide which tournament
they will compete in.
1.5.6
NOTE: Effective September 2010
The institution of each player selected to represent the BCCAA at the CCAA National
Championships is responsible for paying the entire cost of the selected players BCCAA
representative apparel. All such apparel must be crested only with the BCCAA name,
word mark and/or logo.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 6
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 7
SECTION 2 - Basketball - a major sport (see Minor Officials Handbook Article 20)
2.1
SCRIMMAGE definition:
a)
teams shall not wear institutional representative uniforms (home or away)
b)
no official game sheets used
c)
all game(s) played in a spring and/or summer league (April 1st to August 31st) with uniforms
and/or an official game sheet are considered scrimmages
2.2
EXHIBITION GAME definition:
Any institutional representative team playing an Association sport (Sept. 1 to March 31) and using any or
all of the following:
- institutional representative team uniforms
- official game sheets/start lists
shall be considered to be participating in an exhibition game/event and therefore is subject to Association
Law (see Articles 4 and 5 of the Constitution).
2.3
PLAYING REGULATIONS
2.3.1
The Home team will be allowed to select their team bench
2.3.2
Players are permitted to wear T-shirts under their uniforms provided the colour is the same as their
uniform
2.3.3
The BCCAA will employ a three-referee system for all men’s competitions and a two-referee
system for all women’s competitions
2.3.4
At the end of regulation or overtime, those free throws that do not determine the final outcome of
the game shall be taken
2.3.5
A copy of the Cyber sports would be sent to the visiting team as well as the SID
2.3.6
Dunking will be permitted in warm-up
2.4
GENERAL RULES:
a)
All BCCAA member institutions are to use the Cybersports program at home games and shall
provide to both teams, copies of the statistics at half time and at the end of the game. Schools
submitting Cybersports files using any roster version other than the most recent as circulated by
the SID will be fined $25 per instance.
b)
2 x full timeouts (60 seconds) in the first half. 3 x full timeouts (60 seconds) in the second half.
Timeouts DO NOT carry over.
c)
When there is an extra period(s), each team shall be entitled to one extra 60-second timeout per
extra period with no carryovers
d)
Timeouts must be called by a coach or an assistant coach through the scorers bench. Coaches
should go over to the bench when requesting a timeout.
e)
Jump ball to start the game. Alternate possession (possession arrow) will be used in all other
situations.
2.4.1
The official ball of both the BCCAA and the CCAA is the Spalding 1000. This ball must be used in all
league and playoff games. The host institution must supply six (6) good balls for opposing team's use
during warm ups for all exhibition, league and playoff/championship games.
2.4.2
BCCAA basketball score sheets shall be utilized for all league and playoff games. Scorers must complete
score sheets (See Form 10). Score sheets are available from the Sport Convenor.
a)
Sport Convenors will assess fines for any errors and/or omissions that are found on the score sheets. A one
time fine of $25.00 per score sheet will be assessed for one or more score sheet errors/omissions. All
errors/omissions on each score sheet will be noted in the Convenors’ annual WBM and AGM reports.
Fineable errors and omissions regarding basketball score sheets are as follows:
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Period scores recorded in the period scores box
Winning team recorded inbox
Final Score not appearing in Final Score box
Date and/or College name(s) not appearing on score sheet
Men’s or women’s competition recorded in competition box
Score sheet done in pencil
Missing score sheet
Old score sheet used
Missing signatures of minor officials on score sheet
Missing names and signatures of the referees
More than 12 players listed on score sheet
Unauthorized altering of the score sheet after the start of play
Not keeping the running score properly including circling the number of the player on a
successful three point shot
Listing the players in numerical order with the player numbers being recorded on the left in the
license no. column
Fouls must be recorded using the appropriate letter symbol with the number of the quarter written
beside the letter.
Submitting the score sheet late, as per article 14 section 9.2
2.4.3
Team line-up to be handed to scorer as per FIBA rules.
2.4.4
If the Director of Athletics of the home team is not in attendance at a game, then the host institution's
Event Co-ordinator (see Article 14, Section 12) is responsible for crowd control.
2.4.5
Schedule alterations must be approved by the Scheduler and circulated to all participating
2.4.6
A $50.00 fine will be levied against the scheduled host institution for failing to notify conference members
of changes in league schedules or venues after ratification of league schedules.
2.4.7
Game times see Article 13 Section 10.2
2.4.8
See Article 13, Section 5.2.2 - regarding uniform colours
2.4.9
Half time of the Men’s and Women’s Basketball games be will 15 minutes for League and Championship
play. Hosts wishing to alter this time require prior written approval from the traveling team. Such requests
must be received by the traveling team not less than five (5) days prior to the competition. Traveling teams
are under no obligation to grant such a request.
2.4.10
For all exhibition, league and playoff games, teams are permitted to roster 14 players and to be consistent
with the CCAA rule all 14 players should be permitted to dress and warm-up but teams may only list 12
players on the scoresheet and only those players may play in the game.
CCAA Rule
2.4.11
2.1.2.2 The maximum number of players permitted on the roster is 14
2.1.2.3 All players on the official roster may dress, warm-up, and sit on team bench
2.1.2.4 A maximum of 12 players are eligible to play in each championship game
Video Taping procedures - Basketball Specific Protocol
a)
For all BCCAA league basketball games, the home team provides a copy of the game on a DVD
to the visiting team immediately following the game.
b)
The host institution will supply the blank video tapes for all games played at their institution.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 9
c)
The host institution will do a trial run of the taping procedure no later than ten minutes before the
start of the game and inform the visiting team that everything is in working order.
d)
If only one copy of the video tape worked during the women’s game, every effort must be made to
create another copy to be available to the visiting coach by the end of the men's game. If this is
not possible, the visiting team will be given the one copy that did work. The visiting team will be
asked to produce a copy for the host institution and courier the tape, at the expense of the host
institution, to be received by the athletic department of the host institution by 4:30 pm on the
Wednesday following the day of the game.
e)
A fine of $100.00 will be placed on the host institution for failing to produce and provide a video
tape of the game to the visiting team.
f)
A fine of $50.00 will be placed on the visiting team for failing to have the copied video tape to the
host athletic department by 4:30 pm on the Wednesday following the day of the game.
ƒ
The camera should be set up as near centre court and as high up in the bleachers as
possible
ƒ
Do not just set the camera on the court and leave it, please follow the play as accurately
as possible
ƒ
Make sure that you are picking up as panoramic a view as possible always keeping the
ball and players in view with the basket.
ƒ
There will be opportunities for you to zoom in on the play (free throws, fouls, etc.)
ƒ
Please remember to zoom in on the scoreboard as often as possible. The best times for
this are obviously at half-time but also at every time out. Once you have recorded the
score at half time or at time outs the camera should be paused until the action starts up
again. Also toward the end of the game try to get a quick shot of the scoreboard before
free throw attempts.
ƒ
Immediately after the game the tape is to be initialed signifying, date, opponent, gender
and sport.
2.4.12
It is strongly recommended that any referee wishing to officiate a BCCAA basketball game pass a written
and practical exam and attend a pre-season referees clinic.
2.4.13
Protests - We abide by the guidelines established by each specific sport and the rules and regulations which
govern that sport. See also Article 14 Section 24
2.4.14
Competitive Environment
2.4.14.1
Music (including live “bands”) and computer generated sounds that are organized and/or
played by host school game management personnel are not to be played at any time while
the ball is in play.
2.4.14.2
Music (including live “bands”) and computer generated sounds that are organized and/or
played by host school game management personnel and announcements are not to be
played/made while a player is shooting free throws. Once the player receives the ball
from the official all sounds from the announcing table are to cease.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 10
2.4.14.3
The PA announcer’s primary focus is to announce the game. It is expected that the PA
announcer will give respect to the visiting team and not lead spectators in biased cheering
and “noisemaking”.
2.4.14.4
Individuals that carry out the game presentation should be knowledgeable of the game to
ensure that “noise” is made only during appropriate breaks during the play of the game.
2.4.14.5
The game presentation should be managed so that it is respectful to the visiting team.
2.4.14.6
It is expected that the home school will manage the game presentation in the same
manner that their team expects to be treated as a visitor at other host schools.
2.4.14.7
Noisemakers will be allowed in the stands for all games with the following exceptions:
aerosol air horns, loud speakers (megaphones), whistles, and laser pointers.
2.4.14.8
The host will provide and maintain throughout the entire game including half time and
breaks in play, an area free of fans behind the visiting team’s bench. Normally, this area
will extend a minimum of 3 meters behind the bench and extend 5 feet past either end of
the bench
Notes:
The game Officials will administer 2.4.14.1-3. First occurrence during a game will result
in a warning. With each subsequent occurrence, the home team will be charged with a
technical foul. Even with the acceptance of these guidelines for the use of music, live
“bands”, computer generated sounds and PA announcements during the course of
basketball games, a large degree game management protocol is up to the discretion of the
host school. It is expected that the use of this discretion will be respectful of visiting
teams.
2.4.15
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules
2.5
SCHEDULES / SCHEDULING
See Article 13 scheduling
2.6
PLAYOFF FORMAT
All hosts are responsible to provide equal practice times to all participating teams in the provincial
championships. Participating teams must have the opportunity to practice on the main court prior to
playing their first game, if they so choose. Hosts will do their best to schedule practice times according to
when teams play and arrive, etc.
2.6.1
The structure of the BCCAA Provincial Basketball Championships will be a six-team single
elimination format. The top six (6) teams in the end of league play qualify. There is no host berth.
THURSDAY
Game #1
Game #2
TEAM 1
TEAM 2
TEAM 3
TEAM 4
vs
vs
vs
vs
BYE
BYE
TEAM 6
TEAM 5
FRIDAY
Game #3
Game #4
TEAM 2
TEAM 1
vs
vs
Winner of Game #1 (Team 3 vs Team 6)
Winner of Game #2 (Team 4 vs Team 5)
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 11
SATURDAY
CONSOLATION
CHAMPIONSHIP
2.6.2
Loser of Game #3 vs loser of Game #4
Winner of Game #3 vs winner of Game #4
For a six team single elimination format, men’s and women’s basketball and volleyball, the
Provincial Championship hosts will provide a 45 minute practice slot for each team prior to the
Championships. Normally, practices will occur on the Championship court and teams will receive
a maximum of one slot each day. Practice slot choice for Weds practices are determined by the
host with teams traveling the furthest getting first pick. Distances to be determined by MapQuest.
Recommended Practice Times:
Wednesday PM
Slot 1 –
Slot 2 –
Slot 3 –
Slot 4 –
Slot 5 –
Slot 6 –
Slot 7 –
Slot 8 –
2.7
Thursday AM
Slot 1 – Women’s # 2 Seed
Slot 2 – Men’s # 2 Seed
Slot 3 – Women’s # 1 Seed
Slot 4 – Men’s # 1 Seed
Friday AM
9:00 – 9:45 am
9:45 – 10:30 am
10:30 – 11:15 am
11:15 – 12:00 pm
Women’s #2 Seed
Men’s #2 Seed
Women’s #1 Seed
Men’s #1 Seed
Saturday AM
9:00 – 9:45 am
9:45 – 10:30 am
10:30 – 11:15 am
11:15 – 12:00 pm
Women’s Gold Lower Seed
Women’s Gold Higher Seed
Men’s Gold Lower Seed
Men’s Gold Higher Seed
OFFICIALS:
2.7.1
Allocation and cost of officials for all Conference basketball games shall be the responsibility of
the home team.
2.7.2
All officials assigned to referee Association games shall be accredited by the appropriate
organization.
2.7.3
No official will be assigned to work an Association playoff game if either of the competing teams
represents an institution with which he or she is affiliated.
2.7.4
Women’s Basketball
2.7.4.1 If one major official does not show up and therefore only one appropriately certified
major official is present and ready to start within 60 minutes after the scheduled start
time, the game shall be played as scheduled. The home institution shall notify the
Convenor, the Allocator and the Executive if the situation arises. Coaches can mutually
agree to start the game without waiting the entire 60 minutes provided that they have
both agreed in writing on the scoresheet prior to the start of the game.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 12
2.7.4.2 If both major officials do not show up and are not present and ready to start within 60
minutes after the scheduled start time, the game is cancelled with the home team being
considered the canceling institution. In this situation, the total costs of rescheduling the
game (including all travel costs) will be billed to the Association and split equally
amongst all participating members. The home institution shall notify the Convenor, the
Allocator and the Executive if this situation arises.
2.7.5
Men’s Basketball
2.7.5.1 If one major official does not show up and therefore only two appropriately certified
major officials are present and ready to start within 60 minutes of the scheduled start
time, the game shall be played as scheduled. The home institution shall notify the
Convenor, the Allocator and the Executive if the situation arises. Coaches can mutually
agree to start the game without waiting the entire 60 minutes provided that they have
both agreed in writing on the scoresheet prior to the start of the game.
2.7.5.2 If two or three major officials do not show up and only one appropriately certified major
official is present and ready to start within 60 minutes after the scheduled start time, the
game shall be played with mutual consent from the Athletic Directors and/or coach’s of
the home and visiting teams.
2.7.5.3 If three major officials do not show up and are not present and ready to start within 60
minutes after the scheduled start time, the game shall be cancelled with the home team,
being considered the canceling institution. In this situation, the total costs of rescheduling the game (including travel costs) will be billed to the Association and split
equally amongst all participating members. The home institution shall notify the
Convenor, the Allocator and the Executive if this situation arises.
2.7.6
2.8
Any complaints or disputes about officials should be directed to the Convenor in writing who will
then deal with the situation through the BCBOA Supervisor of Officials.
DISCIPLINARY ACTION GUIDELINES - BASKETBALL
See also Article 14, Section 1 Note
The suspensions outlined in the Discipline Guidelines are considered the minimum sanction for the
specified behaviour/violations. Each case will be dealt with on its own merits and further suspensions may
apply.
2.8.1
Definitions
I.
Unsportsmanlike Fouls
A player who has received two unsportsmanlike fouls is considered to have been disqualified
the game and has not been ‘ejected’ from the game according to BCCAA guidelines.
from
Examples include, but are not limited of the following:
• Player making no effort to play the ball and contact occurs
• Player causes contact with opponent from behind or laterally in an attempt to stop a fast break
(clear path to hoop)
II.
Disqualifying Fouls (non grievous)
A player or coach shall be considered to have been ‘ejected’ when he or she has been given a
disqualifying foul. The player or coach must not sit on the bench and must leave the gym.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 13
Examples include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
Disrespectfully addressing or contacting an official or gesturing in such a manner as to
indicate resentment
• Taunting, baiting or ridiculing another
• Player or bench personnel; or pointing a finger at or making obscene gestures towards
another player or bench personnel
• Purposely obstructing an opponent’s vision by waving or placing hand(s) near his or her eyes
•
Knowingly attempting a free throw to which he or she is not entitled
• Accepting a foul that should be charged to a teammate
• Inciting undesirable crowd reaction
III.
Disqualifying Fouls (Grievous)
A player or coach shall be considered o have been ‘ejected’ when he or she has been given a
disqualifying foul. The player or coach must not sit on the bench and must leave the gym.
Examples include, but are not limited to the following:
• Using profanity or vulgarity
• Extremely unethical, unsporting behaviour (verbal or physical)
• Verbal or physical abuse (threatening behaviour)
• Violent conduct
• Violent conduct or attempted violent conduct that includes striking, spitting, kicking, biting
or throwing objects
• Assault, verbal or physical, of Game Officials as in deliberate physical contact such as
pushing, pulling, charging or verbally threatening the Official
• Aggressive play with intent to injure
IV.
accumulation
Technical Fouls (coach)
A coach shall also be considered to have been ‘ejected’ according to the BCCAA discipline
guidelines when he or she has been charged with two (2) direct technical fouls or the
of three direct or indirect technical fouls.
V.
Technical Fouls (player)
A player who has accumulated five (5) fouls (personal or technical) and is thus disqualified from
the game has NOT been ‘ejected’ according to the BCCAA discipline guidelines. The player may
remain on the bench. A Form 30 is NOT to be completed by the official.
2.8.2
Consequences / Penalties for Players
Game Ejections
2.8.2.1 Game Ejection Due to a Disqualifying Foul (Non-Grievous)
Note:
Minimum consequences for non-grievous conduct run concurrently with Article 14 (see
A14 Sec. 1 – Conduct)
First Offense:
Automatic one game suspension from the next scheduled
exhibition/league/playoff game
Second Offense: Automatic two game suspension from the next two scheduled
exhibition/league/playoff games.
Third Offense:
Immediate review by the Discipline Committee; may result in suspension from
the remainder of league and playoff competition.
2.8.2.2 Game Ejection Due to a Disqualifying Foul (Grievous)
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 14
Note:
Minimum consequences for grievous conduct run concurrently with Article 14 (See A14
Sec. 1 – Conduct)
First Offense:
Automatic two game suspension from the next two scheduled
exhibition/league/playoff games. Further suspension may be assessed pending
review by the Discipline Committee
Second Offense: Immediate review by the Discipline Committee; may result in suspension from
the remainder of league and playoff competition.
2.8.3
Consequences / Penalties for Coaches
2.8.3.1 Game Ejections Due to Technical Foul(s)
Actions which may not be serious in nature may lead to a game ejection after the third (3) Indirect
Technical Foul. In such a case the incident must be reported in writing to the Discipline
Committee.
2.8.3.2 Game Ejection Due to Technical Foul(s) or a Disqualifying Foul (Non-Grievous)
First Offense:
Ejection from current game.
Second Offense: Automatic one game suspension; further suspension may be assessed pending
review by the Discipline Committee.
Third Offense: Automatic two game suspension. Further suspension may be assessed pending
review from the Discipline Committee.
2.8.3.3 Game Ejection Due to Technical Fouls(s) or a Disqualifying Foul (Grievous)
Actions listed under Direct Technical Fouls (grievous) within the same season will be as follows:
First Offense:
Automatic two game suspension from the next league or playoff game. Further
suspension may be assessed pending review from the Discipline Committee.
Second Offense: Immediate review by the Discipline Committee; may result in suspension from
the remainder of league and playoff competition.
2.8.4
2.9
See also, Article 14 Sections 1.1 & 1.2 - Common Sport Rule
TIE BREAKING PROCEDURE - The tie breaking procedure for all playoff spots is as follows:
Ties for seeding the BCCAA Provincial Basketball Championships will be broken as follows:
A
Two-team tie:
1.
Results of head-to-head competition during the regular season.
2.
Point differential between tied teams
3.
The two tied teams for the final playoff position may mutually agree to play a
game to determine a Provincial Championship entry. Details of the game will be
negotiated between the two schools, and may be played at a neutral site, or one
of the schools involved. The game must be played on the Sunday immediately
following the last regular season game, with the exception of when UNBC is
involved (or if one of the game participants is at UNBC the final weekend) then
the game must be played by the Monday following the last regular season game.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 15
4.
Each Teams record vs. the team occupying the highest position in the final
regular season standings (or in the case of a tie for the 1st Place in league, the
next highest position in the regular season standings) and continuing down
through the standings until one team gains an advantage.
a)
5.
When arriving at another pair of tied teams while comparing records,
use each teams record against the collective tied teams as a group (prior
to their own tie breaking procedures), rather than the performance
against the individual tied teams.
Coin toss conducted by the Convenor or designee.
Example 1:
Record
College
College Z
College Y
College X
College W
14W
14W
13W
12W
4L
4L
5L
6L
College Z and Y split their two games with each other.
College Z defeated College X in both games.
College Y split their two games with College X
Result: College Z finishes above College Y.
Example 2:
Record
College
College Z
College Y
College X
College W
14W
12W
12W
10W
4L
6L
6L
8L
College Y and X split their two games with each other.
College Y split their two games with College Z.
College X was defeated by College Z in both games.
Result: College Y finishes above College X.
Example 3:
Record
College
College Z
College Y
College X
College W
16W
16W
14W
14W
College Z and Y split their two games with each other.
College Z went 4-0 with Colleges X and W combined.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
2L
2L
4L
4L
Article 18 - Page 16
College Y went 3-1 with Colleges X and W combined.
B.
Result: College Z finishes above College Y
Multiple Team tie:
1.
Results of head to head competition during the regular season.
a)
After the top team among the tied teams is determined, the second team
is ranked by its record among the original tied teams, not the head-tohead record vs. the remaining team(s).
2.
Point differential between tied teams.
3.
The two tied teams for the final playoff position may mutually agree to play a
game to determine a Provincial Championship entry. Details of the game will be
negotiated between the two schools, and may be played at a neutral site, or one
of the schools involved. The game must be played on the Sunday immediately
following the last regular season game, with the exception of when UNBC is
involved (or if one of the game participants is at UNBC the final weekend) then
the game must be played by the Monday following the last regular season game.
4.
If the remaining teams are still tied, then each tied teams record shall be
compared to the team occupying the highest position in the final regular season
standings, continuing down through the standings until one team gains an
advantage.
a)
5.
When arriving at another pair of tied teams while comparing records,
use each team’s record against the collective tied teams as a group
(prior to their own tie-breaking procedures), rather than the
performance against the individual tied teams.
Coin toss conducted by the Convenor or designee.
Example 1:
Record
College
College Z
College Y
College X
College W
16W
16W
16W
10W
2L
2L
2L
8L
Record Between
Tied Schools
3-1
2-2
1-3
Result: College Z finishes first, based on the record between Tied Teams.
College Y finishes second based on the record between Tied Teams - not head to head
between Y and X.
Example 2:
Record
College
College Z
College Y
15W
15W
3L
3L
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Record Between
Tied Schools
4-0
1-3
Article 18 - Page 17
College X
College W
15W
10W
3L
8L
1-3
Result: College Z finishes first, based on the record between Tied Teams.
College X split their two games with each other, therefore, they move down the
standings to compare head to head results.
So if College Y defeated College W twice and College X split the two games with College W,
College Y will finish in second place.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 18
SECTION 3 - Golf - a Major Sport
3.1
GENERAL
3.1.1
Player eligibility sheets shall be filled out according to conference guidelines (see BCCAA
Operations Manual: Article 12) and sent to the Eligibility Chair and Golf Convenor one week
prior to the first scheduled tournament.
3.1.2
All players competing in the BCCAA Golf League will be amateurs as determined by the RCGA.
Competition will be governed by the rules of the RCGA.
3.1.3
Each member is required to pay a maximum of $75.00/player to the tournament host institution
prior to the start of the event. This amount covers the green fees and range balls each day (max. 35
balls per player) for the tournament (up to 2 days). Host institutions are responsible for any extra
costs associated with hosting the tournament. Each participating college is responsible for
contacting the host facility to arrange for practice rounds. The cost for practice rounds, additional
golfers, coaches etc. is the responsibility of the participating college.
3.1.4
Each student-athlete is required to adhere to the dress code of each course. Dress code violators
will not be allowed to Tee-off. On-course Dress Code violations may include untucked shirts and
caps on backwards.
3.1.5
All BCCAA Golf tournaments will be ‘alcohol free’. No alcohol is to be consumed at the course
prior to, during, or after any tournament round. Violators will be disqualified.
3.1.6
The BCCAA does not permit the use of tobacco products (including chewing tobacco) by any
individuals at the BCCAA competition site (clubhouse, putting green, scoring tent, official scoring
area – i.e. scoreboard) or during championship activities such as banquets, press conferences and
interview sessions.
3.1.7
a)
The BCCAA does not permit the use of electronic equipment (i.e. cell phones, mp3
players) by student-athletes. Coaches are permitted to use cell phones set on vibrarte on
the golf course during play. Penalty for breach of this rule will result in a warning from
the Technical Committee and/or Course Director; a second warning will result in
disqualification for that particular round.
b)
The BCCAA does permit the use of electronic distance measuring devices beginning in
the 2009 -2010 season. Such devices will be limited to those which measure only
distance.
3.1.8
The BCCAA does not permit the use of offensive or foul language at any BCCAA competition
site (i.e., clubhouse, putting green, tee-box, fairway, scoring tent, official scoring area, etc).
3.1.9
Student-Athletes are not permitted to throw golf clubs.
3.1.10
The penalty for breach of any of these rules will result in a warning from a member of the
tournament committee. A second offence in the current tournament or following tournaments in
the same season will result in a disqualification from that event. All offences will be documented
on Form 30 and submitted to the convener as well as the members of the Discipline Committee
following each tournament.
3.1.11
The tournament committee will determine an acceptable pace of play for the host course. The
tournament committee will use at least one (1) BCGA official to monitor pace of play and handle
all necessary rules infractions.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 19
a)
First Offence: the player(s) will receive a warning and then be put on the clock; time
maximum to be determined by the course marshal. (suggest 40 seconds)
b) Second Offence: the player(s) will receive a two (2) stroke penalty and same for every
violation of slow play thereafter
The Rules of Golf require that a player shall, at all times, play without undue delay (Rule 6-7). A
player who unduly delays play is subject to penalty under Rule 6-7. Undue delay can also occur
between strokes (such as walking slow), during the planning and execution of a stroke, and
between the play of holes
The lead group in the Tournament will be expected to play each nine in 2 hours and 20 minutes,
or less. If there are member groups ahead of lead groups the lead group will be expected to
maintain the pace of play of the member groups. The group will fall under the same guidelines as
the remainder of the field if they are following member groups. BCCAA Host Tournament
Committee should adopt the following pace of play guidelines to help in the interpretation of Rule
6-7.
A player or group is out of position when the following occurs:
1.
The group arrives at the teeing ground of a par 3 or a par 4 hole when the preceding
group has completed play of the hole or,
2.
On a par 5 hole, when all players of the preceding group are on the putting green or have
completed play of such hole
A group which is out of position shall be subject to penalty for undue delay if, after a warning
from a rules official, it has not moved back into position within the play of the next two holes.
An official will warn all players in a group, which is out of position and each player in the group
will be subject to a one-stroke penalty if the group has not regained its position. The rules official
may, at his sole discretion; make a determination to apply the penalty to an individual competitor
should the circumstances warranted.
A warning given to a group that is out of position shall remain in effect until the completion of the
round, so that even if the group regains position and subsequently loses it again, no further
warning need to be given to the group.
3.1.12
Signals for suspension of play should be discussed at the coaches meeting prior to the first tee off
and should be on the players rule sheets. These signals should remain consistent with the host
course’s normal procedure as other members may be on the course. Players will mark their ball
according to RCGA rules until play resumes.
3.1.13
As per the eligibility rules, A.12, Sec. 8.1 Integrated Participation, if there is no women’s golf
team at the institution, a female student-athlete would be allowed to play for the institution’s
men’s teams, providing that the female student-athlete passes the standard team selection. If this
occurs, women athletes would play from the men’s tees.
3.1.14
Student-Athletes participating in golf are required to meet BCCAA eligibility requirements but
will not be charged with using eligibility. Student-athletes who have been charged with using
eligibility in 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 will have their eligibility reinstated.
3.1.15
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules
3.1.16
If a player does not appear for their assigned tee-off time or signs an incorrect score card, then
he/she will be disqualified from the competition for that particular round of play and his/her score
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 20
does not count for that round. The player is allowed to continue play for the team competition on
day 2 but is eliminated from the individual competition (36 holes required).
3.2
3.1.17
If a player withdraws due to illness, then he/she is disqualified from the individual competition
(36 holes required) but they are still allowed to play for the team competition.
3.1.18
The maximum roster size for golf will be 8 male and 8 female participants.
TIE BREAKING RULE
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.3
Team
a)
Team ties for each 36 hole tournament will stand as ties.
b)
In compiling the aggregate winners after 4 tournaments, (144 holes) in the unlikely event
of ties for medal placing in the team event, the fifth scores, on the final 36 holes of the
final event, for each of the tied teams will be counted to break the tie.
c)
In the event that either or both of the teams tied for a medal placing have only four (4)
golfers on their team, the medal will go to the team that has the low individual gross over
the 36 holes of the final tournament. If there is still a tie the second low individual score
will break the tie.
Individual
a)
Individual ties for each 36 hole tournament for first, second or third places shall stand as
ties.
b)
In compiling the aggregate individual winners after 4 tournaments (144 holes) of play, if
golfers are tied for first, second or third places the placing will be settled by a sudden
death playoff if conditions permit. (i.e. darkness has not fallen, ability to get on the
course). If conditions do not permit a playoff, then the ties shall stand.
BCCAA HOSTING GUIDELINES FOR GOLF
3.3.1
PRE-TOURNAMENT AND AWARDS
a)
Each institution involved in the event will be contacted by the host and provided with an
information package that shall contain the following:
i.
Accommodation information
ii.
Name and phone # of Golf Course
iii.
Maps
iv.
Tournament tee times
v.
Special arrangements
vi.
Practice times (or how to arrange them)
vii.
Time and location of the mandatory coaches meeting. Meeting agenda
to include but not be limited to:
Introduce coaches to each other
Advise coaches of any special tournament circumstances e.g.
local rules, tee markers, etc.
Discuss and finalize the draw.
Discuss any social activities that have been planned.
Provide the coaches with an information package which
should contain the following:
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 21
Participation lists
Tournament Draws
Result sheets (blank)
Rules
This information must be received by all participant institutions no less than two (2)
weeks prior to the tournament.
b)
Each tournament host shall appoint a Tournament Director (usually the athletic director
or non playing coach) who will conduct the draws, record results, complete the Golf
Tournament Summary Sheet, and record any infractions of rules for disciplinary action.
c)
Host for final tournament shall obtain championship medals from the Vice President
Administration, and the Championship trophy from previous year's winner. In addition,
the host of the final tournament shall be responsible for arranging a year-end awards
ceremony that all teams must attend. The host can charge an accreditation fee of a
maximum of $20 for each person who will attend the event. At this event, all team and
individual achievements from that year (including verbal recognition of each
tournament’s results – team, individual and optional hole specific awards) as well as the
presentation of annual team and individual awards in the following order:
Men’s Bronze
Women’s Bronze
Men’s Silver
Women’s Silver
Men’s Gold
Women’s Gold
Followed by individual awards in the following order:
Men’s 3rd low gross
Women’s 3rd low gross
Men’s 2nd low gross
Women’s 2nd low gross
Men’s 1st low gross
Women’s 1st low gross
In addition, the Provincial All-Stars will receive their recognition in alphabetical order,
men followed by women. Finally, the host will arrange for photos to be taken of the
team and individual winners as well as the Provincial All-Stars.
d)
3.3.2
Each host shall arrange for a BCGA Rules Official to be on site for the duration of the
tournament to assess rules, infractions and penalties. Contact names and numbers
acquired from the BCGA will be provided by the convenor
TOURNAMENT SCORING
a)
Prior to the first day tee off at each Tournament, Head Coaches must declare up to a
maximum of five (5) male student-athletes of which the top four (4) scores will count
towards a team score. For Women’s competition Coaches must declare up to a maximum
of three (3) female student athletes of which the top two (2) scores will count towards a
team score.
b)
An institution entering less than four (4) players (men's) and less than two (2) players
(women's) shall be eligible to compete for the individual championships only.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 22
c)
Upon receiving approval from the tournament host, each institution may bring up to three
(3) alternates for men and two (2) alternates for women to play in each tournament.
These extra players may only compete for the individual competition. Alternates may be
required to pay full fees. Confirmation of fees and tee time availability should be
communicated by the host when registrations forms are sent out.
d)
Institutions do not have to declare the same five (5) players for the team competition in
every tournament.
e)
Team scoring for declaring Provincial Champion will be based on total strokes over all
official league tournaments (see 3.3.2a) for team scoring in each tournament
f)
Following the final tournament a coaches conference call will be scheduled for the
purpose of discussing golf issues, and drawing up preliminary schedule for following
season. Tentative hosts shall be declared at the WBM. This meeting shall be chaired by
the Sport Convenor.
3.3.3 TOURNAMENT PROCEDURE
a)
Allow an adequate warm-up period for all players.
b)
A Coaches’ Meeting will be held at each event. It will start 1 hour prior to the first teetime. Items discussed will include:
-
Introduce coaches to each other.
Advise coaches of any special tournament circumstances e.g. local
rules, tee markers etc..
Discuss and finalize the draw
Discuss any social activities that have been planned.
Provide the coaches with an information package which should contain
the following:
Participation lists
Tournament Draw
Result sheets (blank)
Rules
c)
Play commences with groups being called to the tee over the public address system (if
available). Each foursome will be handed a printed sheet of tournament and local rules
and a pin sheet prior to commencement of play.
d)
A tournament table should be set up in the clubhouse. The Tournament Director and
scorekeeper should be at this table to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
e)
f)
Receive scores
Record and check all scores hand in
Post scores
Calculate individual and team winners
Answer all questions
Results should be posted immediately following each round of play.
The draw for the next round of play should be posted as soon as possible. Arrangements
should be made to allow players to phone in to find out their starting time for the next
day.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 23
g)
At the conclusion of the last round, individual and team winners should be tabulated and
checked.
3.3.4 POST TOURNAMENT
a)
Obtain all score cards after completion of tournament and keep these and all charts on
file and available for reference.
b)
Immediately after the tournament email completed spreadsheet to the SID by midnight on
day the tournament is completed. The Spreadsheet will be provided by SID
N.B.
There is a fine for failing to comply with these requirements.
c)
The winner of each tournament will be acknowledged on the BCCAA website in an
official press release. The release will include a photograph (head shot only).
d)
Immediately contact the media and inform them of the results.
e)
Submit any recommendation(s) for change to the Sport Convenor for future
consideration.
f)
The Sport Information Director shall send the Tournament Results and current league
standings to all participating colleges no later than three (3) working days after each
tournament.
g)
Review any discipline or conduct issues from the tournament and submit a Form 30 to
the Discipline Committee if necessary
3.3.5 RULES and INFRACTION PROCEDURES
Each tournament host shall declare a technical committee which should consist of: the tournament
director, the head or assistant pro from the host golf course and an approved certified official
(BCGA Official recommended). This committee must be introduced to the coaches at the coaches
meeting and will be responsible for:
a) determining rule infractions/penalties
b) pace of play
c) assessing adverse weather conditions
d) determining the course unplayable
e) the cancellation of a round
f)
If a player is in need of a ruling they must:
¾ Attempt to contact the rules official or someone from the technical committee for an
official ruling
¾ If they cannot contact the technical committee within a reasonable amount of time they
need to inform the other members of the group of their intentions and proceed under the
two ball rule where they will play a second ball as well as the original. The player must
then ask for an official ruling upon completion of the round but prior to signing their
score card.
g) If a player or coach observes a rule infraction they must inform the technical committee as
soon as possible.
3.3.6
The note to Rule 8 of the Rules of Golf is in effect. In accordance with Rule 8, each team may
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 24
appoint one person (coach) who may give advice to members of that team. Such persons must be
identified to the Committee before giving advice (coaches meeting). Coaches are permitted to give
advice to his/her team from the teeing area to the fringe of the green, coaches are not permitted on
the putting green. If an institution has more than one team at the tournament (men’s & women’s)
and has only one coach, then that coach is permitted to give advice to both teams; such person
must be identified to the committee (coaches meeting). Breach of this rule is a two stroke penalty.
Players returning to the golf course to follow team members after their round must not
communicate in any way with team members at any time during the round. Breach of this rule is a
two stroke penalty.
Spectators are to remain 30 yards away from competitors and on the cart path or in rough with “no
communication to players at any time”. Spectators are to have cell phones on off position. First
offense – warning, Second offense – removal from golf course.
3.4
3.5
BCCAA ALL CONFERENCE SELECTIONS- GOLF
3.4.1
There shall be three (3) BCCAA All Star players. Golf All Star players shall be the three (3)
individuals with the lowest gross over 144 holes. The 144 holes is comprised of the four 36 hole
BCCAA tournaments).
3.4.2
As Golf is currently not an active CCAA sport across Canada, no CCAA awards are given.
GOLF SCHEDULING
3.5.1
Tentative hosts for each season will be declared at the WBM. The convenor will indicate
the proposed dates as discussed at the coaches meeting. Revisions may be made to this
schedule up until the Annual General Meeting of the Association, where upon the
schedule shall be confirmed and finalized.
Recommended golf schedule:
Year
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
2014-15
2015-16
2016-17
2017-18
2018-19
2019-20
•
•
•
•
3.5.2
1st Tourney
Coastal
Regional
Coastal
Coastal
Regional
Regional
Coastal
Regional
Coastal
Coastal
2nd Tourney
Regional
Regional
Coastal
Regional
Coastal
Coastal
Regional
Regional
Coastal
Regional
3rd Tourney
Coastal
Coastal
Regional
Regional
Regional
Coastal
Coastal
Coastal
Regional
Regional
4th Tourney
Regional
Coastal
Regional
Coastal
Coastal
Regional
Regional
Coastal
Regional
Coastal
Golf has 9 participating teams – 8 of which have hosting privileges
4 Coastal teams – Capilano, Douglas, Kwantlen, UFV
5 Regional teams – Camosun, VIU, TRU, UBCO, *Selkirk (no hosting privileges)
4/8 = 50% or 4 of 8 tournaments
The golf schedule will be distributed by the convenor to all member schools annually
following the AGM.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 25
3.5.3
Once the schedule is finalized there should be NO changes to the dates or venues of the
tournaments. However, if circumstances occur beyond the hosting institution's control,
the sport convenor and all institutions participating in golf must be informed in writing as
soon as possible. Failure to do so shall result in a fine.
a)
For purposes of the draw, coaches will be asked in advance of the each tournament
to seed their players. On the basis of top seeded players teeing off first on day one
(1) of each tournament, and lowest seeded players teeing off last on day one (1) of
each tournament. The Tournament Director will conduct the draw for the first round
by lot at least one hour before the tournament.
b) Institutions must submit their line-ups to the host institution a minimum of one week
prior to the tournament date.
c)
On day two (2) of each tournament teams will tee off in the reverse order of their
cumulative team score. Players will be re-ranked according to their day (1) score.
d) Regardless of the scores from round #1 no more than two players from one school
will be permitted in the same group. This may necessarily alter the groupings so that
a player may be in an earlier or later group than their score would dictate.
e)
At all tournaments courses shall be set between 6100 yards and 6500 yards for male
golfers and between 5200 yards and 5600 yards for female golfers. Hosting colleges
have the privilege of deciding pin placement.
f)
The hosting college will name the Tournament Director whose function it will be to
co-ordinate that tournament. The decision to cancel a round due to weather will rest
with the course superintendent. In the event of the course being closed due to
inclement weather, hosting colleges have the option of calling for 36 holes of play
on one day. (This, of course, will be dependent on the availability of the golf
course).
g) Threesomes (rather than foursomes) should be encouraged to assist with speed of
play.
3.5.4
At all tournaments, the tee off order is as follows:
• the female teams tee off first,
• followed by the male teams,
• followed by the female individuals,
• followed by the male individuals.
Should there be no female teams, the order is as follows:
• female individuals
• followed by male teams
• followed by male individuals
3.5.5
Ideally, the first tee time on the first day should be no later than 11 a.m. and no later than
10 a.m. the second day, whenever possible.
It is strongly recommended that the shotgun format will be used for day 2 of the
tournament.
NOTE: Requests for re-scheduling based on travel concerns may be granted.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 26
3.6
3.5.6
In order to accommodate schedules of Student-athletes, league tournaments will normally
be scheduled on Saturday and Sunday.
3.5.7
In order to assist with the speed of play, coaches are required to be present on the golf
course during the tournament rounds (not golfing).
GOLF REPORTING
Immediately after the completion of the tournament, it is the responsibility of the Host Institution to send
the final team and individual results to the Sports Information Director. An Excel file with the complete list
of team and individual results for both days of competition is recommended. Failure to comply may result
in the offending AD being subject to a fine.
3.7
CCAA TRAVEL SUBSIDY
The CCAA golf travel subsidy [$200] is given to the top five male and top three female athletes from the
BCCAA who attend Nationals. These players will be chosen by their overall rank from all BCCAA league
tournaments completed before Nationals.
The two coach subsidies ($200 per) will be given to the coach/representative of the top male and top
female teams in attendance at the Nationals. There is a maximum of one coach travel subsidy per
institution. In the event no complete teams are in attendance, the subsidy will go to the top individual's
coach/representative.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 27
SECTION 4 - Soccer - a major sport
For details regarding EXTERNAL SUSPENSION REVIEW & AMATEUR STATUS see Article 14 - Common
Sport Rules
4.1 PLAYING REGULATIONS
4.2
4.1.1
Warm-up - On-field warm-up shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) minutes.
4.1.2
Leagues games tied at the end of regulation time are recorded as ties. All consolation and
championship play – 2 x 45 minute halves. Overtime - 2 x 15 minute overtime periods.
4.1.3
if still tied, penalty kicks, as per F.I.F.A. rules.
GENERAL RULES
See also Article 12, S1
NOTE: All Soccer matches played in the Association shall operate on the basis of the F.I.F.A. rules and
regulations.
4.2.1
Kick off times will be indicated on the most recent league schedule. See Art. 13, Section 10
4.2.2
All Soccer matches played in the Association shall operate on the basis of the F.I.F.A. rules and
regulations.
4.2.3
Substitutions – Limit the number of substitutions to 5 per game with unlimited substitutions at
half time
4.2.4
Number of players on the Roster:
A team may have a maximum of 20 players on the roster for league or BCCAA playoff games.
Players named to the active roster for all playoff games must be eligible under our participation
rule.
Number of players dressed:
A maximum of 18 eligible players may be on the score sheet for a league or playoff game. A
team, which has more than 18 eligible players on their roster may play a different set of 18 players
in any one exhibition, league or BCCAA playoff game.
NOTE: A team who wins a berth to the National Championships and has an eligible roster of
more than 18 players must name a maximum of 18 players for the National Championships at the
CCAA coaches meeting.
4.2.5
Player names are to be entered on game sheet in ascending numerical order. A $25 fine will be
levied to the institution(s) (host and/or away team) for failing to meet this requirement.
4.2.6
The score sheet player lists must be completely and correctly filled in by the host
scorekeeper/minor official. It is the responsibility of both teams’ coaches to confirm their player
list (i.e., names and numbers) on the game sheet prior to signing. The official game sheet must be
signed by the host coach and visiting coach (see Form 22A) prior to the start of the game. Once
signed, no changes are permitted.
Following the game the referee will fill in the goals and cards if applicable and sign the score
sheet. It is the responsibility of the coaches to go to the minor official and fill in the goalie
minutes, check the sheet for accuracy and initial as required. It is the responsibility of the hosting
institution’s event coordinator to ensure both home and visiting coaches have the opportunity to
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 28
complete, check and initial the score sheet prior to separating the form.
With exception of errors in the visiting team’s player list (i.e., names and /or numbers), the
hosting institution will be responsible for any fines associated with an incomplete or inaccurate
score sheet.
It is the sole responsibility of the host institution to fax the Sport Convenor the completed game
sheets, to be received by the Convenor by no later than 4:30 pm on the first Tuesday following
competition. The original copy (white) of the score sheet shall be retained by the Association and
must be mailed to the Sport Convenor no later than two (2) working days after the competition. A
$25 fine will be levied for failing to meet the above responsibilities and deadlines. (See Article
6, Section 7).
4.2.7
The scoring system for soccer is as follows:
Win:
Tied Game:
4.3
3 Points
1 Point
4.2.8
The BCCAA will be affiliated with the British Columbia Soccer Association (BCSA). Annual
Multi-Sport Organization Membership fees, currently $100 per Association, as approved by the
BCCAA Board, will be paid by the BCCAA and billed back to participating members.
4.2.9
Protests - Protests may be launched in accord with rules of F.I.F.A. See also Article 14 Section 24
4.2.10
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules.
4.2.11
The home soccer team is responsible for providing water and ice at the field for games
4.2.12
All home teams must ensure that a Technical Area, as per FIFA rules, is provided on the field.
OFFICIALS:
4.3.1
(a)
level
possible,
considered for upgrade.
(b)
It shall be the responsibility of the host institution to ensure that 3 B.C.S.A. certified
officials (one to act as a qualified referee and two qualified Assistant Referees) are
provided for each game. Whenever possible, for all BCCAA League Soccer matches, the
official/referee must be certified as a Provincial Referee or the best appropriate
official. For Provincial Championships the minimum level Referee, wherever
must be a Provincial Referee or Regional Level who is being
In the event that a certified referee is not available for the match, the visiting team has the
following options:
Refuse to play the match unless a certified referee is engaged within one (1) hour of the
scheduled starting time. If a certified referee is not available within this time limit, the
game will be defaulted by the home team. (An appeal will be considered in the case of
an accident whereby the absence of an official was due to an unforeseen circumstance.)
The visiting team's coach agrees, in writing, to play the match and therefore forfeit the
option to protest the contest regardless of the final outcome.
(c)
It shall be the responsibility of the home team to provide a scorekeeper for each game.
The duties of this minor official will be to:
1. Ensure that the rosters are properly entered by each coach before the game and
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 29
2.
3.
4.
4.4
request that the head official completes a roster check before the commencement of
the game.
Ensures that the head official and the coaches have properly filled out and signed the
score sheet after the completion of the game including the amount of minutes played
by the goalkeepers.
Ensures that a game ejection form is properly filled out and signed by the official
when required.
This scorekeeper will be located at centre field between the benches of the opposing
teams. Team benches will be located on the same side of the field and on either side
of the game scorekeeper. Coaches will direct their substitutes to the scorekeeper and
notify the official of their intent to substitute a player.
4.3.2
Any complaints or disputes about officials should be directed to the Convenor in writing who will
then deal with the situation through the Supervisor of Officials.
4.3.3
An optional officials evaluation form may be completed by coaches at the conclusion of a game.
(See Form #22c)
DISCIPLINARY ACTION GUIDELINES - SOCCER
See also Article 14, Section 1 Note
The suspensions outlined in the Discipline Guidelines are considered the minimum sanction for the specified
behaviour/violations. Each case will be dealt with on its own merits and further suspensions may apply.
Discipline Action Guidelines – Soccer
NOTE 1: Playoff games refer to BCCAA and/or CCAA playoff games
NOTE 2: Automatic suspensions are NOT appealable offenses
NOTE 3: Pre-season (exhibition) suspensions carry into league play but the cautions (yellow cards) do not become
part of the accumulated cautions.
NOTE 4: Records of yellow cards will not be carried into playoffs.
NOTE 5: See A.14, S. 1.4 for terms of suspension
4.4.1
Accumulated Cautions
If a player receives two cautions in one match (2 yellow cards in one match) and is consequently ejected,
the cautions shall not become part of the caution accumulation. The two cautions automatically constitute
an ejection. If however, after receiving a caution in a game, the player is subsequently ejected for a more
serious offense, the first caution shall become part of the player’s accumulated record.
Actions, as deemed by the official to be of a non-serious nature, shall warrant a caution as directed by
FIFA laws. An accumulation of cautions within the league season shall warrant the following disciplinary
action:
4.4.1.1 Three (3) cautions (yellow cards) within the league season, excluding playoffs:
Automatic one (1) game suspension from the next league or playoff game without hearing and
appeal.
Note: A player receiving a first yellow in a game that is their third cumulative yellow card, can
play the reminder of the game (assuming they get no further cards) and begin their suspension
starting with the next game.
4.4.1.2 Six (6) cautions (yellow cards) within the league season, excluding playoffs:
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 30
Having accumulated a further three (3) cautions within league competition will warrant a further
two (2) game suspension without hearing and appeal, from the player’s following league or
playoff game.
4.4.1.3 Seven (7) cautions (yellow cards) within the league season, excluding playoffs:
Players receiving a seventh (7) single caution (yellow card) in the current season shall be
suspended for two (2) more of their following league or playoff games and shall be required to
appear by conference call before the Discipline Committee who shall have the opportunity to
assess the player’s record and assess further disciplinary action if deemed appropriate.
Note: A player receiving a first yellow in a game that is their seventh cumulative yellow card, can
play the reminder of the game (assuming they get no further cards) and begin their suspension
starting with the next game.
NOTE: Yellow cards accumulated in league play do not carry forward into playoffs. Therefore, all
players entering provincial playoffs start with zero (0) yellow cards. Similarly, players entering
CCAA playoffs start with zero (0) yellow cards.
4.4.2
Game Ejections
A referee’s written report (Form 30) is required for any incident leading to an ejection of a coach, player or
team official from a game. Anytime this occurs, the AD from the offending institution has an opportunity
to submit a written response to the Chair of the Discipline Committee by Tuesday at 4:30 pm of the week
the Form 30 came out.
4.4.2.1
¾
¾
¾
Players Receiving Two (2) Cautions (yellow cards) in one game for:
Repeated misconduct despite previous caution by the referee
Repeated unsporting behaviour (time-wasting, deliberate hand ball, etc.….)
Unsporting conduct towards other players or team officials (e.g. Coaches, Asst. Coaches &
Managers)
First Offense:
Automatic one (1) game suspension from the following league or playoff game without
hearing.
Second Offense: Automatic two (2) game suspension from the following league or playoff game without
hearing.
Subsequent Offenses:
Automatic three (3) game suspension from the following league or playoff
games and a subsequent review of the player’s record leading to possible
further disciplinary action.
4.4.2.2 Players and/or Coaches Receiving Red Cards and/or Game Ejection for the Following Serious
Offenses in the Following Categories, excluding actions against game officials – see item 4.4.2.3
below.
4.4.2.2.1 (Category A)
¾ Serious or dangerous foul play – no obvious intent to injure
¾ Insulting (but not using foul language) players, team officials or any person attending the
match
¾ Repeated unsporting behaviour despite previous warnings from the referee
¾ Extremely unethical, unsporting conduct (verbal or active conduct)
Actions Listed in 4.4.2.2.1 (Category A) within the same season
First Offense:
Automatic one game suspension from the next league or playoff game without
hearing.
Second Offence: Automatic two game suspension from the next league or playoff game. Further
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 31
Third Offense:
suspension may be assessed pending review from the Disciplinary Committee
Automatic Suspension from the remainder of league and playoff competition.
Further suspension may be assessed in the following season pending review of
the Discipline Committee.
4.4.2.2.2 (Category B)
¾ Careless, or aggressive play with the potential to injure, but in the opinion of the referee,
there was no intent to injure the opponent.
Actions Listed in 4.4.2.2.2 (Category B) within the same season
First Offense:
Automatic two (2) game suspension from the next league or playoff games.
Further suspension may be assessed pending review of the case by the
Discipline Committee.
Second Offence: automatic three (3) game suspensions from the remainder of league or playoff
games, pending review by the Discipline Committee.
Third Offense: Automatic Suspension from the remainder of league and playoff competition.
Further suspension may be assessed in the following season of competition
pending review of the Discipline Committee.
4.4.2.2.3 (Category C)
¾ Use of abusive or offensive (foul) language and/or behavior during or after the game as long
as the game officials are still present
¾ Violent conduct against players, team officials or any person attending the match – verbal or
physical assault (threatening language, striking, pushing, punching, kicking, or spitting)
¾ Serious or dangerous foul play with intent to injure
Actions Listed in 4.4.2.2.3 (Category C) within the same season
First Offense:
Automatic three (3) game suspension from the next league or playoff games.
Further suspension may be assessed pending review of the case by the
Disciplinary Committee.
Second Offense: Automatic suspension from the remainder of league or playoff games. Further
suspension may be assessed in the following season of competition pending
review by the Discipline Committee.
Additional Sanctions
The head coach of any team whose players receive a cumulative total of two (2) red cards,
determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article 18, Section
4.4.2.2.2) during the course of a season, will be suspended for the immediate next league or
playoff game. Note: The red cards are cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a
single match. That is, if player x receives one such red card and player y receives another, this
consequence is imposed on the coach in addition to, and separate from, the player(s) suspensions.
Normally during the course of a season, any coach whose players receive a cumulative total of
three (3) red cards determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article
18, Section 4.4.2.2.2) will be suspended for the next 2 league or playoff game. Note: The red
cards are cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a single match. That is, the
coach serves a one game suspension as per preceding paragraph after receiving two cumulative
red cards, and in a subsequent game, a player receives one more such red card, this counts as the
third cumulative card and the two additional game suspension is imposed on the coach in addition
to, and separate from, the player(s) suspensions.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 32
During the course of a season, any coach whose players receive a cumulative total of four (4) (or
more red) cards determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article 18,
Section 4.4.2.2.2) during the course of a season will be suspended for the remainder of their
season and be prohibited from Provincial and/or National Championships. Note: The red cards are
cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a single match. That is, if player x
receives one such red card after the preceding example, for a cumulative total of four red cards,
this consequence is imposed on the coach in addition to, and separate from, the player(s)
suspensions.
4.4.2.3 Players and/or Coaches Ejections (Red Cards and/or Misconduct Reports) for Actions Against
Game Officials.
4.4.2.3.1
For actions against an official such as:
¾ Persistent protesting and/or questioning of decisions made by game officials
¾ General harassing of game officials without using foul language
First Offense:
Automatic one game suspension from the next league or playoff games without
hearing.
Second Offense: Automatic two game suspension from the next league or playoff games. Further
suspensions may be assessed pending review from the Discipline Committee.
Third Offense:
Automatic suspension from the remainder of league and playoff competition.
Further suspension may be assessed in the following season pending review of
the Discipline Committee.
4.4.2.3.2
For actions of a serious (but not grievous – see below) nature against game
officials such as:
¾ Insulting, offensive or abusive (foul) language and/or behaviour
First Offense:
Automatic three (3) game suspension with further review of the case by the
Discipline Committee. Further suspensions may be assessed by the Discipline
Committee pending review.
Second Offense: Automatic Suspension from the remainder of league and playoff games. Further
suspension may be assessed in the following season of competition pending
review of the case by the Discipline Committee. A report of the case will be
copied to the Chairperson of the BCSA Discipline Board for their review and
use.
4.4.2.3.3
For actions of a grievous nature towards an official such as:
¾ Violent conduct or attempted violent conduct that includes striking or kicking.
¾ Assault, verbal or physical, of Game Officials as in deliberate physical contact such as
pushing, pulling, charging or verbally threatening the Official.
First Offense:
Automatic suspension of the remainder of the league or playoff games. Further
suspension may be assessed in the following season(s) pending review of the
case by the Disciplinary Committee. A report of this case will be copied to the
Chairperson of the BCSA Disciplinary Board for their review and use.
Additional Sanctions
The head coach of any team whose players receive a cumulative total of two (2) red cards,
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 33
determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article 18, Section
4.4.2.2.2) during the course of a season, will be suspended for the immediate next league or
playoff game. Note: The red cards are cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a
single match. That is, if player x receives one such red card and player y receives another, this
consequence is imposed on the coach in addition to, and separate from, the player(s) suspensions.
Normally during the course of a season, any coach whose players receive a cumulative total of
three (3) red cards determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article
18, Section 4.4.2.2.2) will be suspended for the next 2 league or playoff game. Note: The red
cards are cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a single match. That is, the
coach serves a one game suspension as per preceding paragraph after receiving two cumulative
red cards, and in a subsequent game, a player receives one more such red card, this counts as the
third cumulative card and the two additional game suspension is imposed on the coach in addition
to, and separate from, the player(s) suspensions.
During the course of a season, any coach whose players receive a cumulative total of four (4) (or
more red) cards determined by the Discipline Committee to fall under Category B (see Article 18,
Section 4.4.2.2.2) during the course of a season will be suspended for the remainder of their
season and be prohibited from Provincial and/or National Championships. Note: The red cards are
cumulative for the team, not specific to a single player or a single match. That is, if player x
receives one such red card after the preceding example, for a cumulative total of four red cards,
this consequence is imposed on the coach in addition to, and separate from, the player(s)
suspensions.
4.4.2.4 Players and/or team official continuing to play/coach after being ejected or while suspended
See Article 14 Section 1
First Offense:
Automatic three (3) game suspension with further review of the case by the Discipline
Committee. Further suspensions may be assessed by the Discipline Committee pending review. A
$250.00 fine will be charged to the offender’s home Institution.
Second Offense: Automatic suspension of the remainder of the league or playoff games. Further
suspension may be assessed in the following season(s) pending review of the case by the
Disciplinary Committee. A report of this case will be copied to the Chairperson of the BCSA
Disciplinary Board for their review and use.
4.4.2.5 The BCSA Discipline Guidelines may be used as a reference by the Discipline Committee when
dealing with a matter not covered by the above guidelines.
4.4.3
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules
4.4.4
A suspension given by the league after the last game of the season will be carried forward to league games
of the following season.
NB: Cards are carried forward to subsequent seasons e.g., suspended in the last game of 2001-02,
suspended for game(s) in 2002-03. If the student-athlete does not play in subsequent season but returns any
time after that, the suspension(s) will still apply.
4.4.5
A Player or Coach who is ejected from an exhibition game played in “out of season” competition will
receive an automatic one game suspension for their next scheduled exhibition or league game.
It is the responsibility of the Head Coach to immediately notify their Athletic Director of any game
ejections in an “out of season” game. The Athletic Director will immediately notify the Sport Convenor
and the Chair of the Discipline Committee of the game ejection.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 34
A Form 30 does not need to be completed for such an ejection. The Chair of the Discipline Committee will
note any such ejections and may use this information as reference for any future violations.
4.5
TIE BREAKING PROCEDURE
NOTE: Shared Expenses – The two participating teams for any game shall share equally the expenses of
transportation (the travelling team(s)), facility rental and major/minor officials.
4.5.1
Tie-Breaking Rule when teams play each other only once in league play.
4.5.1.1 The tie breaking rule for any two teams tied for the last playoff spot in league or tournament
sports leading to a championship, when teams play each other only once in regular league play
states that the record between each other is NOT used to determine who advances. A playoff
game is required. This host of this game is determined by the following procedure:
a)
b)
c)
d)
the team with the most wins
the team with the least losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract the goals
against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
A playoff game to be played at a neutral site
4.5.1.2 The tie breaking rule for three or more teams tied for the last soccer playoff spot leading to a
championship, when teams play each other only once in regular league play, is accomplished by
determining the top two or applicable teams of the group tied (who will play in a playoff game,
see 4.5.1 above) by the following procedure:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
the record between each of the tied teams in league games
the team with the most wins
the team with the least losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract
the goals against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
the convenor will flip a coin
4.5.1.3 The tie breaking rule for all but the last play off spot in all league or tournament sports leading to
a championship are as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
4.5.2
the record between each other in league games
the team with the most wins
the team with the least losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract the goals
against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
the team with the least goals against in league
the team with the greatest goals for
the Convenor will flip a coin.
Tie-Breaking Rule when teams play each other more than once in league play.
4.5.2.1 The tie breaking rule for any two teams tied for the last playoff spot in league or tournament
sports leading to a championship, when teams play each other more than once in regular league
play states that the record between each other IS used to determine who advances. A playoff
game may be required. The team to advance is determined by the following procedure:
a)
The record between the two teams
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 35
b)
c)
d)
e)
the team with the most league wins
the team with the least league losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract the goals
against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
A playoff game to be played at a neutral site
4.5.2.2 The tie breaking rule for three or more teams for tied the last soccer playoff spot leading to a
championship, when teams play each other more than once in regular league play, is determined
by the following procedure below. A playoff game may be required.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
the record between each of the tied teams in league games
the team with the most league wins
the team with the least league losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract
the goals against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
A playoff game to be played at a neutral site
4.5.2.3 The tie breaking rule for all but the last playoff spot in all league or tournament sports leading to a
championship are as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
4.6
the record between each other in league games
the team with the most wins
the team with the least losses
the team with the best goals for/against ratio for all league games (subtract the goals
against from the goals for, the higher number wins)
the team with the least goals against in league
the team with the greatest goals for
the Convenor will flip a coin.
BCCAA CHAMPIONSHIPS
Soccer Playoff – Bronze Medal Game
• The bronze medal game will proceed directly to penalty shoot-out if tied at the end of regulation
time.
4.6.1
The BCCAA Championships format will be as follows
• Top 4 teams from the regular season – No host berth
• Semifinals on Saturday, Bronze and Final on Sunday
Recommended draw - Single Gender Championship (1 field required)
Saturday
12:00 noon
2:00 pm
# 1 seed vs # 4 seed
# 2 seed vs # 3 seed
Sunday
11:00 am
1:00 pm
Bronze
Gold
Recommended draw - Women’s and Men’s Championships (2 fields required)
Saturday
Sunday
12:00 noon
2:00 pm
9:00 am
11:00 am
1:00 pm
# 1 seed vs # 4 seed
# 2 seed vs # 3 seed
Women’s Bronze
Women’s Gold
Men’s Gold
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
x2
x2
Men’s Bronze
Article 18 - Page 36
4.6.2
Six team Championship format (Top 3 from each Pool)
Soccer Provincial Championship Schedule
Quarter-Finals
Semi-Finals
Finals
Results
2nd in Pool A
Winner of QF 1
3rd in Pool B
Winner of Semi 1
1st in Pool B - BYE
GOLD
1st in Pool A - BYE
Winner of Semi 2
2nd in Pool B
Winner of QF 2
3rd in Pool A
Loser of Semi 1
Bronze
Loser of Semi 2
The tournament will be Friday (Quarter-Finals), Saturday (Semi-Finals) and Sunday (Finals).
Game Time:
12:00pm and 3:00pm on Friday and Saturday
1:00pm and 3:00pm on Sunday
Host requires 2 fields with lights
NOTE: the 1st Overall team is determined by head to head results between 1st in Pool A and 1st in Pool B. The
Team that is seeded the highest will play the 1st Semi-Final Game.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 37
SECTION 5 - Volleyball - a major sport (see Minor Officials Handbook Article 20)
5.1
SCRIMMAGE DEFINITION:
a) no official game sheets
b) All matches played in a spring or summer league (between April 1st and August 31), with uniforms
and/or an official gamesheet, are considered scrimmages.
5.2
EXHIBITION GAME definition:
Any institutional representative team playing an Association sport and using any or all of the following:
- institutional representative team uniforms
- official game sheets
shall be considered to be participating in an exhibition game and therefore is subject to Association Law.
See Article 5 of the Constitution.
5.3
PLAYING REGULATIONS
5.3.1
Competition will be governed by the CURRENT rules of Volleyball Canada with the exception of
(a) the women’s uniform rule, (b) no technical time-outs, (c) coaches are not required to occupy
the first chair on the bench when seated and (d) teams may enter the court immediately following
a timeout.
5.3.2
A time out will be one minute.
5.3.3
The official volleyball for the CCAA as determined at the CCAA AGM will be the official ball of
the BCCAA. This ball must be used in all league and playoff games. The host institution must
supply eight (8) new balls for opposing team’s use during warm ups for all exhibition, league and
playoff/championship games. Failure to do so will result in a $100 fine to the host.
5.3.4
You may have a maximum of 14 players on your roster. All 14 players may dress and be listed on
the scoresheet.
5.3.5
Volleyball matches for all league and championship match play will consist of the best three out
of five (3/5) games.
5.3.6
BCCAA Volleyball Match Protocol
a) Pre-match
1. Teams get a 25 minute warm-up on the court from the time that the net has been adjusted by the
event staff and then checked by the officials. There should be no interruptions to the warm-up
during this 25 minute warm up period.
2. At 15 minutes captains are called for the coin toss
3. At 12 minutes – 5 minutes on the court for the serving team (includes serving)
4. At 7 minutes – 5 minutes on the court for the receiving team (includes serving)
5. At 2 minutes the teams return to their bench for the singing of the National Anthem.
6. As soon as the Anthem is finished, the STARTERS are to line up on the end lines for
introductions of starting line-ups and officials.
7. As soon as the introductions are complete the officials will signal the teams to proceed to the
net, captains go first.
8. At 0 minutes match starts
b) Post-match
1. Following a match, at the officials signal, players and coaches proceed to the net to shake hands
with the opposing players. Coaching staffs will proceed to the area in front of the scorer’s table to
shake hands with opposing coaching staff. Coaches and captains only should shake hands with the
officials.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 38
2. Only after both teams have left the playing surface, are the teams that are playing in the
following match permitted to take the floor.
5.3.7
5.4
The BCCAA allows 6 substitutions per game.
GENERAL RULES
5.4.1
All BCCAA members will be affiliated with Volleyball BC at a cost of $17 per school. This fee
will be paid by the VP Finance and billed back to all volleyball members.
5.4.2
All coaches whose team’s are in the provincial championships must attend the coaches’ meeting
either in person or via conference call.
5.4.3
Protests - We abide by the guidelines established by each specific sport and the rules and
regulations which govern that sport. See also Article 14 Section 24
5.4.4
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules.
5.4.5
Video taping procedures
a)
For all BCCAA league volleyball games, the home team provide a copy of the game on
DVD to the visiting team immediately following the game.
b)
The host institution will do a trial run of the taping procedure no later than ten minutes
before the start of the game and inform the visiting team that everything is in working
order.
d)
If only one copy of the video tape worked during the women’s game, every effort must
be made to create another copy to be available to the visiting coach by the end of the
men’s game. If this is not possible, the visiting team will be given the one copy that did
work. The visiting team will be asked to produce a copy for the host institution and
courier the tape, at the expense of the host institution, to be received by the athletic
department of the host institution by 4:30 pm on the Wednesday following the day of the
game.
e)
A fine of $100.00 will be placed on the host institution for failing to produce and provide
a video tape of the game to the visiting team.
f)
A fine of $50.00 will be placed on the visiting team for failing to have the copied video
tape to the host athletic department by 4:30 pm on the Wednesday following the day of
the game.
g)
When videotaping a volleyball game the angle of viewing should be such that the best
possible view for that institutional situation be used for the benefit of both coaches. The
ideal viewing angle is directly behind the end line where the entire court can be seen. If
the view must be from the side then a wide-angle lens should be used to capture the
entire court. The camera should be static and not follow the ball.
5.4.6
The preferred equipment for BCCAA volleyball is monopost net system.
5.4.7
When conducting a team warm up on the court playing surface in a gymnasium, coaches will only
wear appropriate non marking running shoes throughout the entire warm up. Coaches failing to
comply with this rule will be fined $50 by the BCCAA.
5.4.8
All BCCAA league and playoff matches will utilize the 3-ball system. Failure to do so will result
in a fine of $50.00 per match.
5.4.9
All host schools provide for both the home and away teams.
5.4.10
Volleyball Canada score sheets must be used for all league and playoff matches.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 39
5.4.11
5.5
The host will provide and maintain throughout the entire game including half time and breaks in
play, an area free of fans behind the visiting team’s bench. Normally, this are will extend a
minimum of 3 meters behind the bench and extend 2 meters past either end of the bench
LEAGUE STRUCTURE
See Article 13
5.6
CHAMPIONSHIP STRUCTURE
5.6.1
The structure of the BCCAA Provincial Volleyball Championships is a six-team singleelimination format. The top six (6) teams in the end of league play qualify. There is no host berth
(effective starting the 2011-2012 season).
NOTE: The host berth is awarded to the host team if they are in 8th or higher position at the end of league
play. If the host team is lower than 8th then they forfeit the host berth and the 6th place team advances.
Day 1 Quarter-Final
Match 1
Match 2
Day 2 Semi-Finals
Match 3
Match 4
Day 3 Medals
Bronze - Match 5
Gold - Match 6
# 3 Seed
# 4 Seed
vs
vs
# 6 Seed
# 5 Seed
# 2 Seed
# 1 Seed
vs
vs
Winner of Match #1
Winner of Match #2
Loser of Match # 3
Winner of Match #3
vs
vs
Loser of Match # 4
Winner of Match # 4
5.6.2
Hosts for Provincial Championships must select an All-Tournament team and MVP (6 All-Stars
and 1 MVP). See Article 15 Section 2.4
5.6.3
For a six team single elimination format, men’s and women’s basketball and volleyball, the
Provincial Championship hosts will provide a 45 minute practice slot for each team prior to the
Championships. Normally, practices will occur on the Championship court and teams will receive
a maximum of one slot each day. Practice slot choice for Weds practices are determined by the
host with teams traveling the furthest getting first pick. Distances to be determined by MapQuest.
Recommended Practice Times:
Wednesday PM
Slot 1 –
Slot 2 –
Slot 3 –
Slot 4 –
Slot 5 –
Slot 6 –
Slot 7 –
Slot 8 –
Friday AM
9:00 – 9:45 am
9:45 – 10:30 am
10:30 – 11:15 am
11:15 – 12:00 pm
Thursday AM
Slot 1 – Women’s # 2 Seed
Slot 2 – Men’s # 2 Seed
Slot 3 – Women’s # 1 Seed
Slot 4 – Men’s # 1 Seed
Women’s #2 Seed
Men’s #2 Seed
Women’s #1 Seed
Men’s #1 Seed
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 40
Saturday AM
9:00 – 9:45 am
9:45 – 10:30 am
10:30 – 11:15 am
11:15 – 12:00 pm
5.7
Women’s Gold Lower Seed
Women’s Gold Higher Seed
Men’s Gold Lower Seed
Men’s Gold Higher Seed
DISCIPLINARY ACTION GUIDELINES - VOLLEYBALL
See also Article 14, Section 1 Note
The suspensions outlined in the Discipline Guidelines are considered the minimum sanction for the
specified behaviour/violations. Each case will be dealt with on its own merits and further suspensions may
apply.
*N.B. – See A.14, S. 1.4 for terms of suspension
5.7.1
Expulsion From a Set
Players, coaches or team officials whose action lead to an expulsion (red card) from that set will
be allowed to return for the next set in the match. If the red card was given for rude conduct, no
further sanctions apply. If the red card was given for offensive conduct, the player, coach or team
official will be suspended from the next league of playoff match. Rude conduct and offensive
conduct is described in 5.7.3.
5.7.2
Accumulation of Cards
Any player of coach, who receives 4 yellow cards, will receive a one match suspension for the
following league or playoff match. After suspension, the record is cleared. Yellow cards do not
carry forward into the BCCAA Playoffs.
Any player of coach receiving 2 red cards receives an additional one match suspension for the
following league or playoff match. Each additional accumulated red card will result in an
additional one match suspension for the following league or playoff match. Red cards do carry
over into the BCCAA Playoffs. All suspensions as a result of accumulated cards are in addition to
penalties outlined below.
5.7.3
Disqualification from a Match
A written report from the Senior Official is required for any incident leading to a match
disqualification of a player, coach or team from the match. Disqualification includes any red +
yellow infractions.
Receiving disqualification for offenses in the following categories will result in additional
sanctions
CATEGORY A
Rude Conduct
• Action contrary to good manners or moral principles, or expressing contempt.
• Persistent protests of decisions made by officials
• No foul language
Category A Sanctions
First Offense – Automatic suspension from the next league or playoff match
Second Offense – Automatic suspension from the next two (2) league or playoff matches
Third Offense – Automatic three (3) match suspension from the next league and/or
playoff competition. Further suspension may be assessed in the following season pending
review of the Discipline Committee.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 41
CATEGORY B
Offensive Conduct
• Defamatory or insulting words or gestures
• Extremely unethical or unsporting conduct (verbal or physical conduct)
Category B Sanctions
First Offense – Automatic suspension from the next two (2) league and playoff matches.
Further suspension may be assessed pending review of the case by the Discipline
Committee
Second Offense – Automatic suspension from the next three (3) league and playoff
matches. Further suspension may be assessed pending review of the case by the
Discipline Committee
Third Offense – Automatic suspension from the remainder of league and playoff
matches. Further suspension may be assessed pending a review by the Discipline
Committee.
CATEGORY C
Aggression
• Physical attack or intended aggression.
Category C Sanctions
First Offense – Automatic suspension from the next three (3) league or playoffs matches.
Further suspension may be assessed pending review of the case by the Discipline
Committee.
Second Offense – Automatic suspension from the remainder of league and playoff
matches. Further suspension may be assessed in the following season of competition
pending review by the Discipline Committee. A report of the case will be copied to the
Chairperson of the VOLLEYBALL BC Disciplinary Board for their review and use.
5.7.4
5.8
See also Article 14 - Common Sport Rules
TIE BREAKING PROCEDURE - The tie breaking rule for all playoff spots are as follows:
5.8.1
If two or more teams are tied at the end of the preliminary round, the following criteria will be
applied, in order:
a)
The team having the best ratio of won/lost matches, considering matches between the
tied teams, will be ranked higher;
b)
The team having the best ratio of won/lost games, considering matches played between
the tied teams, will be ranked higher;
c)
The team having the best ratio of won/lost games, considering all matches of the round,
will be ranked higher;
d)
The team having the best ratio of points for/against, considering games played between
the tied teams, will be ranked higher;
e)
The team having the best ratio of points for/against, considering all games played during
the round, will be ranked higher;
f)
As determined by the Organizing Committee (e.g. extra game, toss of coin, etc.)
5.8.2
When you apply this rule to break a tie you should follow this sequence:
a)
When two teams are tied, the tie-breaking criteria are applied one after the other until the
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
Article 18 - Page 42
b)
tie has been broken.
When three or more teams are tied, the tie-breaking criteria are applied one after the
other until all tied teams have been ranked.
NOTE: This means that if there is a tie among teams X, Y and Z and criteria “b” is able to
determine X as first, Y as second and Z as third, then no further criteria are to be used. The tie is
broken.
However, if criteria “b” determines X as first and there is still a tie between Y and Z, then the
ranking of the remaining teams will be determined by proceeding to criteria “c” and so forth, if
necessary. Do NOT start at “a” again. Continue through the sequence of criteria using the results
of teams X, Y, and Z for criteria “d”.
5.9
VOLLEYBALL OFFICIALS
5.9.1
Allocation and cost of the officials for all league volleyball matches shall be the responsibility of
the home team. Where two teams play at a neutral site, the “home” team will cover the cost of
major and minor officials with the “host” school ensuring allocation of all officials. The “home”
team will be the second team designated on the schedule.
5.9.2
All officials assigned to referee BCCAA Conference matches shall be accredited by Volleyball
Canada. It is recommended that the two major officials be certified as a minimum of “provincial”
but wherever possible certified as a “regional” official. The lines people should be certified as a
minimum of “local” but wherever possible as a “provincial” official. Further, lines people need to
be dressed in official Volleyball Canada attire. For the provincial championship tournament, first
referees must be certified at the “National” level or be “National Candidates” and second referees
must be certified at the “Regional” level or higher.
5.9.3
If one, two or three major officials do not show up and therefore all appropriately certified major
officials are not present and ready to start 30 minutes after the scheduled start time, the match will
be played as scheduled. The host institution shall notify the Convenor, the Allocator and the
Executive.
Major officials will be upgraded from linesperson to umpire to referee in order to fill in the
missing official. In the event that an uncertified replacement can be found, this person(s) may be
used as a one or both linespeople, provided both coaches agree prior to the match. Agreement
should be noted in writing on the scoresheet. Should the coaches not agree, then the match is
played without linespersons. Canceling the match is not an option.
5.9.4
If all four (4) officials do not show up and are not present and ready to start within 60 minutes of
the scheduled start time, THE MATCH IS CANCELLED. In this situation, the total costs of rescheduling the match (including all travel costs) will be billed to the Association and split equally
amongst all participating members. The Convenor will work with both member ADs to find a
suitable time to reschedule the match. The home institution shall notify the Convenor, the
Allocator and the Executive if this situation arises.
5.9.5
It is the responsibility of the home team to provide a scorekeeper for every match. The
duties of this minor official are in the BCCAA Volleyball Minor Officials Handbook
5.9.6
Any complaints or disputes about officials should be directed to the Convenor in writing who will
then deal with the situation through the Volleyball BC Provincial Officials Chair.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Revised: May 26, 2011
2011 - 2012
Edition
Individual Statistics
HANDBOOK
Instructions and Procedures
for Coaches Regarding
Individual Statistics
Sent to the SID
By André Tee
Created September 3, 1999
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 1
GENERAL REMARKS
1. This package is separated by sport and should give clear instructions on what is included in
each summary sheet and the responsibilities of each individual team.
2. The sooner you can email the SID the necessary information, the better it is for the
Association as a whole as the information will be more available for the SID to send to the
Media.
3. Institutions that get their basketball and volleyball information in earlier have an advantage
as the information can be used for press releases over the weekend (to be released by
Monday noon). If your summary sheets come in on the deadline, you’ll avoid the fine but
may miss the weekend write-up. It’s to your athlete’s advantage to get the summary sheets in
ASAP. Your choice.
4. If there are ever any questions regarding the procedures, email the questions and it will be
answered.
NOTE
We are NO LONGER phoning in results
1. You are entering your results on the PACWEST website
2. You MUST still email the SID the results as I am not always
near a computer.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 2
PROCEDURES for sending in RESULTS
Dakstats is a CCAA scoreboard tracking system implemented by the CCAA in the 2006-07 season. This has been
eliminated for the 2011-12 season.
It is recommended that only the Athletic Director and staff they assign to update their scores have access to the
codes. The PACWEST Webmaster will also have access to each institution’s codes.
1. After each game / match, the host school must upload the scores on the PACWEST Website.
2. You are still required to send the SID the results via email or text.
Badminton
Use regular procedures of emailing/PDF in the results immediately after the tournaments
Basketball
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening. Indicate any OVERTIME games.
Email SID the Cybersports Game File by 12 pm Mondays
NOTE – the sooner you send the SID the game file, the sooner I can clean it up and pass on to the Media Manager.
The sooner the Media Manager gets this information, the more he can write on YOUR institution.
Golf
Emailing in the results using the NEW Golf Spreadsheet immediately after the tournaments
Soccer
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening.
Email SID a PDF of the game sheet ASAP but currently by Tuesday. Separate sheets per game per gender.
NOTE – the sooner you send the SID the game file, the sooner I can pass on to the Media Manager. The sooner the
Media Manager gets this information, the more he can write on YOUR institution.
Volleyball
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening.
Email SID the Volleyball Summary Sheet. On the NEW Summary Sheet there is room for the coach to do a little
write up if s/he wishes in order to assist the Media Manager in his promotion of your institution.
NOTE – the sooner you send the SID the Volleyball Summary Sheet, the sooner I can pass on to the Media
Manager. The sooner the Media Manager gets this information, the more he can write on YOUR institution.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 3
ROSTERS – How to Update and send to the SID
See Article 14 Section 10
Please familiarize yourselves with this as I will not accept incorrect submissions.
BADMINTON & GOLF – please put (M) for a male athlete and (F) for a female athlete in the home or away
jersey column. ALSO, please list heights and year of eligibility (this is to keep the rosters looking the same).
We actually no longer need year of eligibility for GOLF.
Use the new PACWEST Form 2 – Rosters
PACIFIC WESTERN ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION
INSTITUTION
Men's Volleyball Roster
2011 - 2012
DATE: Type Current Date
H
A
Last Name
First Name
Position
Ht.
Year
1
2
3
5
1
2
3
5
Smith
Doe
Wong
Xing
John
Steve
Tony
Brighton
Setter
Power
OH
Forward
5’10”
5’11”
6’0”
6’6”
3
1
2
3
Hometown
High School
Vancouver
ENGLAND
Richmond
FRANCE
Lord Byng
N/A
Hugh Boyd
N/A
Phonetic Pronunciation
Brighton SH-EE-NG
IF you REMOVE an athlete after they have played a match - LEAVE them on the roster with a STRIKE THOUGH their name
(Full Name)
H
A
Last Name
First Name
Position
Ht.
Year
1
2
3
5
1
2
3
5
SMITH
DOE
WONG
Xing
John
Steve
Tony
Brighton
Setter
Power
OH
Forward
5’10”
5’11”
6’0”
6’6”
3
1
2
3
Hometown
High School
Vancouver
ENGLAND
Richmond
FRANCE
Lord Byng Sec.
Hugh Boyd Sec.
N/A
Hometown
High School
Vancouver
ENGLAND
Richmond
Delta
Lord Byng Sec.
Phonetic Pronunciation
Brighton SH-EE-NG
IF you are ADDING an athlete to the roster – Place (NEW) after their last name
(Full Name)
H
A
Last Name
First Name
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
SMITH
DOE
WONG
Munro (New)
John
Steve
Tony
Clayton
Position
Ht.
Year
Setter
Power
OH
Left Side
5’10”
5’11”
6’0”
5’8”
3
1
2
1
Phonetic Pronunciation
Hugh Boyd Sec.
S. Delta Sec.
YOU MUST send a revised roster and the revision date whenever updating them. Do not send the SID and email
with just a name and the athlete’s biography. Do the procedures properly please.
Article 14 Section 10.1.5
Any new player added to an institution’s team roster must submit the name and complete roster information to the
SID by the Wednesday Noon prior to the game/match so that the SID can update the league master file. Failure to
comply with the rule will result in a $50.00 fine to the offending institution.
If you add a player after Wednesday noon, there will be a $50 fine and you must send the additions to your
opponents for the coming weekend.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 4
EXHIBITION SCHEDULES – How to Update and send to the SID
Use the new Form 31 – Rosters (Below is an OLD version – the NEW PACWEST version has instructions)
PACIFIC WESTERN ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION
INSTITUTION
Men's Volleyball Roster
2007 – 2008
Date:Type Current Date
Day
Date
Thu-Sun
Sept. 5-9
Event
Red Deer Tournament
Away
Home
Times
Location
Malaspina
3 games
TBA
Red Deer
if you know the teams
Thu-Sun
Sept. 5-9
Red Deer Tournament
Malaspina
Red Deer
TBA
Red Deer
Thu-Sun
Sept. 5-9
Red Deer Tournament
Malaspina
Keyano
TBA
Red Deer
Thu-Sun
Sept. 5-9
Red Deer Tournament
Malaspina
UCFV
TBA
Red Deer
Fri
Sep-05
Exhibition Game - CIS
Capilano
UBC
6:00 PM
UBC
Sun
Sep-07
Exhibition Game - Club
Langara
Norvan - Club
8:00 PM
North Vancouver
Sat
Nov-15
Exhibition Match - NWAACC
Douglas
Whatcom
8:00 PM
Whatcom CC
Mon
Sep-07
Scrimmage
COTR
Selkirk
TBA
Selkirk
You must send your exhibition schedule by the PACWEST Deadline.
If you add or delete a game/match or scrimmage, you must resend with the NEW submission date. Do not send the
SID the schedules in an email text format. We must have proper documentation should the Discipline or Eligibility
Committee need it.
The NEW forms have the instructions right on the form to assist in any questions. There is a SLIGHTLY different
version per sport. The Form has 3 tabs, one for each sport (soccer (green), basketball (orange) and volleyball (blue))
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 5
BADMINTON
SENDING IN RESULTS
At the conclusion of the tournament (usually Sunday), the host team MUST send in the results
from the spreadsheet to the SID.
There is a NEW form that Karl created in 2010-11 that should be used. If any questions on the
set up, the Host institution should be in contact with the SID to arrange transmission of data.
FINEABLE OFFENSES
Results must be emailed at the conclusion of the tournament (Sunday afternoon/evening).
GOLF
SENDING IN RESULTS
At the conclusion of the tournament (usually Sunday), the host team MUST send in the
spreadsheet to the SID.
There is a NEW form that Kim Verigin created in 2010-11 that should be used. If any questions
on the set up, the Host institution should be in contact with the SID to arrange transmission of
data.
FINEABLE OFFENSES
Results must be emailed at the conclusion of the tournament (Sunday afternoon/evening).
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 6
BASKETBALL
SENDING IN RESULTS
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening.
Email the SID the Cybersports Game File by 12 pm Mondays
OFFICIAL GAME SHEETS (Minor Officials)
Please familiarize yourselves with the procedures in the Basketball Handbook. NO names are to be crossed off the
Official Game Sheets without the approval of the HEAD COACH of that team.
SUMMARY SHEETS (Individual Player Statistics) – Now using Cybersports
Managers are to send in the Cybersports file by the appropriate timelines.
We currently track: Points, Rebounds and Assists.
Coaches can email the information if convenient but it must be in by the required time as it is a fineable offense.
VERY IMPORTANT – Only names appearing on the OFFICIAL Game Sheet should be on the game day
cybersports. Please DE-ACTIVATE whoever needs to be de-activated.
FINEABLE OFFENSES
Games scores must be called in at the conclusion of the game. Scores generally should be emailed in by 11:30 pm at
the latest unless the game went late
Incorrect game scores sent in is a fineable (include any overtime games). If a result is uploaded on the website
incorrectly and we publish it for Monday’s results and then have to change it because it was sent in incorrectly, we
will definitely fine you. If we catch it before we send to the media you are okay.
Late cybersports (Mondays by 12 noon) are also fineable. Send me an email if you are going to be late.
STATISTICS DEFINITIONS
Assists:
A pass made that leads directly to a basket. Note: if the recipient of the pass takes more than one
dribble before scoring the basket, no assist is awarded to the passer.
Rebounds:
Credited to a player or team every time a field goal or free-throw attempt is unsuccessful.
Credit an Individual rebound to:
a)
A player who immediately gains possession of the ball after a missed shot
b)
A jumper whose team gains possession on a jump ball situation created by two opposing
players rebounding the ball simultaneously.
c)
A player who tips a missed shot in an attempt to score
d)
A player on a tap-out if a teammate receives the ball otherwise, to the opponent gaining
possession.
e)
A player retrieving a blocked shot.
A Rebound is NOT credited on a missed shot when:
a)
A player is fouled in the act of shooting and the shot is unsuccessful
b)
A player is awarded a substitute free-throw because the opposing team committed a freethrow violation.
c)
An official rules that a foul or violation occurred prior to the attempt.
d)
A team is awarded two points on defensive goal tending or basket interference.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 7
Team rebounds are credited to a team when:
a)
A missed or blocked shot goes directly out of bounds or is deflected out of bounds before
individual player possession can be established.
b)
A free-throw attempt misses the rim completely, and the ball is awarded out of bounds
c)
A missed shot bounces over the backboard or touches a guide wire or support of the
backboard.
A Rebound is NOT credited on a missed shot when:
a)
Time expires prior to a player or team gaining possession of a missed shot.
b)
An off-ball foul occurs on a missed shot and the ball becomes dead before a player or
team can gain possession.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 8
SOCCER
SENDING IN RESULTS
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening.
Email SID the PDF of the Game Sheet. ONE game sheet per PDF file sent please.
OFFICIAL GAME SHEET
Game Sheets must be PDFed and sent to the SID & Convenor preferably on the day of the game,
by Monday is best and current language in the Manual gives you till Tuesday.
Ensure that the following are complete before sending to the SID & Convenor.
League
Players are listed in numerical order
Goalie minutes are identified
Both teams are identified on the game sheet
Both coaches have signed the game sheet
Referee has signed the game sheet.
Provincial Playoffs
Players are listed in numerical order
Goalie minutes are identified
Both teams are identified on the game sheet
Both coaches have signed the game sheet
Referee has signed the game sheet.
Any overtime game is indicated
Type of game is indicated (Semi-Final, Bronze or Gold Medal Game)
Nationals
Coaches / Managers, please keep track of goalie minutes and goals against as the
National host may or may not do so.
If you can get a copy of the game sheet, please do so and save for the SID
REFEREE EVALUATION FORMS
These forms go to the Convenor not the SID. You can copy me if you like but I do not need it.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 9
VOLLEYBALL
SENDING IN RESULTS
Home team enters results into the PACWEST website. Webmaster has your codes.
Email SID the results that evening.
Email SID the PDF of the Game Sheet. ONE game sheet per PDF file sent please.
PROPER RECORDING and SENDING of Volleyball Scores
Please remember that the Team winning the MATCH will always have their score written first. Even if they lost
game 3 of that match 25 - 3, the score will be read as 3 - 25.
If the match score was Camosun 3 Langara 1 then;
Correct format is
Camosun 3 Langara 1
25-10, 25-21, 19-25, 25-20
* It doesn’t matter if Langara is the host, you still read it with Camosun’s score 1st then Langara’s
INCORRECT format is
Langara 1 Camosun 3
10-25, 21-25, 25-19, 20-25
INCORRECT format is CAM 25 LC 10; CAM 25 LC 21; LC 19 CAM 25; CAM 25 LC20
* Some people will still place the winning team 1st in each set. Camosun won this match so set #3 should be read as
19-25, not 25-19.
SUMMARY SHEETS (Individual Player Statistics) – NEW Forms
Managers are to use FORM 23 Volleyball from the PACWEST Operations Manual.
We currently track: Games Played, Aces, Blocks, Digs, Kills and Cards.
The new PACWEST form will have space at the bottom for coach’s to write a small writeup (if they wish) on their
team. This will assist the Media Manager in his writeup on your team for the press releases. A phone number should
be provided so the Media Manager can contact you for more information.
FINEABLE OFFENSES
Match scores must be uploaded onto the website at the conclusion of the match. Scores should also be emailed into
the SID by 11:30 pm at the latest unless the match went late. You must upload AND email SID scores.
Incorrect match or game scores sent in or uploaded is fineable. If a result sent in is incorrect and we publish it for
Monday’s results and then have to change it because you called it in incorrectly, we will definitely fine you.
Late summary sheets (Tuesdays by 4:30 pm) are also fineable.
STATISTICS DEFINITIONS
Service Ace:
A service which terminates play and results in a point for the serving team, e.g., ball hits floor
directly, a fault is called, a receiving error is committed resulting in the second hit being
unplayable.
Stuff Block:
A block causing a rally to terminate.
Note: Only one player should receive credit for a stuff block when it is possible to determine who
was primarily responsible.
Dig:
A “dig” is the successful play of any form of attack (excluding a freeball) by the opposing team
which keeps the rally alive.
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 10
Kill:
An attack terminating a rally resulting in a point or a side out for the attacking team, e.g., spike
forcing a digging error, fault, or termination of play, tip, wipe-off, dump by setter.
Athlete of the Week info on Next Page
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 11
PACWEST Athlete of the Week
for 2011-2012
Updated September 22, 2011
•
Please read Article 7 Section 7 – PACWEST Athlete of the Week for full details.
Award #
Week #
Date
Award 01
PACWEST 1
September 6 – September 11
Soccer # 1
Monday, September 12
Award 02
PACWEST 2
September 12 – September 18
Soccer # 2
Monday, September 19
Award 03
PACWEST 2
September 12 – September 18
Golf # 1
TOP Golfer or from Top Team
Award 04
PACWEST 3
September 19 – September 25
Soccer # 3
Monday, September 26
Award 05
PACWEST 3
September 19 – September 25
Golf # 2
TOP Golfer or from Top Team
Award 06
PACWEST 4
September 26 – October 2
Soccer # 4
Monday, October 3
Award 07
PACWEST 4
September 26 – October 2
Golf # 3
TOP Golfer or from Top Team
Award 08
PACWEST 5
October 3 – October 9
Soccer # 5
Tuesday, October 11
Award 09
PACWEST 5
October 3 – October 9
Golf # 4
TOP Golfer or from Top Team
Award 10
PACWEST 6
October 11 – October 16
Soccer # 6
Monday, October 17
Award 11
PACWEST 6
October 11 – October 16
Volleyball # 1
Monday, October 17
Award 12
PACWEST 7
October 17 – October 23
Soccer # 7
Monday, October 24
Award 13
PACWEST 7
October 17 – October 23
Volleyball # 2
Monday, October 24
Award 14
PACWEST 7
October 17 – October 23
Badminton #1
Monday, October 24
Award 15
PACWEST 8
October 24 – October 30
Soccer # 8 – Provincials
Monday, October 31
Award 16
PACWEST 8
October 24 – October 30
Volleyball # 3
Monday, October 31
Award 17
PACWEST 9
October 31 – November 6
Volleyball # 4
Monday, November 7
Award 18
PACWEST 10
November 7 – November 13
Volleyball # 5
Monday, November 14
Award 19
PACWEST 10
November 7 – November 13
Basketball # 1
Monday, November 14
Award 20
PACWEST 11
November 14 – November 20
Volleyball # 6
Monday, November 21
Award 21
PACWEST 11
November 14 – November 20
Basketball # 2
Monday, November 21
Award 22
PACWEST 12
November 21 – November 27
Volleyball # 7
Monday, November 28
Award 23
PACWEST 12
November 21 – November 27
Basketball # 3
Monday, November 28
Award 24
PACWEST 12
November 21 – November 27
Badminton # 2
Monday, November 28
Award 25
PACWEST 13
November 28 – December 4
Basketball # 4
Monday, December 5
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
Sport Specific
Nominations due by
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 12
PACWEST Athlete of the Week
for 2011-2012
Updated September 22, 2011
•
Please read Article 7 Section 7 – PACWEST Athlete of the Week for full details.
Award 26
PACWEST 14
January 2 – January 8
Volleyball # 8
Monday, January 9
Award 27
PACWEST 15
January 9 – January 15
Volleyball # 9
Monday, January 16
Award 28
PACWEST 15
January 9 – January 15
Basketball # 5
Monday, January 16
Award 29
PACWEST 16
January 16 – January 22
Volleyball # 10
Monday, January 23
Award 30
PACWEST 16
January 16 – January 22
Basketball # 6
Monday, January 23
Award 31
PACWEST 17
January 23 – January 22
Volleyball # 11
Monday, January 30
Award 32
PACWEST 17
January 23 – January 29
Basketball # 7
Monday, January 30
Award 33
PACWEST 17
January 23 – January 29
Badminton # 3
Monday, January 30
Award 34
PACWEST 18
January 30 - February 5
Volleyball # 12
Monday, February 6
Award 35
PACWEST 18
January 30 - February 5
Basketball # 8
Monday, February 6
Award 36
PACWEST 19
February 6 - February 12
Volleyball # 13
Monday, February 13
Award 37
PACWEST 19
February 6 - February 12
Basketball # 9
Monday, February 13
Award 38
PACWEST 20
February 13 - February 19
Volleyball # 14
Monday, February 20
Award 39
PACWEST 20
February 13 - February 19
Basketball # 10
Monday, February 20
Award 40
PACWEST 20
February 13 - February 19
Badminton #4 – BC’s
Monday, February 20
Award 41
PACWEST 21
February 20 – February 26
Volleyball # 15 – BC’s
Monday, February 27
Award 42
PACWEST 22
February 27 – March 5
Basketball # 11– BC’s
Monday, March 6
(2011 AGM Edition) - Reprinted September 22, 2011
PACWEST Operations Manual - Individual Statistics Handbook - Article 20 Page 13